Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 28, 2015

Registration No. 333-201313

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware 3826 86-0912294

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3430 E. Global Loop

Tucson, AZ 85706

(877) 289-2615

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Timothy B. Johnson

President and Chief Executive Officer

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

3430 E. Global Loop

Tucson, AZ 85706

(877) 289-2615

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

M. Wainwright Fishburn, Jr., Esq.

Steven M. Przesmicki, Esq.

Cooley LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 550-6000

 

Cheston J. Larson, Esq.

Matthew T. Bush, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, CA 92130

(858) 523-5400

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price (1)

 

Amount of

registration fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $61,582,500   $7,156 (2)

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price of the additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) The Registrant previously paid $6,972 of the total registration fee in connection with this Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-201313 filed on December 30, 2014.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated April 28, 2015

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

LOGO

3,570,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

 

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. is offering 3,570,000 shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $13.00 and $15.00 per share.

 

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “HTGM.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

 

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional 535,500 shares of common stock to cover any over-allotments. The underwriters can exercise this right at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Entities affiliated with certain of our existing stockholders and directors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $25.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to any of these potential investors and any of these potential investors could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                     , 2015.

 

 

 

Leerink Partners
Canaccord Genuity   JMP Securities

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2015


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     15   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     48   

Use of Proceeds

     50   

Dividend Policy

     51   

Capitalization

     52   

Dilution

     55   

Selected Financial Data

     58   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     60   

Business

     77   

Management

     117   

Executive and Director Compensation

     127   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     144   

Principal Stockholders

     149   

Description of Capital Stock

     154   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     160   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     162   

Underwriting

     165   

Legal Matters

     170   

Experts

     170   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     170   

Index to the Financial Statements

     F-1   

Neither we nor any of the underwriters has authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you in connection with this offering. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor any of the underwriters is making an offer to sell or seeking offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock, and the information in any free writing prospectus that we may provide you in connection with this offering is accurate only as of the date of that free writing prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since those dates.

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable, we have not independently verified such data.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to buy shares of our common stock. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “HTG,” “HTG Molecular Diagnostics,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Overview

We are a commercial stage company that developed and markets a novel technology platform to facilitate the routine use of complex molecular profiling. Our HTG Edge automated platform can quickly, robustly and simultaneously profile thousands of clinically relevant molecular targets from samples a fraction of the size required by current technologies. Our objective is to establish the HTG Edge platform as a standard in molecular profiling and make this capability accessible to all molecular labs from research to the clinic. We believe that our target customers desire high quality molecular profiling information in a multiplexed panel format from increasingly smaller samples, with the ability to do this locally to minimize turnaround time and cost. The HTG Edge platform was designed to meet these needs and is empowering pathologists, clinicians and molecular labs to directly control the molecular profiling of patient samples.

Our HTG Edge platform is comprised of instrumentation, consumables and software analytics. Our platform provides significant workflow and performance advantages in molecular profiling applications, including tumor profiling, molecular diagnostic testing and biomarker development. Significant discoveries of new molecular targets, such as in the field of immuno-oncology, are creating substantial growth in targeted tumor profiling for molecular diagnostic testing, biomarker development and translational research in oncology and other diseases. Based on published industry reports, the cancer profiling market is estimated to be $17.8 billion today and is expected to grow to $35.0 billion by 2018.

The HTG Edge platform automates the molecular profiling of genes and gene activity using our proprietary chemistry to deliver extraction-free, multiplexed results on a wide variety of biological samples, including tissue preserved with formaldehyde and stored in paraffin wax, which is referred to as formalin fixed paraffin embedded, or FFPE, tissue. We recently launched HTG EdgeSeq, an extension of our platform that automates and adapts our nuclease protection chemistry to enable analysis using next generation sequencing, or NGS, instrumentation. The following features of our platform are designed to enable the rapid delivery of a comprehensive molecular profile from extremely small samples:

 

    Multiplexing – analyze thousands of molecular targets in a single sample, providing a more comprehensive profile

 

    Minimal sample requirement – molecular profile from extremely small amounts of sample, such as a fine needle aspirate

 

    Multi-parameter testing – measure multiple molecular applications such as RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression

 

    Data quality – high fidelity results from a broad range of biological samples including difficult to use FFPE tissue

 

    Speed – turnaround time of 24-36 hours

 

    Ease of use – minimal labor, simple user interfaces and turnkey analytics

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our innovative platform and initial menu of molecular profiling panels are being utilized by a wide range of customers including biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs to simultaneously analyze a comprehensive set of molecular information from valuable clinical samples and substantially improve their workflow efficiency. Our platform’s proprietary chemistry allows for extraction free analysis of difficult clinical samples such as FFPE tissue with as little as a single five micron section of tissue, a fraction of the amount of sample required by existing technologies. The ability to provide robust data from minute samples is critically important in areas such as cancer where biopsies are becoming less invasive and smaller while the number of tests competing for the sample is growing. Our platform was designed to fit seamlessly into current surgical pathology workflows, minimize technician labor and set a new standard for ease of use.

We currently market eight proprietary molecular profiling panels that address the needs of approximately 49 customers in high impact areas of translational research and biopharmaceutical companion diagnostics, including immuno-oncology, the expression of important genes such as fibroblast growth factor receptor, or FGFR, and human microRNA analysis.

In June 2014, we were issued a U.S. patent for our novel HTG EdgeSeq chemistry that allows us to leverage the increasing installed base of NGS instruments for our profiling panels. This new HTG EdgeSeq chemistry utilizes the same sample preparation instrument and reagents as our original chemistry, but allows for read out on an NGS instrument. We believe the HTG EdgeSeq chemistry is disruptive as it substantially simplifies current sample and library preparation methods, greatly reduces the complexity of data analytics, and provides customers additional value by expanding the utilization of their NGS investments. By combining the power of the HTG EdgeSeq chemistry with the capabilities of NGS, we are able to profile a wide variety of genomic alterations and sample types. These include RNA gene fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and analysis of cell-free circulating DNA from liquid biopsies. These capabilities provide us substantial ability to develop additional profiling panels and grow our market opportunities.

We have a focused development pipeline of new profiling products that includes panels for translational research, drug development and molecular diagnostics. Our product strategy is to build complete profiling panels of established and emerging molecular targets for broader and disease-specific approaches. For our molecular diagnostic customers where the reimbursement path is critical, we expect that our planned panels will conform to approved reimbursement codes for genomic sequence procedures. We believe this will facilitate clinical customer adoption and avoid the high costs and time required to prove medical utility and seek unique reimbursement codes.

Our Market

Molecular profiling is the analysis of multiple DNA, RNA and protein targets in biological samples, such as tissue, blood and urine, to identify expression patterns or genomic changes. New molecular approaches are making it possible to perform these characterizations in unprecedented ways, resulting in a shift from the traditional approach of looking at one target at a time to the simultaneous analysis of thousands of targets. There are numerous applications of molecular profiling, such as whole genome sequencing for the discovery of novel genetic variants or the assessment of patient samples to identify biomarkers or molecular markers of disease that can aid in diagnosis, gauge patient prognosis or predict response to an available therapy. The fundamental shift towards personalized medicine, or the use of an individual’s molecular profile to guide treatment, has led to significant growth in molecular profiling technologies and applications. We estimate that the global molecular profiling market is approximately $27.0 billion today. Based on published industry reports, cancer profiling makes up the largest segment of this market at an estimated $17.8 billion, the substantial majority of which we believe is comprised of research-use-only products, and is expected to grow to $35.0 billion by 2018. Research-use-only products are used in a wide variety of applications, including large-scale clinical trials of targeted therapies that are under development as well as basic medical research to understand and characterize tumors and tumor biology. Currently

 

 

2


Table of Contents

we are limited to marketing our HTG Edge system and proprietary profiling panels for research use only, which means that we cannot make any diagnostic or clinical claims. We intend to seek regulatory clearances or approvals in the United States and other jurisdictions to market certain panels for diagnostic purposes.

Complexities and Challenges of Molecular Profiling Today

Currently, molecular profiling is conducted using a variety of profiling techniques across multiple laboratory departments, and, in many situations, sent to distant labs. These techniques include immunohistochemistry, or IHC, fluorescent in situ hybridization, or FISH, polymerase chain reaction, or PCR, gene expression arrays, or GEA, and NGS. This distributed profiling approach has accelerated the use of molecular profiling and increased the need to make the process more accessible and routine. However, molecular profiling is also highly specialized because current technologies are complex, require multiple capital-intensive workflows, and are not economically scalable to the case volume of the local laboratory. The fragmentation of methods, sample logistics, and information flows has created significant challenges for labs, physicians, and patients, including:

Insufficient Sample Availability

The proliferation of new molecular profiles and technologies has led to the need for more biopsy material. However, the trend is toward less invasive procedures that produce smaller biopsies and as a result, in many situations there simply is not enough collected tissue to meet all the profiling requirements.

Slow Turnaround Times

In many cases, turnaround times for comprehensive profiling are several weeks due to the logistical time to route samples to various laboratory departments and to distant specialized labs. A number of technologies for sample characterization have been introduced that determine the status of various molecular characteristics. The time it takes to deliver the final report so that informed treatment decisions may be made is dependent on the turnaround time of the slowest test. A single laboratory with well-choreographed routing of tissues and information may be able to complete profiling within a week, but if part of the sample needs to be sent for additional profiling at a specialty lab, the total turnaround time may be lengthened by one or two weeks.

Implications of Workflow Inefficiencies on Data Quality and Integration

In addition to the challenges of splitting a single sample into multiple testing workflows, the individual workflow for molecular profiling of FFPE tissues is complicated. Many of the steps from sample to result require manual intervention by a molecular technician. While these technicians are trained to standard operating procedures and proficiency tested, the levels of proficiency and precision vary among technicians. Variability introduced by technicians performing manual steps can translate to variability of results, with a test sample frequently at risk of experiencing losses of fidelity through the series of separation and transformation steps. Further, the increase in number of technologies for sample characterization and fragmentation of the testing workflows can also create challenges in putting all of the results together in a timely, complete profiling report. This level of data integration is critical for the treating physicians to assure they have the complete molecular assessment prior to the patient consult. Without a complete molecular assessment, there is limited ability to discuss the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment options.

Case Study of the Current Limitations in Molecular Profiling: NSCLC

The complexities and potential inefficiencies present in current molecular profiling techniques can be seen in non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC. Tumor samples are typically tested for protein expression, gene

 

 

3


Table of Contents

mutations, and gene rearrangements, with each of these tests performed on a different platform and separate workflow. It is common for each of these platforms to be in separate laboratory departments with different technicians and clinicians, requiring that the sample and data be split into multiple workflows. The results from the individual testing workflows are typically aggregated into a single report, signed off by the pathologist and transmitted to the oncologist.

Our Solution

We have developed a novel technology platform that allows for precise, efficient molecular profiling of samples for clinical and research purposes. Our HTG Edge platform is comprised of instrumentation, software analytics and proprietary consumables designed exclusively for use with our platform. Our platform has the flexibility to work with many different biological sample types, is able to generate robust results from very small samples, and employs a simple, proprietary chemistry that obviates the need for many of the steps associated with traditional molecular profiling techniques. At the core of our solution is our proprietary chemistry called quantitative nuclease protection, or qNPA. Nuclease protection is an extremely efficient method for analyzing DNA and RNA as it eliminates the need for DNA or RNA extraction or reverse transcription. Our platform and chemistry enables the simultaneous detection and quantitation of thousands of molecular targets and profiling of multiple parameters such as RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression in a single testing workflow that can use NGS detection for quantitative measurement.

As the following diagram shows, the HTG Edge processor, software and consumables now support two methods for quantifying results, the HTG Edge reader for lower multiplexed panels and the recently launched HTG EdgeSeq chemistry for quantitation of high-plexed panels for utilizing NGS.

 

LOGO

 

 

4


Table of Contents

We believe the majority of customers in our target markets would prefer to maintain control of their samples and perform the profiling internally but are challenged by limitations in available technologies. We believe we are well positioned to democratize molecular profiling with the following key benefits:

Optimize sample utilization. The HTG Edge system can analyze over 2,500 genes from extremely small sample volumes, such as a single five micron section of tissue or 12.5 microliters of liquid biopsies. Our technology allows customers to do more with less, which meets the needs of clinical laboratories where today there is often not enough patient sample to do all the testing available. We believe providing customers the ability to work with extremely small sample volumes, such as fine needle aspirate, will be a significant driver of adoption of our platform.

Compatibility with multiple sample types . Our HTG Edge platform allows customers to profile and unlock genomic information from a wide variety of biological samples such as FFPE tissue, cells and blood. We have successfully demonstrated the ability to profile all of these sample types, as well as the detection of cell-free circulating nucleic acids from tumors, a rapidly developing area of investigation which is referred to as a liquid biopsy. We believe that the capabilities of our platform will allow us to efficiently expand applications, regardless of sample type.

Flexible and adaptable chemistry allows for use on multiple platforms. Our proprietary chemistry provides the ability to measure multiple molecular targets in all the necessary applications, RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression and offers the ability to quantify on the HTG Edge Reader as well as a variety of NGS platforms. This flexibility provides customers the ability to optimize their use of HTG Edge technology based on their specific throughput, workflow and application needs. Our proprietary chemistry is simple, with fewer steps than competing technologies. We believe that the elimination of these steps helps prevent amplification of biases, sample degradation and increased opportunities for technician error.

Robust data . Molecular profiling produces large amounts of information that is used to make important decisions, such as identifying potential drug targets or selecting a patient for a therapeutic treatment. This information is valuable only to the extent it accurately represents the true biology of the test sample and the same answer can be produced under many different conditions. Our HTG Edge and HTG EdgeSeq chemistries are highly specific and sensitive, meaning they can detect the right target even when very little is present in the sample. In addition, our chemistries produce the same results, with a correlation coefficient of .9847 (r=.9847), from samples fresh frozen from the source as from samples (e.g., FFPE) in which target degradation is a known problem. These features allow the information obtained to reflect the nature of the original sample irrespective of how the sample has been treated. In addition to fidelity, it is extremely important to be able to reproduce the data from the sample. Our platform produces consistent results on a replicate-to-replicate, day-to-day and instrument-to-instrument basis.

Automation provides superior workflow and ease of use. Our HTG Edge technology is designed with fewer workflow steps in part due to the elimination of the need for complex biochemical processes such as extraction, cDNA synthesis, labeling, selection, depletion and shearing. This enables customers to limit hands-on time and the need for specialized skills, resulting in turnaround times of approximately 24-36 hours. Additionally, our HTG EdgeSeq application now further integrates sample preparation for targeted sequencing and greatly simplifies the bioinformatics back-end, so customers looking to leverage their NGS instrument can seamlessly add this capability to their current workflows.

Simplified bioinformatics. Our HTG Edge software provides data in a simple and easy to use format through a simple graphical user interface, or GUI, that is flexible enough for researchers yet structured enough for clinical laboratories. The software is modular so that new applications can be downloaded without any changes to hardware. For applications that pair our HTG Edge processor and reader, results are accessible in multiple

 

 

5


Table of Contents

formats through the GUI on the host computer. For HTG EdgeSeq applications, the HTG Edge parser software processes the data from the NGS platform. We believe the simplicity of our bioinformatics solution will help drive adoption of our platform.

Current Commercial Panels Offered on the HTG Edge Platform

We currently market four proprietary molecular profiling panels targeting late stage drug development programs with potential breakthrough therapies such as immuno-oncology. We market these panels to biopharmaceutical companies, with which we collaborate in biomarker development programs. We believe these programs could facilitate our commercialization of companion diagnostic tests. In addition, we have four panels focused in pre-clinical and clinical research areas, including our microRNA profiling panel which provides a highly differentiated solution in a growing market. Our currently marketed panels are:

 

    HTG Edge Immuno-oncology Assay

 

    HTG Edge FGFR Expression Assay

 

    HTG Edge DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay

 

    HTG EdgeSeq Oncology Biomarker Panel

 

    HTG EdgeSeq microRNA Whole-transcriptome Assay

 

    HTG Edge Top Oncogene Assay

 

    HTG Edge DMPK Assays (two)

We utilize several alternative arrangements to sell our HTG Edge system and profiling panels. Our HTG Edge system can be purchased directly by our customers, who also then purchase profiling panels and other consumables from us on an as-needed basis. In some instances we provide our equipment free of charge on a limited basis to facilitate customer evaluation. We also install systems for our customers at no cost, in exchange for an agreement to purchase profiling panels and other consumables from us at a stated price over the term of the agreement. As of December 31, 2014, we had an installed base of 31 HTG Edge instruments (consisting of 14 systems sold, 15 evaluation units and two covered under reagent rental agreements), compared to an installed base of 19 HTG Edge instruments as of September 30, 2014 (consisting of 11 systems sold, seven evaluation units and one covered under a reagent rental agreement), and an installed base of six HTG Edge instruments as of December 31, 2013 (consisting of six systems sold).

Expanding our Solution by Providing a Comprehensive Molecular Profile

Our objective is to establish the HTG Edge platform as a standard in molecular profiling, making this capability broadly accessible. We are leveraging our flexible and adaptable platform to develop comprehensive molecular profiling panels across an increasing set of molecular applications. We believe it is important to include applications that cover a broad set of genomic variation as well as expression-based clinical biomarkers in order to continually increase the value of the HTG Edge platform and provide a more complete profiling solution for our customers. We are planning to develop a portfolio of molecular diagnostic products using our proprietary technology to provide a single, efficient testing platform for sample profiling that integrates seamlessly into a customer’s NGS testing workflow.

An example where we believe our HTG Edge platform can provide significant value to the current testing paradigm is in advanced NSCLC. We are currently developing a single testing workflow that provides, in parallel reactions, histological classification of the tumor, DNA mutation status of key genes previously shown to be associated with NSCLC, such as EGFR, KRAS, BRAF and HER2 , and gene rearrangement status of key genes

 

 

6


Table of Contents

previously shown to be associated with NSCLC, such as ALK, ROS1, NTRK1 and RET , from a single unstained slide, which we refer to as the HTG total lung solution. Our HTG total lung solution will incorporate our planned lung mutation panel and lung rearrangement and fusion panel. We have demonstrated the ability to molecularly profile highly multiplexed panels of genes from a single five micron-thick FFPE section. We believe we are the only company that can decentralize more complete profiling of medically actionable information with a sample size this small on a routine basis. The opportunity for us to improve molecular diagnostic testing is represented in a comparative workup for NSCLC below:

 

 

LOGO

Our Strategy

Our objective is to establish the HTG Edge platform as a standard in molecular profiling, and to allow its benefits to be accessible to all molecular labs from research to the clinic. The key components of our strategy are:

 

    Grow our installed base and promote our consumables-based business model.

 

    Establish HTG Edge technology as the best front-end platform for clinical sequencing.

 

    Develop new molecular diagnostic panels with high medical utility.

 

    Increase late-stage companion diagnostics collaborations with biopharmaceutical companies.

 

    Expand the addressable market of HTG technology through new applications.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. You should read these risks before you invest in our common stock. We may be unable, for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our business strategy. In particular, risks associated with our business include:

 

    We have incurred losses since our inception, as of December 31, 2014 had an accumulated deficit of $68.2 million, and expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

 

    We might not be able to continue as a going concern absent our ability to raise additional equity or debt capital.

 

    We will need to raise additional capital to fund our operations. If we are unsuccessful in attracting new capital, we may not be able to continue operations or may be forced to sell assets to do so. Alternatively, capital may not be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. If available, financing terms may lead to significant dilution to our stockholders’ equity.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
    If we do not achieve, sustain or successfully manage our anticipated growth, our business and growth prospects will be harmed.

 

    Our future success is dependent upon our ability to expand our customer base and introduce new applications.

 

    Our strategy of developing clinical diagnostic products may take significant time and require significant research, development and clinical study expenditures, will require approval and/or clearance by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for such products, and ultimately may not succeed.

 

    We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products, and if we are unable to successfully commercialize our products, our business may be adversely affected.

 

    The development of future products is dependent on new methods and/or technologies that we may not be successful in developing.

 

    If our HTG Edge system and proprietary panels fail to achieve and sustain sufficient market acceptance, we will not generate expected revenue, and our prospects may be harmed.

 

    The life sciences research and diagnostic markets are highly competitive. We face competition from enhanced or alternative technologies and products, which could render our products and/or technologies obsolete. If we fail to compete effectively, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

    Our future revenue streams will rely on coverage and reimbursement from Medicare and other third-party payors in the United States and foreign countries. If coverage is not obtained or reimbursement levels are not adequate, our future success may be compromised.

 

    We expect to rely on third parties to conduct any future studies of our diagnostic products that may be required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

 

    If any members of our management team were to leave us or we are unable to recruit, train and retain key personnel, we may not achieve our goals.

 

    If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business would be harmed.

Corporate Information

We were originally incorporated in Arizona in October 1997 as “High Throughput Genomics, Inc.” In December 2000, we reincorporated in Delaware as “HTG, Inc.” and in March 2011 we changed our name to “HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.” Our principal executive offices are located at 3430 E. Global Loop, Tucson, AZ 85706, and our telephone number is (877) 289-2615. Our corporate website address is www.htgmolecular.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks, including HTG Edge and HTG EdgeSeq, and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and therefore we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal controls over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the prior June 30 th , and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” have the meaning associated with that term in the JOBS Act.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

3,570,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

6,734,613 shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted to the underwriters the option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 535,500 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $44.4 million (or approximately $51.4 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, including the expansion of our research and development team, and for the development of new applications and profiling panels, the repayment of outstanding indebtedness and working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of certain of the factors to consider carefully before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

HTGM

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering set forth above is based on 3,164,613 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 2,126,982 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 324,380 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of the $4.5 million aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes issued in February and March 2015 and to be issued on or about April 28, 2015, or collectively the 2015 notes, plus accrued interest thereon, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (iii) the issuance by us of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock and (iv) the issuance of 373,491 shares of our common stock as payment for accrued dividends on our redeemable convertible preferred stock converted in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015, and excludes:

 

    595,577 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.71 per share;

 

 

10


Table of Contents
    44,459 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $28.90 per share;

 

    938,858 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 equity incentive plan, or the 2014 plan (including 12,752 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 equity incentive plan, or the 2011 plan, as of December 31, 2014, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2014 plan upon its effectiveness), which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

    110,820 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 employee stock purchase plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

    9,259,905 shares of Series E preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding preferred warrants issued subsequent to December 31, 2014, each at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share, which warrants are expected to become exercisable for an aggregate of 144,772 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering at an exercise price of $14.00 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the conversion of all our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 2,126,982 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

    the issuance of 324,380 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of the $4.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015;

 

    the issuance by us of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock;

 

    the issuance of 373,491 shares of our common stock as payment for accrued dividends on our redeemable convertible preferred stock converted in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015;

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 535,500 shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments;

 

    no exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants described above (other than the warrants described in the second bullet point above);

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    a one-for-107.39 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on April 27, 2015.

Entities affiliated with certain of our existing stockholders and directors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $25.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to any of these potential investors and any of these potential investors could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following table summarizes certain of our financial data. We derived the summary statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 from our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year. The summary financial data should be read together with our financial statements and related notes, “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except
share and per share data)
 

Statement of Operations:

  

Revenue

   $ 2,243      $ 3,329   

Cost of revenue

     2,247        3,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss) margin

  (4   124   

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative

  7,714      9,898   

Research and development

  4,197      3,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  11,911      12,973   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

  (11,915   (12,849

Income (loss) from change in stock warrant valuation

  161      (389

Interest expense

  (212   (707

Other income (expense), net

  197      (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (11,769   (13,959

Accretion of stock issuance costs

  (152   (103

Accretion of Series E warrant discount

  —       (313 )

Accretion of Series D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends

  (2,270   (3,244
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (14,191 $ (17,619
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share (1)

$ (147.48 $ (175.03

Shares used to calculate net loss per common share (1)

  96,224      100,659   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

$ (4.63

Shares used to calculate pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

  2,932,665   

 

(1) See Note 10 of our notes to our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the basic and diluted net loss per common share and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(2)

We have presented pro forma net loss per common share information for the year ended December 31, 2014 to reflect (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 2,126,982 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 324,380 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of the $4,500,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (iii) the issuance of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock, (iv) the issuance of 373,491 shares of our common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per

 

 

12


Table of Contents
  share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015, and (v) the reclassification to stockholders’ (deficit) equity of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the conversion of our convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants. The numerator has been adjusted to remove the loss resulting from the remeasurement of the warrant liability as these amounts will be reclassified to stockholders’ (deficit) equity upon closing of this offering and to remove the dividend expense, accretion of the Series E warrant discount and stock issuance costs related to preferred stock, as the preferred stock underlying these expenses were deemed converted as of January 1, 2014.

Pro Forma net loss attributable to common stockholders (in thousands):

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (17,619

Loss from change in stock warrant liability

     389   

Accretion of stock issuance costs

     103   

Accretion of Series E warrant discount

     313   

Accretion of Series D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends

     3,244   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (13,570
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted:

 

Common stock

  100,659   

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred into common

  2,126,982   

Issuance of shares in connection with automatic conversion of 2015 notes

  324,380   

Shares issued in connection with exercise of warrants

  7,153   

Shares issued as payment of accrued dividends

  373,491   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

  2,932,665   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock basic and diluted (unaudited)

$ (4.63
  

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma

As Adjusted (2)(3)

 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,613       $ 8,113       $ 53,794   

Working capital

     2,700         7,200         52,881   

Total assets

     8,728         13,228         57,609   

Growth term loan payable

     10,519         10,519         10,519   

NuvoGen obligation

     8,678         8,678         8,678   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     731         —          —     

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     55,923         —          —     

Accumulated deficit

     (68,169      (67,926      (67,926

 

(1)

Pro forma amounts reflect (i) the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2014 into an aggregate of 2,126,982 shares of our common stock, (ii) the receipt of aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $4.5 million from the sale of the 2015 notes and the conversion of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon into 324,380 shares of our common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, in connection with the closing of this offering, (iii) the issuance of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock, (iv) the issuance of 373,491 shares of our common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this

 

 

13


Table of Contents
  offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015, and (v) the reclassification to stockholders’ (deficit) equity of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the conversion of our convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants.
(2) Pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect the pro forma conversion adjustments described in footnote (1) above, as well as the sale of 3,570,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of the cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $3.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as stated on the cover page of this prospectus remain unchanged and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $13.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to our Business and Strategy

We have incurred losses since our inception and expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred losses since our inception and expect to incur losses in the future. We incurred net losses of $11.8 million and $14.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $68.2 million. We expect that our losses will continue for the foreseeable future as we will be required to invest significant additional funds toward development and commercialization of our HTG Edge platform and our proprietary consumables. We also expect that our selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase due to the additional costs associated with expanding our staff to sell and support our products, and the increased administrative costs associated with being a public company. Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability is based on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the market acceptance of our products, future product development and our market penetration and margins. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.

We might not be able to continue as a going concern absent our ability to raise additional equity or debt capital.

Our report from our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2014, includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our recurring losses from operations since inception and negative cash flows from operating activities raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We have had recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception, and we have an accumulated deficit of approximately $68.2 million as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, we had available cash and cash equivalents of approximately $3.6 million and a commitment for the purchase of an additional $7.3 million in convertible notes to allow for additional cash availability. In order to continue as a going concern, we will need, among other things, to raise additional capital until our revenue reaches a level sufficient to provide for self-sustaining cash flows. There can be no assurance that additional equity or debt financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all, or that our revenue will reach a level sufficient to provide for self-sustaining cash flows. The financial statements included in this prospectus do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our audited financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a part of their investment. After this offering, future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

15


Table of Contents

We will need to raise additional capital to fund our operations. If we are unsuccessful in attracting new capital, we may not be able to continue operations or may be forced to sell assets to do so. Alternatively, capital may not be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. If available, financing terms may lead to significant dilution to our stockholders’ equity.

We are not profitable and have had negative cash flow from operations. To date, to fund our operations and develop and commercialize our products, we have relied primarily on equity and debt financings and revenue generated from the sale of our HTG Edge platform, including our HTG Edge system, the sale of our proprietary consumables, and related services. We currently anticipate that our cash and cash equivalents, funds that may be raised pursuant to our note and warrant purchase agreements and future product and service revenue, together with the expected net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months, which we expect will enable us to complete the development of our planned applications and profiling panels through 2015. We may need to obtain additional funds to finance our operations beyond that point. In addition, our estimates of the amount of cash necessary to fund our operations and development and commercialization activities may prove to be wrong, and we could spend our available financial resources much faster than we currently expect. Additional capital may not be available, at such times or in amounts as needed by us. Even if capital is available, it might be available only on unfavorable terms. Any additional equity or convertible debt financing into which we enter could be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose covenants upon us that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If access to sufficient capital is not available as and when needed, our business will be materially impaired and we may be required to cease operations, curtail one or more product development or commercialization programs, or we may be required to significantly reduce expenses, sell assets, seek a merger or joint venture partner, file for protection from creditors or liquidate all our assets. Any of these factors could harm our operating results.

Payments under our loan agreement with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank and our asset purchase agreement with NuvoGen may reduce our working capital. In addition, a default under our loan agreement could cause a material adverse effect on our financial position.

In August 2014, we obtained a $16.0 million term loan from Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, which we collectively refer to as the lenders. Under the terms of the loan agreement, the lenders have initially provided us with a term loan of $11.0 million, with an additional $5.0 million available subject to the satisfaction of certain financing or revenue targets. The loan, which is secured by a lien covering substantially all of our assets, excluding patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights (except for rights to payment related to the sale, licensing or disposition of such intellectual property rights) and certain other specified property, requires us to pay interest payments through September 2015, and principal and interest payments thereafter through September 2018. Payments under the loan could result in a significant reduction of our working capital. In addition, we may not satisfy the conditions necessary to obtain additional amounts available under the loan, which could adversely affect our working capital reserves and require us to secure additional funding on terms that are unfavorable to us.

We are required to satisfy certain reporting covenants and to comply with certain negative covenants under the loan agreement. If we default under our obligations under the loan agreement, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure our indebtedness or declare all obligations under the loan agreement to be due and payable. In certain circumstances, procedures by the lenders could result in a loss by us of all of our equipment and inventory, which are included in the collateral granted to the lenders. If any indebtedness under the loan agreement were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be

 

16


Table of Contents

sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness. In addition, upon any distribution of assets pursuant to any liquidation, insolvency, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding, the holders of secured indebtedness will be entitled to receive payment in full from the proceeds of the collateral securing our secured indebtedness before the holders of other indebtedness or our common stock will be entitled to receive any distribution with respect thereto.

In addition, we acquired some of our intellectual property from NuvoGen Research, LLC, or NuvoGen. Pursuant to the terms of the asset purchase agreement, we agreed to pay NuvoGen 6% of our yearly revenue until the total aggregate cash compensation paid to NuvoGen under the agreement equals $15.0 million. To date, we have paid NuvoGen approximately $9.2 million. We paid our fixed fees for 2015 and the first quarter of 2016 in advance, and our next payment is due in April 2016. For the remainder of 2016 through 2017, we are required to pay a yearly fixed fee, in quarterly installments, to NuvoGen in the range of $543,750 to $800,000, and may defer the accrued revenue-based payments. Beginning in 2018, we are obligated to pay the greater of $400,000 or 6% of sales until the obligation is repaid in full. Payments to NuvoGen could result in a significant reduction of our working capital.

If we do not achieve, sustain or successfully manage our anticipated growth, our business and growth prospects will be harmed.

Our current personnel, systems and facilities may not be adequate to support our business plan and future growth. Our need to effectively manage our operations, growth and various projects requires that we, among other things:

 

    continue to improve our operational, financial, management and regulatory compliance controls and reporting systems and procedures;

 

    attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented employees;

 

    manage our commercialization activities effectively and in a cost-effective manner;

 

    manage our relationship with third parties related to the commercialization of our products; and

 

    manage our development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties.

Moreover, growth will place significant strains on our management and our operational and financial systems and processes. For example, expanded market penetration of our HTG Edge platform and related proprietary panels, and future development and approval of diagnostic products, are key elements of our growth strategy that will require us to hire and retain additional sales and marketing, regulatory, manufacturing and quality assurance personnel. If we do not successfully forecast the timing and cost of the development of new panels and diagnostic products, the regulatory clearance or approval for product marketing of any future diagnostic products or the demand and commercialization costs of such products, or manage our anticipated expenses accordingly, our operating results will be harmed.

Our future success is dependent upon our ability to expand our customer base and introduce new applications.

Our current customer base is primarily composed of biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs that perform analyses using our HTG Edge platform for research use only, which means that they may not be used for clinical diagnostic purposes. Our success will depend, in part, upon our ability to increase our market penetration among these customers and to expand our market by developing and marketing new clinical diagnostic tests and research-use-only applications, and to introduce diagnostic products into clinical laboratories after obtaining the requisite regulatory clearances or approvals. We may not be able to successfully complete development of or commercialize any of our planned future tests and applications. To achieve these goals, we will need to conduct substantial research and development, conduct clinical validation studies, expend significant funds, expand and scale-up our manufacturing processes, expand and train our sales force; and seek and obtain regulatory clearance or approvals of our new tests and applications, as required by applicable

 

17


Table of Contents

regulations. Additionally, we must demonstrate to laboratory directors, physicians and third-party payors that any future diagnostic products are effective in obtaining clinically relevant information that can inform treatment decisions, and that our HTG Edge system and related panels can enable an equivalent or superior approach than other available technology. Furthermore, we expect that increasing the installed base of our HTG Edge system will increase demand for our relatively high margin panels. If we are not able to successfully increase our installed base of the HTG Edge system, sales of our panels and our margins may not meet expectations. Attracting new customers and introducing new panels requires substantial time and expense. Any failure to expand our existing customer base, or launch new panels or diagnostic products, would adversely affect our ability to improve our operating results.

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may adversely affect our stock price.

Investors should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we expect to encounter in the new, uncertain and rapidly evolving markets in which we compete. Because these markets are new and evolving, predicting their future growth and size is difficult. We expect that our visibility into future sales of our products, including volumes, prices and product mix between instruments and panels, will continue to be limited and could result in unexpected fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results.

Numerous other factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results. These fluctuations may make financial planning and forecasting difficult. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available cash, which could negatively affect our business and prospects. Factors that may contribute to fluctuations in our operating results include many of the risks described in this section. In addition, one or more of such factors may cause our revenue or operating expenses in one period to be disproportionately higher or lower relative to the others. Our products involve a significant capital commitment from our customers and accordingly involve a lengthy sales cycle. We may expend significant effort in attempting to make a particular sale, which may be deferred by the customer or never occur. Accordingly, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. If such fluctuations occur or if our operating results deviate from our expectations or the expectations of investors or securities analysts, our stock price may be adversely affected.

Our sales cycle is lengthy and variable, which makes it difficult for us to forecast revenue and other operating results.

Our sales process involves numerous interactions with multiple individuals within any given organization, and often includes in-depth analysis by potential customers of our products (where in some instances we will provide a demonstration unit for their use and evaluation), performance of proof-of-principle studies, preparation of extensive documentation and a lengthy review process. As a result of these factors, the capital investment required in purchasing our instruments, and the budget cycles of our customers, the time from initial contact with a customer to our receipt of a purchase order can vary significantly and be up to 12 months or longer. Given the length and uncertainty of our sales cycle, we have in the past experienced, and likely will in the future experience, fluctuations in our instrument sales on a period-to-period basis. In addition, any failure to meet customer expectations could result in customers choosing to retain their existing systems or to purchase systems other than ours.

We depend at least in part on the availability of next generation sequencing, or NGS, instrumentation, and the ability of our HTG EdgeSeq products to operate seamlessly with NGS instrumentation. Any significant interruption or delay in the ability of our HTG EdgeSeq solution or related panels to operate with NGS instrumentation could reduce demand for our products and result in a loss of customers.

A key element of our strategy is to establish our HTG Edge system as the best front-end platform for clinical sequencing. Our reputation, and our ability to continue to establish or develop our technology for clinical

 

18


Table of Contents

applications of next generation sequencers, are dependent upon the availability of NGS instrumentation and the reliable performance of our products with NGS instrumentation. We are not able to control the providers of NGS instrumentation, which increases our vulnerability to interoperability problems with the products they provide. For example, providers of NGS instruments may discontinue existing products, or introduce new NGS instrumentation products with little or no notice to us. This may cause some of our products to not be operable with one or more NGS instruments, potentially for extended periods of time. Any interruption in the ability of our products to operate on NGS instruments could harm our reputation or decrease market acceptance of our products, and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected. We also could experience additional expense in developing new products or changes to existing products to meet developments in NGS instrumentation, and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

If the utility of our HTG Edge system, proprietary profiling panels and solutions in development is not supported by studies published in peer-reviewed medical publications, the rate of adoption of our current and future solutions and the rate of reimbursement of our future products by third-party payors may be negatively affected.

We anticipate that we will need to maintain a continued presence in peer-reviewed publications to promote adoption of our solutions by biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs and to promote favorable coverage and reimbursement decisions. We believe that peer-reviewed journal articles that provide evidence of the utility of our current and future solutions or the technology underlying the HTG Edge platform and future solutions are important to our commercial success. It is critical to the success of our sales efforts that we educate a sufficient number of clinicians and administrators about the HTG Edge systems, our current panels and our future solutions, and demonstrate the research and clinical benefits of these solutions. Our customers may not adopt our current and future solutions, and third-party payors may not cover or adequately reimburse our future products, unless they determine, based on published peer-reviewed journal articles and the experience of other researchers and clinicians, that our system and related applications provide accurate, reliable and cost-effective information that is useful in making informed and timely treatment decisions. Peer-reviewed publications regarding our platform and solutions may be limited by many factors, including delays in the completion of, poor design of, or lack of compelling data from studies that would be the subject of the article. If our current and future solutions or the technology underlying our HTG Edge system, our current tests and assays or our future solutions do not receive sufficient favorable exposure in peer-reviewed publications, the rate of research and clinician adoption and positive coverage and reimbursement decisions could be negatively affected.

We provide our HTG Edge system and profiling panels free of charge or through other arrangements to customers or key opinion leaders through evaluation agreements or reagent rental programs, and these programs may not be successful in generating recurring revenue from sales of our systems and proprietary panels.

We sell our HTG Edge system and profiling panels under different arrangements in order to expand our installed base and facilitate the adoption of our platform.

In some instances we provide equipment free of charge under evaluation agreements for a limited period of time to permit the user to evaluate the system for their purposes in anticipation of a decision to purchase the system. We retain title to the equipment under such arrangements unless a decision to purchase is made.

When we place a system under a reagent rental agreement, we install equipment in the customer’s facility without a fee and the customer agrees to purchase consumable products at a stated priced over the term of the agreement. While some of these agreements did not historically contain a minimum purchase requirement, we expect to include a minimum purchase requirement in future agreements. We retain title to the equipment and such title is transferred to the customer at no additional charge at the conclusion of the initial arrangement. The cost of the instrument under the agreement is expected to be recovered in the fees charged for consumables, to the extent sold, over the term of the agreement.

 

19


Table of Contents

Other arrangements might include a collaboration agreement whereby an academic or a commercial collaborator agrees to provide samples free of charge in exchange for the use of an HTG Edge System at no cost in furtherance of a research or clinical project. Any of these alternative arrangements could result in lost revenues and profit and potentially harm our long term goal of achieving profitable operations. In addition, despite the fact we require customers who receive systems we continue to own to carry insurance sufficient to protect us against any equipment losses, we cannot guarantee that they will maintain such coverage, which may expose us to a loss of the value of the equipment in the event of any loss or damage.

There are instances where we provide our systems to key opinion leaders free of charge, to gather data and publish the results of their research to assist our marketing efforts. We have no control over some of the work being performed by these key opinion leaders, or whether the results will be satisfactory. It is possible that the key opinion leader may generate data that is unsatisfactory and could potentially harm our marketing efforts. In addition, customers may from time to time create negative publicity about their experience with our systems, which could harm our reputation and negatively affect market perception and adoption of our platform.

Placing our HTG Edge systems under evaluation agreements, under reagent rental agreements or with our key opinion leaders without receiving payment for the instruments could require substantial additional working capital to provide additional units for sale to our customers.

A significant amount of our inventory consists of instruments held by prospective customers who are evaluating our products and may not be converted to revenue on the timeframe that we anticipate or at all.

As of December 31, 2014, approximately $900,000 of our inventory and fixed assets (net of depreciation) consisted of HTG Edge and HTG EdgeSeq instruments held by customers who are evaluating and testing our products free of charge under evaluation agreements for a limited period of time. If a material number of these prospective customers do not decide to purchase our products within the time periods that we estimate, or at all, then we will not be able to convert the inventory or fixed assets held by these customers to revenues. If we are unable to sell this inventory or these fixed assets to other customers or if it becomes obsolete as we develop our next generation HTG EdgeSeq processor, we may be required to write off a significant portion of this inventory or these fixed assets.

Our strategy of developing companion diagnostic products may require large investments in working capital and may not generate any revenues.

A key component of our strategy is the development of companion diagnostic products designed to determine the appropriate patient population for administration of a particular medication, to more successfully treat a variety of illnesses. Successfully developing a companion diagnostic product depends both on regulatory approval for administration of the therapeutic, as well as regulatory approval of the diagnostic product. We may be successful in developing products that would be useful as companion diagnostic products, and potentially receive regulatory approval for such products, however the biopharmaceutical companies that develop the corresponding therapeutics may select a competing technology to use in their regulatory submission instead of ours. The development of companion diagnostic products requires a significant investment of working capital which may not result in any future income. This could require us to raise additional funds which could dilute our current investors, or could impact our ability to continue our operations in the future.

Our current business depends on levels of research and development spending by academic and governmental research institutions and biopharmaceutical companies, a reduction in which could limit demand for our products and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our revenue will be derived initially from sales of our HTG Edge system, proprietary panels, and the development of custom panels for biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs worldwide for research applications. The demand for our products will depend in part upon the research and development budgets of these customers, which are impacted by factors beyond our control, such as:

 

    changes in government programs that provide funding to research institutions and companies;

 

20


Table of Contents
    macroeconomic conditions and the political climate;

 

    changes in the regulatory environment;

 

    differences in budgetary cycles;

 

    market-driven pressures to consolidate operations and reduce costs; and

 

    market acceptance of relatively new technologies, such as ours.

We believe that any uncertainty regarding the availability of research funding may adversely affect our operating results and may adversely affect sales to customers or potential customers that rely on government funding. In addition, academic, governmental and other research institutions that fund research and development activities may be subject to stringent budgetary constraints that could result in spending reductions, reduced allocations or budget cutbacks, which could jeopardize the ability of these customers to purchase our products. Our operating results may fluctuate substantially due to reductions and delays in research and development expenditures by these customers. Any decrease in our customers’ budgets or expenditures, or in the size, scope or frequency of capital or operating expenditures, could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products, and if we are unable to successfully commercialize our products, our business may be adversely affected.

We have limited experience marketing and selling our products. Our HTG Edge system was introduced for sale in the life sciences research market in the third quarter of 2013. We currently market our products through our own sales force in the United States, through a third party contract sales team in Europe and a distributor in parts of Asia. In the future, we intend to expand our sales and support team in the United States, establish a direct sales and support team in Europe and additional distributor and/or third party contract sales team relationships in other parts of the world. However, we may not be able to market and sell our products effectively. Our sales of life science research products and potential future diagnostic products will depend in large part on our ability to successfully increase the scope of our marketing efforts and establish and maintain a sales force commensurate with our then applicable markets. Because we have limited experience in marketing and selling our products in the life science research market and no experience in marketing and selling our products in the diagnostic market, our ability to forecast demand, the infrastructure required to support such demand and the sales cycle to customers is unproven. If we do not build an efficient and effective sales force and distributor relationships targeting these markets, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

The development of future products is dependent on new methods and/or technologies that we may not be successful in developing.

We are planning to expand our product offerings in the fields of detecting RNA fusions and rearrangements and DNA mutations. We believe we have successfully demonstrated proof of concept that our technology is able to detect these fusions and mutations, but to date our work in this area has only been on a very small scale. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully develop these applications on a commercial scale. If we are unsuccessful at developing additional applications involving RNA fusions or DNA or RNA mutations, we may be limited in the breadth of additional products we can offer in the future, which could impact our future revenues and profits.

If we do not obtain regulatory clearance or approval to market our products for diagnostic purposes, we will be limited to marketing our products for research use only. In addition, if regulatory limitations are placed on our diagnostic products our business and growth will be harmed.

Currently we are limited to marketing our HTG Edge system and proprietary profiling panels for research use only, which means that we cannot make any diagnostic or clinical claims. We intend to seek regulatory

 

21


Table of Contents

clearances or approvals in the United States and other jurisdictions to market certain panels for diagnostic purposes; however, we may not be successful in doing so. The FDA regulates diagnostic kits sold and distributed through interstate commerce in the United States as medical devices. Unless an exemption applies, generally, before a new medical device may be sold or distributed in the United States, or may be marketed for a new use in the United States, the medical device must receive either FDA clearance of a 510(k) pre-market notification or pre-market approval. As a result, before we can market or distribute our profiling panels, including our mRNA and miRNA assays, in the United States as in vitro diagnostics, or IVD, kits for use by clinical testing laboratories, we must first obtain pre-market clearance or pre-market approval from the FDA. We have not yet applied for clearance or approval from the FDA for any of our solutions, and need to complete additional clinical validations before we submit an application, which can be a lengthy process. We are working collaboratively with multiple biopharmaceutical companies to develop an expanded HTG EdgeSeq-based expression panel for diffuse large B-cell lymphomas, or DLBCL, which will include their important drug-linked gene targets. We also are developing an HTG EdgeSeq panel to detect certain gene fusions in lung cancer. With respect to the DLBCL panel, we plan to submit for regulatory clearances at some future time if and when our work with the biopharmaceutical companies has a positive outcome. With respect to the gene fusion panel for lung cancer, we plan to submit for regulatory clearances in late 2015 or early 2016 to market the product as an IVD in the United States and CE/IVD in Europe, although we cannot provide any assurances that we will meet that timeline. Once we complete the requisite clinical validations and submit an application, we may not receive FDA clearance or approval for the commercial use of our tests on a timely basis, or at all. If we are unable to obtain regulatory clearance or approval, or if clinical diagnostic laboratories do not accept our cleared or approved tests, our ability to grow our business could be compromised.

Similarly, foreign countries have either implemented or are in the process of implementing increased regulatory controls that require that we submit applications for review and approval by foreign regulatory bodies. Once we do apply, we may not receive approval for the commercial use of our tests on a timely basis, or at all. If we are unable to achieve appropriate ex-U.S. approvals, or if clinical diagnostic laboratories outside the United States do not accept our tests, our ability to grow our business outside of the United States could be compromised.

If our HTG Edge system and proprietary profiling panels fail to achieve and sustain sufficient market acceptance, we will not generate expected revenue, and our prospects may be harmed.

We are currently focused on selling our HTG Edge systems and profiling panels within the life sciences research market. We plan to develop panels for many different disease states including companion diagnostics to determine the proper course of medication for those diseases. We may experience reluctance, or refusal, on the part of physicians to order, and third-party payors to cover and provide adequate reimbursement for, our panels if the results of our research and clinical studies, and our sales and marketing activities relating to communication of these results, do not convey to physicians, third-party payors and patients that the HTG Edge system and related profiling panels provide equivalent or better diagnostic information than other available technologies and methodologies. We believe our panels represent a new methodology in diagnosing disease states, and we may have to overcome resistance among physicians to adopting it for the marketing of our products to be successful. Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA, the use of our panels may not become the standard diagnostic tool for those diseases on which we plan to focus our efforts. A portion of our strategy is to develop diagnostic tools in conjunction with biopharmaceutical companies to help assess the proper course of treatment for specific diseases. Even if we are successful in developing those diagnostic tools and receive regulatory approval, we still may not be successful in marketing those diagnostic tests. Furthermore, our biopharmaceutical partners may choose alternative diagnostic tests to market with their products instead of ours which could limit our diagnostic test sales and revenues.

 

22


Table of Contents

As part of our current business model, we intend to seek to enter into strategic collaborations and licensing arrangements with third parties to develop diagnostic tests.

We have relied, and expect to continue to rely, on strategic collaborations and licensing agreements with third parties for discoveries based on which we develop profiling panels. We have entered into agreements with third parties to develop assays, and ultimately diagnostic tests, to aid in the diagnosis of breast-related disorders, melanoma and other diseases. We intend to enter into additional similar agreements with life sciences companies and other researchers for future diagnostic products. However, we cannot guarantee that we will enter into any additional agreements. In particular, our life sciences research customers are not obligated to collaborate with us or license technology to us, and they may choose to develop diagnostic products themselves or collaborate with our competitors. Establishing collaborations and licensing arrangements is difficult and time-consuming. Discussions may not lead to collaborations or licenses on favorable terms, or at all. Potential collaborators or licensors may elect not to work with us based upon their assessment of our financial, regulatory or intellectual property position. To the extent we enter into new collaboration or licensing agreements, they may never result in the successful development or commercialization of future tests or other products for a variety of reasons, including because our collaborators may not succeed in performing their obligations or may choose not to cooperate with us. We cannot control the amount and timing of our collaborators’ resources that will be devoted to performing their responsibilities under our agreements with them. Moreover, to the extent we agree to work exclusively with a party in a given area, our opportunities to collaborate with others would be limited. Even if we establish new relationships, they may never result in the successful development or commercialization of future tests or other products. Disputes with our collaborators could also impair our reputation or result in development delays, decreased revenues and litigation expenses.

Our research and development efforts will be hindered if we are not able to contract with third parties for access to archival tissue samples.

Our future development of products for clinical indications will require access to archival patient samples for which data relevant to the clinical indication of interest is known. Under standard clinical practice, tissue biopsies removed from patients are preserved and stored in formalin-fixed paraffin embedded, or FFPE, format. We rely on our ability to secure access to these archived FFPE biopsy samples together with the information pertaining to the clinical outcomes of the patients from which the samples were taken. Owners or custodians of samples of this type may be difficult to identify and/or identified samples may be of poor quality or limited in number or amount. Additionally, others compete with us for access to these samples for both research and commercial purposes. Even when an appropriate cohort of samples is identified, the process of negotiating access to these samples can be lengthy because it typically involves numerous parties and approval levels to resolve complex issues such as usage rights, institutional review board approval, privacy rights, publication rights, and intellectual property ownership. If we are not able to negotiate access to archived tissue samples on a timely basis, or at all, or if our competitors or others secure access to these samples before us, our ability to research, develop and commercialize future products will be limited or delayed.

The life sciences research and diagnostic markets are highly competitive. We face competition from enhanced or alternative technologies and products, which could render our products and/or technologies obsolete. If we fail to compete effectively, our business and operating results will suffer.

We face significant competition in the life sciences research and diagnostics markets. We currently compete with both established and early-stage life sciences research companies that design, manufacture and market instruments and consumables for gene expression analysis, single-cell analysis, polymerase chain reaction, or PCR, digital PCR, other nucleic acid detection and additional applications. These companies use well-established laboratory techniques such as microarrays or quantitative PCR, or qPCR, as well as newer technologies such as next generation sequencing. We believe our principal competitors in the life sciences research market are Affymetrix, Inc., Agilent Technologies, Inc., Exiqon A/S, Fluidigm Corporation, Foundation Medicine, Inc. Illumina, Inc., Abbott Laboratories, Luminex Corporation, NanoString Technologies, Inc., Qiagen N.V., Roche Diagnostics, Inc. and Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. In addition, there are a number of new market entrants in the

 

23


Table of Contents

process of developing novel technologies for the life sciences market, including companies such as RainDance Technologies, Inc., Genomic Health, Inc. and Wafergen Bio-Systems, Inc. One or more of our competitors could develop a product that is superior to a product we offer or intend to offer or our technology and products may be rendered obsolete or uneconomical by advances in existing technologies.

Within the diagnostic market, there are competitors that manufacture systems for sales to hospitals and laboratories and other competitors that offer tests conducted through Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments, or CLIA, laboratories. We will also compete with commercial diagnostics companies. Most of our current competitors are either publicly traded, or are divisions of publicly-traded companies, and enjoy a number of competitive advantages over us, including:

 

    greater name and brand recognition, financial and human resources;

 

    broader product lines;

 

    larger sales forces and more established distributor networks;

 

    substantial intellectual property portfolios;

 

    larger and more established customer bases and relationships; and

 

    better established, larger scale, and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in all of our target markets include:

 

    cost of capital equipment;

 

    cost of consumables and supplies;

 

    reputation among customers;

 

    innovation in product offerings;

 

    flexibility and ease-of-use;

 

    accuracy and reproducibility of results; and

 

    compatibility with existing laboratory processes, tools and methods.

We believe that additional competitive factors specific to the diagnostics market include:

 

    breadth of clinical decisions that can be influenced by information generated by tests;

 

    volume, quality, and strength of clinical and analytical validation data;

 

    availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement for testing services; and

 

    economic benefit accrued to customers based on testing services enabled by products.

Our products may not compete favorably and we may not be successful in the face of increasing competition from new products and technologies introduced by our existing competitors or new companies entering our markets. In addition, our competitors may have or may develop products or technologies that currently or in the future will enable them to produce competitive products with greater capabilities or at lower costs than ours. Any failure to compete effectively could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not be able to develop new products or enhance the capabilities of our systems to keep pace with rapidly changing technology and customer requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our success depends on our ability to develop new products and applications for our technology in existing and new markets, while improving the performance and cost-effectiveness of our systems. New technologies,

 

24


Table of Contents

techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of price and performance than our current or future products and systems. Existing markets for our products, including gene expression analysis, single-cell analysis and copy number variation, as well as potential markets for our diagnostic product candidates, are characterized by rapid technological change and innovation. It is critical to our success that we anticipate changes in technology and customer requirements and to successfully introduce new, enhanced and competitive technologies to meet our customers’ and prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis. At the same time, however, we must carefully manage the introduction of new products. If customers believe that such products will offer enhanced features or be sold for a more attractive price, they may delay purchases until such products are available. We may also have excess or obsolete inventory of older products as we transition to new products and our experience in managing product transitions is very limited. If we do not successfully innovate and introduce new technology into our product lines or effectively manage the transitions to new product offerings, our revenues and results of operations will be adversely impacted.

Competitors may respond more quickly and effectively than we do to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and as new companies enter the market with new technologies.

If we do not successfully manage the development and launch of new products, our financial results could be adversely affected.

We face risks associated with launching new products and with undertaking to comply with regulatory requirements for certain of our products. If we encounter development or manufacturing challenges or discover errors during our product development cycle, the product launch date(s) may be delayed. The expenses or losses associated with unsuccessful product development or launch activities or lack of market acceptance of our new products could adversely affect our business or financial condition.

We are dependent on third-party suppliers for our systems and some of the components and materials used in our products, and the loss of any of these suppliers could harm our business.

We rely on a third-party supplier to build our HTG Edge system and two other suppliers to supply certain components used in the processor and reader. Our contracts with certain of these parties do not commit them to carry inventory or make available any particular quantities, and they may give other customers’ needs higher priority than ours and we may not be able to obtain adequate supplies in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms. We also rely on third-party suppliers for various components we use to manufacture our consumable products. We periodically forecast our needs for such components and enter into standard purchase orders with them. If we were to lose such suppliers, we may not be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, or at all. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing the quality and quantity of materials we require for our products, our supply chain would be interrupted which would adversely affect our sales. If any of these events occur, our business and operating results could be materially harmed.

If our Tucson facility becomes unavailable or inoperable, the manufacturing of our consumables or process sales orders will be interrupted and our business could be materially harmed.

We manufacture our consumable products in our facility in Tucson, Arizona. In addition, our Tucson facility is the center for order processing, receipt of our HTG Edge instruments manufactured by third-party contract manufacturers and shipping products to customers. We do not have redundant facilities. Damage to our facility and the equipment we use to perform research and development and manufacture our consumable products would be costly, and we would require substantial lead-time to repair or replace this facility and equipment. Tucson is situated in the desert, subject to flooding, power spikes and power outages. The facility may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including floods, earthquakes and

 

25


Table of Contents

power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to produce our tests for some period of time. The inability to manufacture consumables or to ship products to customers for even a short period of time may result in the loss of customers or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those customers in the future. Although we possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

We expect to generate a portion of our revenue internationally and are subject to various risks relating to our international activities which could adversely affect our operating results.

During each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, approximately 14% of our revenue was generated from sales to customers located outside of the United States. We expect that a percentage of our future revenue will continue to come from international sources, and we expect to expand our overseas operations and develop opportunities in additional areas. Engaging in international business involves a number of difficulties and risks, including:

 

    required compliance with existing and changing foreign regulatory requirements and laws;

 

    required compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and U.K. Bribery Act, data privacy requirements, labor laws and anti-competition regulations;

 

    export and import restrictions;

 

    various reimbursement, pricing and insurance regimes;

 

    laws and business practices favoring local companies;

 

    longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

 

    political and economic instability;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements and other trade barriers, including transfer pricing, value added and other tax systems, double taxation and restrictions and/or taxation on repatriation of earnings;

 

    tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements and other trade barriers;

 

    difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; and

 

    difficulties protecting or procuring intellectual property rights, including from reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries.

Additionally, as we expand internationally our results of operations and cash flows will become increasingly subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Historically, most of our revenue has been denominated in U.S. dollars, although we have sold our products and services in local currency outside of the United States, principally the Euro. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United States. As our operations in countries outside of the United States grows, our results of operations and cash flows will be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could negatively impact our results of operations in the future. For example, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to foreign currencies, in the absence of a corresponding change in local currency prices, our revenue could be adversely affected as we convert revenue from local currencies to U.S. dollars.

If we dedicate significant resources to our international operations and are unable to manage these risks effectively, our business, operating results and prospects will suffer. Moreover, we cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required in establishing operations in other countries will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

 

26


Table of Contents

In addition, any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could negatively impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain business activities.

Our reliance on distributors and sales partners for sales of our products outside of the United States could limit or prevent us from selling them in foreign markets and may impact our revenue.

We have established an exclusive distribution agreement for our HTG Edge system and related profiling panels in the research-use-only market within parts of Asia. In addition, we have an agreement with a contract sales team in Europe, which we plan to transition to our own direct sales and support team in the future. We intend to continue to grow our business internationally, and to do so, in addition to expanding our own direct sales and support team, we plan to attract additional distributors and sales partners to maximize the commercial opportunity for our products. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in attracting desirable distribution and sales partners or that we will be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. Distributors and sales partners may not commit the necessary resources to market and sell our products to the level of our expectations or may favor marketing the products of our competitors. If current or future distributors or sales partners do not perform adequately, or we are unable to enter into effective arrangements with distributors or sales partners in particular geographic areas, we may not realize long-term international revenue growth.

Limitations in the use of our products could harm our reputation or decrease market acceptance of our products; undetected errors or defects in our products could harm our reputation, decrease market acceptance of our products or expose us to product liability claims.

When first introduced, our products may be subject to certain operational limitations. For example, in the past we have introduced new panels that initially were intended to be used with specific types of tissue samples. Because our customers desire that our panels be broadly applicable to many biological sample types, these initial limitations could harm our reputation or decrease market acceptance of our products. If that occurs, we may incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted, or other significant customer relations problems may arise, which could harm our business and operating results.

Similarly, our products may contain undetected errors or defects when first introduced or as new versions are released. Since our current customers use our products for research and may, if cleared or approved, in the future use them for diagnostic applications, disruptions or other performance problems with our products may damage our customers’ businesses and could harm our reputation. If that occurs, we may incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted, or other significant customer relations problems may arise. We may also be subject to warranty and liability claims for damages related to errors or defects in our products. A material liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of our products could harm our business and operating results.

The sale and use of products or services based on our technologies, or activities related to our research and clinical studies, could lead to the filing of product liability claims if someone were to allege that one of our products contained a design or manufacturing defect that resulted in the failure to adequately perform the analysis for which it was designed. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time consuming to defend, either of which could materially harm our business or financial condition. We cannot assure investors that our product liability insurance would adequately protect our assets from the financial impact of defending a product liability claim. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future.

 

27


Table of Contents

If any members of our management team were to leave us or we are unable to recruit, train and retain key personnel, we may not achieve our goals.

Our future success depends on our ability to recruit, train, retain and motivate key personnel, including our senior management, research and development, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel. If we were to lose one or more of our key employees, we may experience difficulties in competing effectively, developing our technologies and implementing our business strategies. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and we may not be able to attract talent. Our growth depends, in part, on attracting, retaining and motivating highly-trained sales personnel with the necessary scientific background and ability to understand our systems at a technical level to effectively identify and sell to potential new customers. In particular, the commercialization of our HTG Edge platform and related panels requires us to continue to establish and maintain a sales and support team to optimize the market for research tools, then to fully optimize a broad array of diagnostic market opportunities if we receive approval for any future diagnostic products. We do not maintain fixed term employment contracts or key man life insurance with any of our employees. Because of the complex and technical nature of our products and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to retain our management team or to attract, train, retain and motivate other qualified personnel could materially harm our operating results and growth prospects.

The enactment of legislation implementing changes in the U.S. taxation of international business activities or the adoption of other tax reform policies could materially impact our future financial position and results of operations.

Recent changes to U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign tax credits and the deferral of certain tax deductions until earnings outside of the United States are repatriated to the United States, as well as changes to U.S. tax laws that may be enacted in the future, could impact the tax treatment of future foreign earnings. Should the scale of our international business activities expand, any such changes in the U.S. taxation of such activities could increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our future financial position and results of operations.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2014, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income of approximately $58.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2021 if not utilized. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three year period) is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We believe we may have already experienced an ownership change and may in the future experience one or more additional ownership changes, and as a result, our ability to use pre-ownership change NOLs and other pre-ownership change tax attributes to offset post-ownership change income may be limited. Such limitations may cause a portion of our NOL and credit carryforwards to expire. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, including as a result of this or future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside of our control, could result in ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.

Provisions of the instruments governing our indebtedness may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

Our loan agreement with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank requires us, and any debt arrangements we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

 

    dispose of assets;

 

28


Table of Contents
    complete mergers or acquisitions;

 

    incur indebtedness;

 

    encumber assets;

 

    pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our capital stock;

 

    make specified investments;

 

    change certain key management personnel; and

 

    engage in transactions with our affiliates.

These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies. If we default under our loan agreement or certain other agreements, and such event of default is not cured or waived, the lenders could terminate commitments to lend and cause all of our outstanding indebtedness with them to be due and payable immediately. Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay these amounts upon a default.

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. The debt instruments governing such indebtedness may contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than the provisions governing our existing indebtedness under the loan agreement. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Acquisitions or joint ventures could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and otherwise harm our business.

We may acquire other businesses, products or technologies as well as pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, technology licenses or investments in complementary businesses. We have not made any acquisitions to date, and our ability to do so successfully is unproven. Moreover, we have limited experience with respect to the formation of collaborations, strategic alliances and joint ventures. Any of these transactions could be material to our financial condition and operating results and expose us to many risks, including:

 

    disruption in our relationships with customers, distributors or suppliers as a result of such a transaction;

 

    unanticipated liabilities related to acquired companies;

 

    difficulties integrating acquired personnel, technologies and operations into our existing business;

 

    diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges;

 

    increases in our expenses and reductions in our cash available for operations and other uses; and

 

    possible write-offs or impairment charges relating to acquired businesses.

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries. Also, the anticipated benefit of any acquisition may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. We cannot predict the number, timing or size of future joint ventures or acquisitions, or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating results.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our operating results may be harmed if we are required to collect sales, services or other related taxes for our products and services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so.

We do not believe that we are required to collect sales, use, services or other similar taxes from our customers in certain jurisdictions. However, one or more countries or states may seek to impose sales, use, services, or other tax collection obligations on us, including for past sales. A successful assertion by one or more jurisdictions that we should collect sales or other taxes on the sale of our products and services could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales and decrease our ability to compete for future sales. Each country and each state has different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. We review these rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe sales and use taxes apply in a particular jurisdiction, voluntarily engage tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with their rules and regulations. We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in jurisdictions where we presently believe sales and use taxes are not due.

Providers of goods or services are typically held responsible by taxing authorities for the collection and payment of any applicable sales and similar taxes. If one or more taxing authorities determines that taxes should have, but have not, been paid with respect to our products and services, we may be liable for past taxes in addition to being required to collect sales or similar taxes in respect of our products and services going forward. Liability for past taxes may also include substantial interest and penalty charges. Our client contracts provide that our clients must pay all applicable sales and similar taxes. Nevertheless, clients may be reluctant to pay back taxes and may refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes or we may determine that it would not be feasible to seek reimbursement. If we are required to collect and pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties and if our customers do not reimburse us for all or a portion of these amounts, we will have incurred unplanned expenses that may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on our products and services going forward will effectively increase the cost of such products and services to our clients.

Many states are also pursuing legislative expansion of the scope of goods and services that are subject to sales and similar taxes as well as the circumstances in which a vendor of goods and services must collect such taxes. Furthermore, legislative proposals have been introduced in Congress that would provide states with additional authority to impose such taxes. Accordingly, it is possible that either federal or state legislative changes may require us to collect additional sales and similar taxes from our clients in the future.

Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, foreign liability, employee benefits liability, property, automobile, umbrella, workers’ compensation, products liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain existing insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations.

Performance issues, service interruptions or price increases by our shipping carriers could adversely affect our business and harm our reputation and ability to provide our services on a timely basis.

Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport of our HTG Edge system instrumentation and consumables to our customers and, as applicable, customers’ samples to our laboratory, and for enhanced tracking of these shipments. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such as loss, damage or destruction of any instrumentation, consumables or samples, it would be costly to replace such instrumentation or consumables in a timely manner and may be difficult to replace customers’ samples lost or damaged in shipping, and such occurrences may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our

 

30


Table of Contents

operating margins and results of operations. Similarly, strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our ability to process orders for our products or receive recipient samples on a timely basis.

We face risks related to handling of hazardous materials and other regulations governing environmental safety.

Our operations are subject to complex and stringent environmental, health, safety and other governmental laws and regulations that both public officials and private individuals may seek to enforce. Our activities that are subject to these regulations include, among other things, our use of hazardous materials and the generation, transportation and storage of waste. We could discover that we or an acquired business is not in material compliance with these regulations. Existing laws and regulations may also be revised or reinterpreted, or new laws and regulations may become applicable to us, whether retroactively or prospectively, that may have a negative effect on our business and results of operations. It is also impossible to eliminate completely the risk of accidental environmental contamination or injury to individuals. In such an event, we could be liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage we may have, which events could adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to Government Regulation and Diagnostic Product Reimbursement

Our “research use only” products for the life sciences market could become subject to regulation as medical devices by the FDA or other regulatory agencies in the future which could increase our costs and delay our commercialization efforts, thereby materially and adversely affecting our life sciences business and results of operations.

In the United States, our products are currently labeled and sold for research use only, or RUO, and not for the diagnosis or treatment of disease, and are sold to a variety of parties, including biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs. Because such products are not intended for use in clinical practice in diagnostics, and the products cannot include clinical or diagnostic claims, they are exempt from many regulatory requirements otherwise applicable to medical devices. In particular, while the FDA regulations require that RUO products be labeled, “For Research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures,” the regulations do not subject such products to the FDA’s pre- and post-market controls for medical devices.

A significant change in the laws governing RUO products or how they are enforced may require us to change our business model in order to maintain compliance. For instance, in November 2013 the FDA issued a Guidance document entitled “Distribution of In Vitro Diagnostic Products Labeled for Research Use Only or Investigational Use Only”, or the RUO Guidance, which highlights the FDA’s interpretation that distribution of RUO products with any labeling, advertising or promotion that suggests that clinical laboratories can validate the test through their own procedures and subsequently offer it for clinical diagnostic use as a laboratory developed test is in conflict with RUO status. The RUO Guidance further articulates the FDA’s position that any assistance offered in performing clinical validation or verification, or similar specialized technical support, to clinical laboratories, is in conflict with RUO status. If we engage in any activities that the FDA deems to be in conflict with the RUO status held by the products that we sell, we may be subject to immediate, severe and broad FDA enforcement action that would adversely affect our ability to continue operations. Accordingly, if the FDA finds that we are distributing our RUO products in a manner that is inconsistent with its guidance, we may be forced to stop distribution of our RUO tests until we are in compliance, which would reduce our revenues, increase our costs and adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

In the event that the FDA requires marketing authorization of our RUO products in the future, there can be no assurance that the FDA will ultimately grant any clearance or approval requested by us in a timely manner, or at all.

 

31


Table of Contents

Approval and/or clearance by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for any diagnostic tests will take significant time and require significant research, development and clinical study expenditures and ultimately may not succeed.

Before we begin to label and market our products for use as clinical diagnostics in the United States, including as companion diagnostics, unless an exemption applies, we will be required to obtain either 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval, or PMA, from the FDA. In addition, we may be required to seek FDA clearance for any changes or modifications to our products that could significantly affect their safety or effectiveness, or would constitute a change in intended use. The 510(k) clearance processes can be expensive, time-consuming and uncertain. In addition to the time required to conduct clinical trials, if necessary, it generally takes from four to twelve months from submission of an application to obtain 510(k) clearance; however, it may take longer and 510(k) clearance may never be obtained. Even if the FDA accepts a 510(k) submission for filing, the FDA may request additional information or clinical studies during its review. Our ability to obtain additional regulatory clearances for new products and indications may be significantly delayed or may never be obtained. In addition, we may be required to obtain PMAs for new products or product modifications. The requirements of the more rigorous PMA process could delay product introductions and increase the costs associated with FDA compliance. As with all in vitro diagnostic products, the FDA reserves the right to redefine the regulatory path at the time of submission or during the review process, and could require a more burdensome approach. Even if we were to obtain regulatory approval or clearance, it may not be for the uses we believe are important or commercially attractive, in which case we would not be permitted to market our product for those uses.

A 510(k) clearance or PMA approval for any future medical device product would likely place substantial restrictions on how the device is marketed or sold, and we will be required to continue to comply with extensive regulatory requirements, including, but not limited to, quality system regulations, or QSR, registering manufacturing facilities, listing the products with the FDA, and complying with labeling, marketing, complaint handling, adverse event and medical device reporting requirements and corrections and removals. We cannot assure you that we will successfully maintain the clearances or approvals we may receive in the future. In addition, any clearances or approvals we obtain may be revoked if any issues arises that bring into question our products’ safety or effectiveness. Any failure to maintain compliance with FDA regulatory requirements could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Sales of our diagnostic products outside the United States will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical studies, vigilance reporting, marketing approval, manufacturing, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement. These regulatory requirements vary greatly from country to country. As a result, the time required to obtain approvals outside the United States may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval and we may not be able to obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis or at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities could require additional testing. In addition, the FDA regulates exports of medical devices. Failure to comply with these regulatory requirements or obtain required approvals could impair our ability to commercialize our diagnostic products outside of the United States.

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct any future studies of our diagnostic products that may be required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

We do not have the ability to independently conduct the clinical studies or other studies that may be required to obtain FDA and other regulatory clearance or approval for our diagnostic products, including the HTG Edge system, the HTG EdgeSeq system and related proprietary panels. Accordingly, we expect to rely on third parties, such as medical institutions and clinical investigators, and providers of NGS instrumentation, to conduct such studies and/or to provide information necessary for our submissions to regulatory authorities. Our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities or information will reduce our control over these activities. These third-parties may not complete activities on schedule or conduct studies in accordance with regulatory requirements or our study design. Similarly, providers of NGS instrumentation may not place the

 

32


Table of Contents

same importance on our regulatory submissions as we do. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control will not relieve us of any applicable requirement to prepare, and ensure compliance with, various procedures required under good clinical practices, or the submission of all information required in connection with requested regulatory approvals. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, if the third parties need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our studies may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our diagnostic products.

Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval or clearance for our diagnostic products, we will continue to be subject to ongoing and extensive regulatory requirements, and our failure to comply with these requirements could substantially harm our business.

If we receive regulatory approval or clearance for our diagnostic products, we will be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and continued regulatory oversight and review, such as compliance with QSRs, inspections by the FDA, continued adverse event and malfunction reporting, corrections and removals reporting, registration and listing, and promotional restrictions, and we may also be subject to additional FDA post-marketing obligations. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to market our diagnostic products and/or may be subject to fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions; and criminal prosecution. In addition, we may be subject to similar regulatory compliance actions of foreign jurisdictions.

If Medicare and other third-party payors in the United States and foreign countries do not approve coverage and reimbursement for our future clinical diagnostic tests enabled by our technology, the commercial success of our diagnostic products would be compromised.

We plan to develop, obtain regulatory approval for and sell clinical diagnostics products for a number of different indications. Successful commercialization of our clinical diagnostic products depends, in large part, on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement for testing services using our diagnostic products from third-party payors, including government insurance plans, managed care organizations and private insurance plans. There is significant uncertainty surrounding third-party coverage and reimbursement for the use of tests that incorporate new technology, such the HTG Edge system and related applications and assays. Reimbursement rates have the potential to fluctuate depending on the region which the testing is provided, the type of facility or treatment center at which the testing is done, and the third-party payor responsible for payment. If we are unable to obtain positive coverage decisions from third-party payors approving reimbursement for our tests at adequate levels, the commercial success of our products would be compromised and our revenue would be significantly limited. Even if we do obtain favorable reimbursement for our tests, third-party payors may withdraw their coverage policies, review and adjust the rate of reimbursement, require co-payments from patients or stop paying for our tests, which would reduce revenue for testing services based on our technology and demand for our diagnostic products.

The American Medical Association Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, Editorial Panel recently created new CPT codes that could be used by our customers to report testing for certain large-scale multianalyte genomic sequencing procedures (GSPs), including our diagnostic products, if approved. Effective January 1, 2015, these codes allow for uniform reporting of broad genomic testing panels using technology similar to ours. While these codes will standardize reporting for these tests, coverage and payment rates for GSPs have not yet been determined and we cannot guarantee that coverage and/or reimbursement for these tests will be provided in the amounts we expect, or at all. Initially, industry associations recommended that payment rates for GSPs be cross-walked to existing codes on the clinical laboratory fee schedule. In October 2014, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, recommended that payment rates for GSPs be determined through a process known as gapfill rather than by crosswalking. This means that local private Medicare Administrative Contractors, or MACs, such as Novitas and Cahaba, will determine the appropriate fee schedule amounts in the first year, and CMS will calculate a national payment rate based on the median of these local fee schedule amounts in the

 

33


Table of Contents

second year. This process may make it more difficult for our customers to obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement for testing services using our diagnostic products. We cannot assure that CMS and other third-party payors will establish reimbursement rates sufficient to cover the costs incurred by our customers in using our clinical diagnostic products, if approved.

Even if we are able to establish coverage and reimbursement codes for our clinical diagnostic products in development, we will continue to be subject to significant pricing pressure, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Third-party payors, including managed care organizations as well as government payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, have increased their efforts to control the cost, utilization and delivery of healthcare services, which may include decreased coverage or reduced reimbursement. From time to time, Congress has considered and implemented changes to the Medicare fee schedules in conjunction with budgetary legislation, and pricing and payment terms, including the possible requirement of a patient co-payment for Medicare beneficiaries for laboratory tests covered by Medicare, and are subject to change at any time. Reductions in the reimbursement rate of third-party payors have occurred and may occur in the future. Reductions in the prices at which testing services based on our technology are reimbursed in the future could result in pricing pressures and have a negative impact on our revenue. In many countries outside of the United States, various coverage, pricing and reimbursement approvals are required. We expect that it will take several years to establish broad coverage and reimbursement for testing services based on our products with payors in countries outside of the United States, and our efforts may not be successful.

We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and other federal and state laws applicable to our marketing practices. If we are unable to comply, or have not complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.

Our operations are, and will continue to be, directly, or indirectly through our customers, subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal and state anti-kickback statutes, false claims statutes, civil monetary penalties laws, patient privacy and security laws, patient transparency laws and marketing compliance laws. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales and marketing and education programs. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

 

    the federal Anti-kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs; a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

 

    the federal physician self-referral prohibition, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits, among other things, physicians who have a financial relationship, including an investment, ownership or compensation relationship with an entity, from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients to that entity for designated health services, which include clinical laboratory services, unless an exception applies. Similarly, entities may not bill Medicare, Medicaid or any other party for services furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral. Unlike the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Stark Law is a strict liability statute, meaning that all of the requirements of a Stark Law exception must be met in order to be compliant with the law;

 

   

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental third-party payors that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making a false statement material to an obligation to pay or transmit money

 

34


Table of Contents
 

to the federal government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay money to the federal government, which may apply to entities that provide coding and billing advice to customers; the federal government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act;

 

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, or HIPAA, which created federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters; similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

 

    HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

    the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; manufacturers were required to begin data collection on August 1, 2013 and to report aggregate data to the government by March 31, 2014, with more detailed reports by June 30, 2014; and

 

    state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback, self-referral, false claims, consumer protection and unfair competition laws which may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements as well as submitting claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government that otherwise restricts payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state laws that require device manufacturers to file reports with states regarding marketing information, such as the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensations and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities (compliance with such requirements may require investment in infrastructure to ensure that tracking is performed properly, and some of these laws result in the public disclosure of various types of payments and relationships, which could potentially have a negative effect on our business and/or increase enforcement scrutiny of our activities); and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, with differing effects.

In addition, the approval and commercialization of any of our product candidates outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including our relationships with physicians and other health care providers, and our evaluation, reagent rental and collaboration arrangements with customers, and sales and marketing efforts could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws.

 

35


Table of Contents

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, individual imprisonment, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, contractual damages, reputational harm, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the United States healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

On April 1, 2014, the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, or PAMA, was signed into law, which, among other things, significantly alters the current payment methodology under the Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, or CLFS. Under the new law, starting January 1, 2016 and every three years thereafter (or annually in the case of advanced diagnostic lab tests), clinical laboratories must report laboratory test payment data for each Medicare-covered clinical diagnostic lab test that it furnishes during a time period to be defined by future regulations. The reported data must include the payment rate (reflecting all discounts, rebates, coupons and other price concessions) and the volume of each test that was paid by each private payor (including health insurance issuers, group health plans, Medicare Advantage plans and Medicaid managed care organizations). Beginning in 2017, the Medicare payment rate for each clinical diagnostic lab test will be equal to the weighted median amount for the test from the most recent data collection period. The payment rate will apply to laboratory tests furnished by a hospital laboratory if the test is separately paid under the hospital outpatient prospective payment system. It is too early to predict the impact on reimbursement for our products in development.

Also under PAMA, CMS is required to adopt temporary billing codes to identify new tests and new advanced diagnostic laboratory tests that have been cleared or approved by the FDA. For an existing test that is cleared or approved by the FDA and for which Medicare payment is made as of April 1, 2014, CMS is required to assign a unique billing code if one has not already been assigned by the agency. In addition to assigning the code, CMS must publicly report payment for the tests no later than January 1, 2016. We cannot determine at this time the full impact of the new law on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the ACA or the Affordable Care Act, enacted in March 2010, makes changes that are expected to significantly impact the pharmaceutical and medical device industries and clinical laboratories. For example, certain medical device manufacturers have to pay a sales tax in an amount equal to 2.3% of the price for which such manufacturer sells its medical devices that are listed with the FDA. We expect that the new tax may apply to some or all of our diagnostic products, which may impact our financial projections and results. The ACA also includes a reduction in the annual update factor used to adjust payments under the CLFS for inflation. This update factor reflects the consumer price index for all urban consumers, or CPI-U, and the ACA reduces the CPI-U by 1.75% for the years 2011 through 2015. The ACA also imposes a multifactor productivity adjustment in addition to the CPI-U, which may further reduce payment rates. These or any future proposed or mandated reductions in payments may apply to some or all of the clinical laboratory tests that our diagnostics customers use our technology to deliver to Medicare beneficiaries, and may reduce demand for our diagnostic products.

Other significant measures contained in the ACA include, for example, coordination and promotion of research on comparative clinical effectiveness of different technologies and procedures, initiatives to revise Medicare payment methodologies, such as bundling of payments across the continuum of care by providers and physicians, and initiatives to promote quality indicators in payment methodologies. The ACA also includes significant new fraud and abuse measures, including required disclosures of financial arrangements with physician customers, lower thresholds for violations and increasing potential penalties for such violations. In addition, the ACA establishes an Independent Payment Advisory Board, or IPAB, to reduce the per capita rate of growth in Medicare spending. The IPAB has broad discretion to propose policies to reduce health care

 

36


Table of Contents

expenditures, which may have a negative impact on payment rates for services, including our tests. The IPAB proposals may impact payments for clinical laboratory services that our future diagnostics customers use our technology to deliver beginning in 2016 and for hospital services beginning in 2020, and may indirectly reduce demand for our diagnostic products.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, President Obama signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, and will stay in effect through 2024 unless Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged from federal and state governments. Changes in healthcare law or policy, such as the creation of broad test utilization limits for diagnostic products in general or requirements that Medicare patients pay for portions of clinical laboratory tests or services received, could substantially impact the sales of our tests, increase costs and divert management’s attention from our business. Such co-payments by Medicare beneficiaries for laboratory services were discussed as possible cost savings for the Medicare program as part of the debt ceiling budget discussions in mid-2011 and may be enacted in the future. In addition, sales of our tests outside of the United States will subject us to foreign regulatory requirements, which may also change over time.

We cannot predict whether future healthcare initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level or in countries outside of the United States in which we may do business, or the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us. The taxes imposed by the new federal legislation and the expansion in government’s effect on the United States healthcare industry may result in decreased profits to us, lower reimbursements by payors for our products or reduced medical procedure volumes, all of which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property effectively, our business would be harmed.

We rely on patent protection as well as trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights protection and contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technologies, all of which provide limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. We own eight issued U.S. patents, 23 granted foreign patents and 35 patent applications pending in the United States and foreign jurisdictions, which portfolio relates to our nuclease-protection-based technologies as well as to lung cancer and melanoma biomarker panels discovered using our nuclease-protection-based technology. We have exclusive or non-exclusive licenses to multiple U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications covering technologies which we intend to utilize in developing diagnostic tests for use on our HTG Edge system. Those patents and patent applications cover technologies related to the diagnosis of breast cancer and melanoma.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property, third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us and we may incur substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict use of our intellectual property.

We cannot assure investors that any of our currently pending or future patent applications will result in issued patents, and we cannot predict how long it will take for such patents to be issued. Further, we cannot

 

37


Table of Contents

assure investors that other parties will not challenge any patents issued to us or that courts or regulatory agencies will hold our patents to be valid or enforceable. We cannot guarantee investors that we will be successful in defending challenges made against our patents. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents.

The patent positions of life sciences companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such companies’ patents has emerged to date in the United States. Furthermore, in the biotechnology field, courts frequently render opinions that may adversely affect the patentability of certain inventions or discoveries, including opinions that may adversely affect the patentability of methods for analyzing or comparing nucleic acids molecules, such as RNA or DNA.

The patent positions of companies engaged in development and commercialization of molecular diagnostic tests are particularly uncertain. Various courts, including the U.S. Supreme Court, have recently rendered decisions that impact the scope of patentability of certain inventions or discoveries relating to molecular diagnostics. Specifically, these decisions stand for the proposition that patent claims that recite laws of nature (for example, the relationships between gene expression levels and the likelihood of risk of recurrence of cancer) are not themselves patentable unless those patent claims have sufficient additional features that provide practical assurance that the processes are genuine inventive applications of those laws rather than patent drafting efforts designed to monopolize the law of nature itself. What constitutes a “sufficient” additional feature is uncertain. Accordingly, this evolving case law in the United States may adversely impact our ability to obtain new patents and may facilitate third-party challenges to our existing owned and licensed patents.

The laws of some non-U.S. countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents. For example:

 

    We might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our patents and pending patent applications.

 

    We might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions.

 

    Others may independently develop similar or alternative products and technologies or duplicate any of our products and technologies.

 

    It is possible that none of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents, and even if they issue as patents, they may not provide a basis for commercially viable products, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be challenged and invalidated by third parties.

 

    We may not develop additional proprietary products and technologies that are patentable.

 

    The patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

 

    We apply for patents covering our products and technologies and uses thereof, as we deem appropriate. However, we may fail to apply for patents on important products and technologies in a timely fashion or at all.

 

38


Table of Contents

In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we take steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology by entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, corporate partners and, when needed, our advisors. Such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements, and we may not be able to prevent such unauthorized disclosure. Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to enforce a claim that a third party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets.

In addition, competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected so as to protect our market against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

We have not yet registered certain of our trademarks, including “HTG Edge,” “HTG EdgeSeq,” “qPNA” and “ArrayPlate” in all of our potential markets. If we apply to register these trademarks, our applications may not be allowed for registration, and our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. In addition, opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademark applications and registrations, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would.

To the extent our intellectual property, including licensed intellectual property, offers inadequate protection, or is found to be invalid or unenforceable, we would be exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. If our intellectual property does not provide adequate protection against our competitors’ products, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business. Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time consuming and expensive.

We may need to depend on certain technologies that are licensed to us. We would not control these technologies and any loss of our rights to them could prevent us from selling some of our products.

We have entered into several license agreements with third parties for certain licensed technologies that are not currently utilized in the products we market but may be in the future. In addition, we may in the future elect to license third party intellectual property to further our business objectives and/or as needed for freedom to operate for our products. We do not and will not own the patents or patent applications that are a subject of these licenses. Our rights to use these technologies and employ the inventions claimed in the licensed patents and patent applications are or will be subject to the continuation of and compliance with the terms of those licenses.

In some cases, we do not or may not control the prosecution, maintenance, or filing of the patents or patent applications to which we hold licenses, or the enforcement of these patents against third parties. As a result, we cannot be certain that drafting or prosecution of the licensed patents and patent applications by the licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights.

Certain of the U.S. patent rights we own or have licensed relate to technology that was developed with U.S. government grants, in which case the U.S. government has certain rights in those inventions, including, among others, march-in license rights. In addition, federal regulations impose certain domestic manufacturing requirements with respect to any products within the scope of those U.S. patent claims.

 

39


Table of Contents

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patent or other proprietary rights, to determine the scope, coverage and validity of others’ patent or other proprietary rights, or to defend against third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, any of which could be time-intensive and costly and may adversely impact our business or stock price.

We may from time to time receive notices of claims of infringement and misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights, including with respect to third-party trade secrets, infringement by us of third-party patents and trademarks or other rights, or challenges to the validity or enforceability of our patents, trademarks or other rights. Some of these claims may lead to litigation. We cannot assure investors that such actions will not be asserted or prosecuted against us or that we will prevail in any or all such actions.

Litigation may be necessary for us to enforce our patent and proprietary rights or to determine the scope, coverage and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could result in substantial legal fees and could adversely affect the scope of our patent protection. The outcome of any litigation or other proceeding is inherently uncertain and might not be favorable to us, and we might not be able to obtain licenses to technology that we require. Even if such licenses are obtainable, they may not be available at a reasonable cost. We could therefore incur substantial costs related to royalty payments for licenses obtained from third parties, which could negatively affect our gross margins. Further, we could encounter delays in product introductions, or interruptions in product sales, as we develop alternative methods or products. In addition, if we resort to legal proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity, scope and coverage of the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others, the proceedings could be burdensome and expensive, even if we were to prevail. Any litigation that may be necessary in the future could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

As we move into new markets and applications for our products, incumbent participants in such markets may assert their patents and other proprietary rights against us as a means of slowing our entry into such markets or as a means to extract substantial license and royalty payments from us. Our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we currently have. In addition, future litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence or protection. Therefore, our commercial success may depend in part on our non-infringement of the patents or proprietary rights of third parties. Numerous significant intellectual property issues have been litigated, and will likely continue to be litigated, between existing and new participants in our existing and targeted markets and competitors may assert that our products infringe their intellectual property rights as part of a business strategy to impede our successful entry into those markets. Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. In addition, our competitors and others may have patents or may in the future obtain patents and claim that use of our products infringes these patents. We could incur substantial costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel in defending against any of these claims. Parties making claims against us may be able to obtain injunctive or other relief, which could block our ability to develop, commercialize and sell products, and could result in the award of substantial damages against us. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be required to pay damages and obtain one or more licenses from third parties, or be prohibited from selling certain products. We may not be able to obtain these licenses at a reasonable cost, if at all. We could therefore incur substantial costs related to royalty payments for licenses obtained from third parties, which could negatively affect our gross margins. In addition, we could encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to develop alternative methods or products to avoid infringing third-party patents or proprietary rights. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing products, and the prohibition of sale of any of our products could materially affect our ability to grow and gain market acceptance for our products.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation, there could be public announcements of the

 

40


Table of Contents

results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

In addition, our agreements with some of our suppliers, distributors, customers and other entities with whom we do business require us to defend or indemnify these parties to the extent they become involved in infringement claims against us, including the claims described above. We could also voluntarily agree to defend or indemnify third parties in instances where we are not obligated to do so if we determine it would be important to our business relationships. If we are required or agree to defend or indemnify any of these third parties in connection with any infringement claims, we could incur significant costs and expenses that could adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our employees’ former employers.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical diagnostic companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. A loss of key research personnel work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize certain potential products, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Our products contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products.

Our products contain software tools licensed by third-party authors under “open source” licenses. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This would allow our competitors to create similar products with less development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales.

Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot assure investors that our processes for controlling our use of open source software in our products will be effective. If we are held to have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our products on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our products, to discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We use third-party software that may be difficult to replace or cause errors or failures of our products that could lead to lost customers or harm to our reputation.

We use software licensed from third parties in our products. In the future, this software may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this software could result in

 

41


Table of Contents

delays in the production of our products until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. In addition, any errors or defects in third-party software, or other third-party software failures could result in errors, defects or cause our products to fail, which could harm our business and be costly to correct. Many of these providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for such errors, defects or failures, and if enforceable, we may have additional liability to our customers or third-party providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.

We will need to maintain our relationships with third-party software providers and to obtain software from such providers that do not contain any errors or defects. Any failure to do so could adversely impact our ability to deliver reliable products to our customers and could harm our results of operations.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

After the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of The NASDAQ Global Market. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We are currently in the process of reviewing, documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting, but we are not currently in compliance with, and we cannot be certain when we will be able to implement the requirements of, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. For instance, in September 2014, it was determined that we did not have adequate controls in place to properly account for our obligation to NuvoGen in connection with our purchase of intellectual property under an asset purchase agreement, which resulted in a restatement of previously issued financial statements. This deficiency in our internal controls was deemed to be a material weakness. A material weakness is a significant deficiency, or a combination of significant deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that it is reasonably possible that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If one or more material weaknesses persist or if we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected. Although efforts are still in progress, we are taking steps to remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, primarily by hiring additional individuals with accounting expertise and through the implementation of new accounting processes and control procedures. These actions are subject to ongoing management review and the oversight of the audit committee of our board of directors.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities.

 

42


Table of Contents

Complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies will increase our costs and the demands on management and could harm our operating results.

As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market impose numerous requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Also, the Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

As an “emerging growth company,” we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an “emerging growth company.” When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and, for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years following the completion of this offering, however, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” before the end of that five-year period as of the following December 31, if we

 

43


Table of Contents

have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, or if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of any year, or as of the date we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

We expect that our stock price will fluctuate significantly and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

    actual or anticipated quarterly variation in our results of operations or the results of our competitors;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

    failure to obtain or delays in obtaining product approvals or clearances from the FDA or foreign regulators;

 

    adverse regulatory or reimbursement announcements;

 

    issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations for our stock;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

    commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

    market conditions in the life sciences and molecular diagnostics markets;

 

    manufacturing disruptions;

 

    any future sales of our common stock or other securities;

 

    any change to the composition of the board of directors, executive officers or key personnel;

 

    expiration of contractual lock-up agreements with our executive officers, directors and security holders;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

    general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and

 

    the other factors described in this section of the prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.”

The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of health technology companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our operating results.

 

44


Table of Contents

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial price to the public for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after this offering. The lack of an active market may impair investors’ ability to sell their shares at the time they wish to sell them or at a price that they consider reasonable, may reduce the fair market value of their shares and may impair our ability to raise capital.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse opinion about our company, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering that restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our common stock for 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. The lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of common stock that may be sold immediately following the public offering; however, the underwriters may, in their discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. Subject to certain limitations, including sales volume limitations with respect to shares held by our affiliates, substantially all of our outstanding shares prior to this offering will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, as calculated and described in more detail in the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options and warrants vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Certain holders of our securities are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. We may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices

 

45


Table of Contents

and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors may be materially diluted by these and subsequent sales. New investors could also gain rights superior to our existing stockholders.

Pursuant to the 2014 plan, our board of directors is authorized to grant stock options and other equity-based awards to our employees, directors and consultants. Following this offering, 938,858 shares of our common stock (including 12,752 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 plan) will be authorized for issuance pursuant to such equity-based awards. The number of shares available for future grant under the 2014 plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year by 4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, subject to the ability of our board of directors to take action to reduce the size of the increase in any given year. Pursuant to our 2014 employee stock purchase plan, or the ESPP, following this offering 110,820 shares of our common stock will be authorized for issuance pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year by the lesser of 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year and 195,000 shares, subject to the ability of our board of directors to take action to reduce the size of the increase in any given year. Currently, we plan to register the increased number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 plan and ESPP each year. Increases in the number of shares available for future grant or purchase may result in additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exercise significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, together with their respective affiliates, beneficially owned approximately 88.2% of our capital stock as of December 31, 2014, and we expect that upon completion of this offering, that same group will beneficially own approximately 42.4% of our capital stock, which does not include any effect of these stockholders purchasing additional shares in this offering. Accordingly, after this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to determine the composition of the board of directors, retain the voting power to approve all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other business combinations, and continue to have significant influence over our operations. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our stock price and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove the board of directors or management.

Our management team has broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering and its investment of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return. They may invest the proceeds of this offering in ways with which investors disagree.

Although we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus, our management has broad discretion as to how to spend and invest the proceeds from this offering and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. Moreover, you will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions on how to use our proceeds. Accordingly, investors will need to rely on our judgment with respect to the use of these proceeds. We may use the proceeds for corporate purposes that do not immediately enhance our prospects for the future or increase the value of your investment. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, license and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. These uses may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. In addition, the amount, allocation and timing of our actual expenditures will depend

 

46


Table of Contents

upon numerous factors, including the revenue generated from the sale of our products to life sciences customers and the sale of our HTG Edge system and assays. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

We are at risk of securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently prohibited by the terms of our debt facility, and any future debt financing arrangement may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders or remove our current management.

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management. These provisions include:

 

    authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;

 

    limiting the removal of directors by the stockholders;

 

    creating a staggered board of directors;

 

    prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders; and

 

    establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless such transactions are approved by our board of directors. This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Further, other provisions of Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us.

 

47


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our ability to successfully commercialize our HTG Edge system and related applications and assays;

 

    our ability to generate sufficient revenue or raise additional capital to meet our working capital needs;

 

    our ability to secure regulatory clearance or approval, domestically and internationally, for the clinical use of our products;

 

    our ability to develop new technologies beyond mRNA and miRNA to include DNA fusions and mutations or other technologies to expand our product offerings;

 

    the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business;

 

    the regulatory regime for our products, domestically and internationally;

 

    our strategic relationships, including with patent holders of our technologies, manufacturers and distributors of our products, and third parties who conduct our clinical studies;

 

    our intellectual property position;

 

    our expected use of proceeds;

 

    our ability to comply with the restrictions of our debt facility and meet our debt obligations;

 

    our expectations regarding the market size and growth potential for our life sciences and diagnostic businesses;

 

    any estimates regarding expenses, future revenues, capital requirements, and stock performance; and

 

    our ability to sustain and manage growth, including our ability to develop new products and enter new markets.

In some cases, you can identify these statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expects,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of those terms, and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements reflect our management’s beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on estimates and assumptions as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to risks and uncertainties. We discuss many of these risks in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

49


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $44.4 million (or approximately $51.4 million if the underwriters’ exercise their over-allotment option in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $3.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $13.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering for the following purposes:

 

    approximately $18.5 million for sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses;

 

    approximately $7.7 million for research and development expenses, including:

 

    approximately $4.4 million for personnel costs, including expansion of our research and development team; and

 

    approximately $3.3 million for the development of new applications and profiling panels;

 

    approximately $4.8 million for repayments on our (i) outstanding loan borrowed under our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Finance LLC, which bears interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum and matures in September 2018, and which loan proceeds have been used to fund our operations and (ii) Nuvogen obligation; and

 

    the remainder to fund working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to in-license, acquire, or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However we have no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with interest thereon, will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next 12 months, which we expect will enable us to complete the development of our planned applications and profiling panels through 2015.

Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual use of the net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including the factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” As a result, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

50


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, the loan agreement governing our indebtedness contains restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our capital stock.

 

51


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2014:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the conversion of all our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 2,126,982 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, (2) the receipt of aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $4.5 million from the sale of the 2015 notes and the conversion of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon into 324,380 shares of our common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, in connection with the closing of this offering, (3) the issuance of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock, (4) the issuance of 373,491 shares of our common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015, (5) the reclassification to stockholders’ (deficit) equity of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the conversion of our convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants, and (6) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, reflecting the pro forma adjustments discussed above and giving further effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

52


Table of Contents

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our audited financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, the sections entitled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
    Pro
Forma As
Adjusted (2)
 
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per

share amounts)

 

Indebtedness

   $ 19,197      $ 19,197      $ 19,197   

Growth term loan warrant liability

     302        —          —     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     429        —          —     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock; $0.001 par value per share:

      

472,083,383 shares authorized, 216,739,953 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted (1)

     55,923        —         —     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —          —     

Common stock; $0.001 par value:

      

600,000,000 shares authorized, 334,003 and 332,607 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 3,166,009 and 3,164,613 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, pro forma; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 6,736,009 and 6,734,613 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, pro forma as adjusted (1)

     —          3        7   

(Distributions in excess of capital) additional paid in capital

     (1,426     59,482        103,859   

Treasury stock

     (75     (75     (75

Accumulated deficit

     (68,169     (67,926     (67,926
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  (69,670   (8,516   35,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

$ (13,747 $ (8,516 $ 35,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Pursuant to the approval of our board of directors and the written election of the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each share of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of our common stock at the then-effective applicable conversion rate contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
(2)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share would increase or decrease, respectively, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $3.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $13.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting

 

53


Table of Contents
  the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of common shares in the table above is based on 3,164,613 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, after giving effect to (i) the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred shares into an aggregate of 2,126,982 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 324,380 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of the $4.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (iii) the issuance of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock and (iv) the issuance of 373,491 shares of common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015, and excludes:

 

    595,577 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.71 per share;

 

    44,459 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $28.90 per share;

 

    938,858 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 plan (including 12,752 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2011 plan as of December 31, 2014, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2014 plan upon its effectiveness), which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

    110,820 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

    9,259,905 shares of Series E preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding preferred warrants issued subsequent to December 31, 2014, each at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share, which warrants are expected to become exercisable for an aggregate of 144,772 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering at an exercise price of $14.00 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

 

54


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2014 was approximately $(69.7) million, or $(209.47) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our liabilities and our redeemable convertible preferred stock, which is not included within equity. Net historical tangible book value (deficit) per share is our historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2014 was $(8.5) million, or $(2.69) per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) gives effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 2,126,982 shares of our common stock and the resultant reclassification of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ (deficit) equity in connection with such conversion, (ii) the receipt of aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $4.5 million from the sale of the 2015 notes and the conversion of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon into 324,380 shares of our common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, in connection with the closing of this offering, (iii) the issuance of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock, (iv) the issuance of 373,491 shares of common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015 and (v) the reclassification to stockholders’ (deficit) equity of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the conversion of our convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants.

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value is our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit), plus the effect of the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $8.02 per share to our existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $(8.67) per share to new investors participating in this offering.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

$ 14.00   

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2014

$ (209.47

Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2014 attributable to the conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  200.77   
  

 

 

   

Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2014 attributable to the conversion of the 2015 notes

$ 2.63   
  

 

 

   

Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2014 attributable to the issuance of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock

  0.06   
  

 

 

   

Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2014 attributable to the issuance of 373,491 shares of common stock as payment for accrued dividends

  3.13   
  

 

 

   

Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2014 attributable to the reclassification to stockholders’ (deficit) equity of our convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants

$ 0.19   
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2014, before giving effect to this offering

  (2.69
  

 

 

   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

  8.02   
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

  5.33   
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

$ (8.67
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering by approximately $0.50 per share and the dilution in pro forma per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.50 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering by approximately $0.99 and decrease the dilution in pro forma per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately ($0.99), assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately ($1.35) per share and increase the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $1.35 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

56


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full to purchase 535,500 additional shares of our common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $5.89 per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $0.56 per share and an immediate dilution of ($0.56) per share to new investors participating in this offering.

The foregoing discussion and table does not reflect any potential purchases by entities affiliated with certain of our existing stockholders who have indicated an interest in purchasing shares in this offering as described in “Underwriting.”

The foregoing discussion is based on 3,164,613 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, after giving effect to (i) the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred shares into an aggregate of 2,126,982 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 324,380 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of the $4.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (iii) the issuance of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock and (iv) the issuance of 373,491 shares of common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015, and excludes:

 

    595,577 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.71 per share;

 

    44,459 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants issued as of December 31, 2014, at a weighted average exercise price of $28.90 per share;

 

    938,858 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 plan (including 12,752 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2011 plan as of December 31, 2014, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2014 plan upon its effectiveness), which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering;

 

    110,820 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

    9,259,905 shares of Series E preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding preferred warrants issued subsequent to December 31, 2014, each at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share, which warrants are expected to become exercisable for an aggregate of 144,772 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering at an exercise price of $14.00 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

Furthermore, we may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that any of these options are exercised, new options are issued under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

57


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read together with our financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace our financial statements and the related notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year.

The selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except share
and per share amounts)
 

Statement of Operations:

   

Revenue

  $ 2,243      $ 3,329   

Cost of revenue

    2,247        3,205   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss) margin

  (4   124   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative

  7,714      9,898   

Research and development

  4,197      3,075   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  11,911      12,973   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

  (11,915   (12,849

Other income (expense)

Income (loss) from change in stock warrant valuation

  161      (389

Interest expense

  (212   (707

Other income (expense), net

  197      (14
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (11,769   (13,959

Accretion of stock issuance costs

  (152   (103

Accretion of Series E warrant discount

  —       (313 )

Accretion of Series D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends

  (2,270   (3,244
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (14,191 $ (17,619
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (147.48 $ (175.03

Shares used in computing net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  96,224      100,659   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

$ (4.63

Shares used to calculate pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

  2,932,665   

 

(1)

We have presented pro forma net loss per common share information for the year ended December 31, 2014 to reflect (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 2,126,982 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 324,380 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of the $4,500,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (iii) the issuance of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock, (iv) the issuance of 373,491 shares of our

 

58


Table of Contents
  common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015, and (v) the reclassification to stockholders’ (deficit) equity of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the conversion of our convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants. The numerator has been adjusted to remove the loss resulting from the remeasurement of the warrant liability as these amounts will be reclassified to stockholders’ (deficit) equity upon closing of this offering and to remove the dividend expense, accretion of the Series E warrant discount and stock issuance costs related to preferred stock, as the preferred stock underlying these expenses were deemed converted as of January 1, 2014.

 

    

As of December 31,

 
     2013      2014  
    

(in thousands)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,815       $ 3,613   

Working capital

     925         2,700   

Total assets

     4,398         8,728   

Total long-term debt

     9,697         19,197   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     50,868         55,923   

Accumulated deficit

     (54,210      (68,169

 

59


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Please also see the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a commercial stage company that developed and markets a novel technology platform to facilitate the routine use of complex molecular profiling. Our HTG Edge automated platform can quickly, robustly and simultaneously profile thousands of clinically relevant molecular targets from samples a fraction of the size required by current technologies. Our objective is to establish the HTG Edge platform as a standard in molecular profiling and make this capability accessible to all molecular labs from research to the clinic. We believe that our target customers desire high quality molecular profiling information in a multiplexed panel format from increasingly smaller samples, with the ability to do this locally to minimize turnaround time and cost. The HTG Edge platform was designed to meet these needs and is empowering pathologists, clinicians and molecular labs to directly control the molecular profiling of patient samples.

Our HTG Edge platform, which is comprised of instrumentation, consumables and software analytics, automates the molecular profiling of genes and gene activity using our proprietary nuclease protection chemistry to deliver extraction-free, multiplexed results on a wide variety of biological samples. Our platform provides significant workflow and performance advantages in molecular profiling applications including tumor profiling, molecular diagnostic testing and biomarker development. We recently launched HTG EdgeSeq, an extension of our platform that automates and adapts our nuclease protection chemistry to enable analysis using next generation sequencing, or NGS, instrumentation. This new HTG EdgeSeq chemistry utilizes the same sample preparation instrument and reagents as our original chemistry, but allows for read out on an NGS instrument. By combining the power of the HTG EdgeSeq chemistry with the capabilities of NGS, we are able to profile a wide variety of genomic alterations and sample types.

Our innovative platform and initial menu of molecular profiling panels are being utilized by a wide range of customers including biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs to simultaneously analyze a comprehensive set of molecular information from valuable clinical samples and substantially improve their workflow efficiency. We currently market eight proprietary molecular profiling panels that address the needs of approximately 49 customers in high impact areas of translational research and biopharmaceutical companion diagnostics such as immuno-oncology, fibroblast growth factor receptor, or FGFR, expression and human microRNA analysis. In addition, we have a focused development pipeline of new profiling products that includes panels for translational research, drug development and molecular diagnostics. Our product strategy is to build complete profiling panels of established and emerging molecular targets for broader and disease-specific approaches.

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and we have never been profitable. We incurred net losses of $11.8 million and $14.0 million in 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $68.2 million. As of December 31, 2014, we had available cash and cash equivalents of approximately $3.6 million.

 

60


Table of Contents

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of our HTG Edge platform, including the HTG Edge system, our proprietary consumables, and related services. Consumables consist primarily of our molecular profiling panels, which we also refer to as assays. We also recently launched our HTG EdgeSeq chemistry for use on our platform.

Product revenue

Product revenue includes revenue from the sale of instruments and consumables. Revenue from the sale of instruments is derived from the sale of our HTG Edge system. Revenue from the sale of instruments represented 30% and 24% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

We currently market our HTG Edge system to a wide variety of customers including biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs. As of December 31, 2014, the list price of an HTG Edge system, which is comprised of a processor and reader, was $175,000 per unit and the list price of a processor when used with our HTG EdgeSeq chemistry was $90,000 per unit. However, amounts actually received by us vary from customer to customer.

In addition to sales of our HTG Edge systems, we place systems under reagent rental agreements, where we install instruments in the customer’s facility for no upfront charge, and the customer agrees to purchase consumable products at a stated priced over the term of the agreement. In some instances we provide instruments free of charge under evaluation agreements for a limited period of time to permit the user to evaluate the system in anticipation of a decision to purchase the system. Other arrangements might include a collaboration agreement whereby an academic or a commercial collaborator agrees to provide samples free of charge in exchange for the use of an HTG Edge System at no cost in furtherance of a research or clinical project. Further, there are instances where we provide our systems to key opinion leaders free of charge, to gather data and publish the results of their research to assist our marketing efforts.

We refer to our installed base of HTG Edge instruments as those systems that have been purchased by a customer or that have been placed with customers under reagent rental or evaluation agreements.

Revenue from the sale of consumables is derived from the sale of our molecular profiling panels for use on our HTG Edge platform, and from the sale of custom molecular profiling panels that we have developed for some of our customers. As of December 31, 2014, we offered seven proprietary panels designed for use in drug development. Consumable revenue represented 4% and 30% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2013      2014  

Instruments

   $ 682,875       $ 793,505  

Consumables

     88,603         994,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total product sales

$ 771,478    $ 1,788,205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Service revenue

Service revenue consists of the design of custom panels for biopharmaceutical customers, research services and sample processing. We have shifted our focus away from this aspect of our business model. Service revenue represented 42% and 15% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2013      2014  

Custom panel design

   $ 900,964       $ 425,168   

Sample processing

     42,720         72,000   

Other service revenue

     9,500         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total service revenue

$ 953,184    $ 497,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other revenue

Other revenue consists of licensing fees and grant revenues. Revenue from grants represented 23% and 31% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. In August 2013 we were awarded a grant from the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, to develop commercial applications for our proprietary nuclease probe mediated sequencing technology. This NIH grant is scheduled to be completed in June 2015. We recognized $0.5 million and $1.0 million of income from the NIH grant in 2013 and 2014, respectively. We expect to recognize the remaining $0.3 million of revenue from the NIH grant in early 2015 and do not anticipate additional revenue from new grant activity in 2015.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue reflects the aggregate costs incurred in manufacturing, delivering, installing and servicing instruments and the cost of manufacturing panels. The components of our cost of revenue are materials and service costs, manufacturing costs paid to third-party manufacturers and incurred internally which includes direct labor costs (including stock-based compensation), equipment and infrastructure expenses associated with shipping, logistics and allocated overhead including rent, information technology, equipment depreciation and utilities.

Cost of revenue associated with developing custom panels is recognized as the work required to develop the panel is performed.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, cost of revenue included significant fixed costs consisting primarily of manufacturing headcount, field service engineers and facilities. Due to the fixed nature of expenses associated with direct labor, equipment and infrastructure, we expect cost of revenue as a percentage to decrease over time as our volume and revenue increase to absorb those fixed costs. Additionally, cost of revenue related to grants was $0.5 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We expect cost of revenue as a percentage to decrease in 2015 as our grant revenue decreases.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses represent costs incurred to develop new proprietary panels and upgrades to our HTG Edge platform. These expenses include payroll and related expenses, consulting expenses, laboratory supplies, and certain allocated expenses as well as amounts incurred under certain collaborative agreements. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to develop additional panels and applications for our platform and potentially conduct clinical trials to support regulatory approval of clinical diagnostics.

 

62


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel costs for our sales and marketing, executive, finance and accounting functions, including stock-based compensation expenses, educational and promotional expenses, fees for professional services such as legal, consulting and accounting , and infrastructure expenses, including allocated facility and overhead costs. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our direct sales and support teams in the United States and establish a sales and support team in Europe. In addition, we expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase as a result of operating as public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and The NASDAQ Global Market, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services.

Interest expense

As of December 31, 2014, we had an obligation due to NuvoGen Research, LLC, or NuvoGen, in the amount of $9.2 million under an asset purchase agreement and an obligation due to a syndicate of two lending institutions of $11.0 million under a growth term loan entered into in August 2014. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 relates to our borrowings under our loan agreement and also includes non-cash interest expense related to our obligation to NuvoGen. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 related solely to our Nuvogen obligation.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net is primarily associated with the remeasurement of the estimated fair value of warrants to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Factors Affecting our Performance

We believe our future results of operations are dependent on a number of factors discussed below. While each of these areas present significant opportunities for us, they also pose significant risks and challenges that we must successfully address. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

The installed base of our HTG Edge platform and proprietary panels

The growth of our business is tied to the number of HTG Edge instruments we install. In addition to sales of our HTG Edge systems, we place systems under reagent rental agreements, where we install instruments in the customer’s facility for no upfront charge, and the customer agrees to purchase consumable products at a stated priced over the term of the agreement. In some instances we provide instruments free of charge under evaluation agreements for a limited period of time to permit the user to evaluate the system in anticipation of a decision to purchase the system. Other arrangements might include a collaboration agreement whereby an academic or a commercial collaborator agrees to provide samples free of charge in exchange for the use of an HTG Edge System at no cost in furtherance of a research or clinical project. Further, there are instances where we provide our systems to key opinion leaders free of charge, to gather data and publish the results of their research to assist our marketing efforts. All of these efforts are intended to further our goal of increasing the installed base of our HTG Edge related instruments to drive instrument and consumable revenue.

Our ability to increase this revenue depends on a number of factors, including (i) adoption of our HTG Edge platform by our customer base, including increasing market share for our proprietary assays for the research market; (ii) the efforts of our sales and marketing teams to demonstrate the utility of our products and technology; (iii) our ability to develop and market novel molecular profiling panels designed to meet unmet medical needs; (iv) our ability to demonstrate the benefits of our products to key opinion leaders so they will publish information supporting those benefits; (v) pricing and reimbursement; and (vi) our ability to expand the

 

63


Table of Contents

addressable market of our HTG Edge platform through the development of new applications. Given the length of our sales cycle, we have in the past experienced, and will likely in the future experience, fluctuations in our instrument and consumables sales on a period-to-period basis.

Our installed base of HTG Edge instruments refers to those systems that have been purchased by a customer or that have been placed with customers under reagent rental or evaluation agreements.

The ability to increase revenue to a level sufficient to allow us to achieve economies of scale with our cost of revenue

Our cost of revenue includes fixed costs consisting of unabsorbed manufacturing costs. Achieving an attractive gross margin requires that our revenues increase in order to absorb those fixed costs. Should our revenues not increase as expected, we will continue to have gross margins which may be insufficient to fund operations.

Development of additional products

We rely on sales of HTG Edge instruments and consumables to generate revenue. As part of our strategy we plan to develop new proprietary panels and applications for our HTG Edge platform. Our success in developing new products will be important in our efforts to grow our business by expanding the potential market for our products, diversifying our sources of revenue, and providing recurring consumable revenue.

Timing of Research and Development Expenses

Our spending on research and development may vary substantially from quarter to quarter due in part to the availability and cost of clinical samples.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
     2013      2014     
               

Revenue:

  

Product

   $ 771,478       $ 1,788,205       $ 1,016,727   

Service

     953,184         497,168         (456,016

Other

     518,410         1,043,584         525,174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

  2,243,072      3,328,957      1,085,885   

Cost of revenue

  2,246,898      3,204,915      958,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross (loss) margin

  (3,826   124,042      127,868   

Operating expenses:

Research and development

  4,197,610      3,075,204      (1,122,406

Selling, general and administrative

  7,714,030      9,897,697      2,183,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  11,911,640      12,972,901      1,061,261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating loss

  (11,915,466   (12,848,859   (933,393

Income (loss) from change in stock warrant valuation

  161,089      (388,936   (550,025

Interest expense, net

  (211,872   (706,866   (494,994

Other income (expense) net

  196,830      (13,747   (210,577
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

$ (11,769,419 $ (13,958,408 $ (2,188,989
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Product revenue

Total product revenue increased by $1.0 million, or 132%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. Product revenue includes revenue from the sale of instruments and the sale of consumables. Revenue from the sale of instruments increased by $0.1 million, or 16.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. Revenue from the sale of consumables increased by $0.9 million, or 1,023%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in product revenues is related to the increase in the installed base of our products and the sale of consumables as a result of that increased installed base.

As of December 31, 2014, we had an installed base of 31 HTG Edge instruments (consisting of 14 systems sold, 15 evaluation units and two covered under reagent rental agreements), compared to an installed base of six HTG Edge instruments as of December 31, 2013 (consisting of six systems sold).

Service revenue

Service revenue decreased by $0.5 million, or 48%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily related to a decrease in sample processing services and custom panel development.

Other revenue

Other revenues increased by $0.5 million, or 101%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to an increase in grant revenue from our NIH grant to commercially develop the HTG EdgeSeq technology.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue increased by $1.0 million, or 43%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to increased freight costs, some of which was non-recurring freight expense associated with early commercialization efforts and additional cost of revenue associated with our NIH grant. Cost of revenue included $1.3 million and $1.2 million in manufacturing costs for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses decreased by $1.1 million, or 27%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to decreased project expenses associated with the development of the HTG Edge system, as we substantially completed development of, and commercially deployed, the HTG Edge system in 2014. Offsetting these decreased expenses was an increase in panel development expenses.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.2 million, or 28%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due primarily to increased headcount and associated payroll expenses associated with hiring sales and marketing personnel in connection with the launch of our HTG Edge instruments and assays in 2014, plus an increase in costs associated with activities related to our preparation for operating as a public entity, including audit, valuation and legal costs that were not capitalizable totaling $0.5 million.

 

65


Table of Contents

Interest expense

Interest expense increased by $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. Interest expense related to the NuvoGen obligation was $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Interest expense related primarily to the growth term loan which included interest paid of $0.3 million and amortization of financing costs of $0.1 million, and related premiums and discounts for the year ended December 31, 2014. There was no interest expense related to the growth term loan for the year ended December 31, 2013. Other income decreased by $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2013 included a $0.2 million contract termination payment.

Income (expense) from change in stock warrant valuation

The decrease in the income from the change in stock warrant valuation between the year ended December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014 was a result of an increase in the value of our preferred stock. This increase in the value of our preferred stock was attributable to our overall higher estimated enterprise valuation in 2014, supported by our commercial progress in 2014.

Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

The following table summarizes the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Net cash provided by (used in):

  

Operating activities

   $ (11,823,157    $ (12,996,616

Investing activities

     (777,767      (857,677

Financing activities

     7,100,159         15,652,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

$ (5,500,765 $ 1,798,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $13.0 million and reflected (i) the net loss of $14.0 million, (ii) net non-cash items of $1.6 million, consisting primarily of depreciation and amortization of $0.5 million, amortization of the discount on the NuvoGen obligation of $0.2 million, a change in the warrant valuation of $0.4 million and stock based compensation of $0.2 million and (iii) a net cash outflow from changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities of $0.6 million. The significant items comprising the changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities were a higher balance of accounts receivable of $0.3 million, a lower balance in deferred revenues of $0.1 million and a higher balance of inventory of $0.7 million, offset by lower accrued liabilities of $0.3 million and lower accounts payable of $0.2 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $11.8 million and reflected (i) the net loss of $11.8 million, (ii) net non-cash items of $0.5 million, consisting primarily of depreciation and amortization, and valuation of warrant liabilities to estimated fair value and amortization of the discount on the NuvoGen obligation and (iii) a net cash outflow from changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities of $0.5 million. The significant items comprising the changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities were a higher balance of accounts receivable of $0.5 million and a higher balance of inventory of $0.6 million, partially offset by an increased accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances of $0.5 million.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities of $0.9 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, consisted of purchases of property and equipment.

 

66


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 included $10.7 million in proceeds from the growth term loan and $7.4 million of proceeds from the Series E preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 included $7.5 million of the proceeds from the Series D preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs. Net cash provided by financing activities were partially offset by payments to NuvoGen under the NuvoGen agreement of $1.2 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, draws and repayments of the line of credit in the amount of $0.7 million, and deferred financing and offering costs of $1.2 million paid for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Liquidity and Funding Requirements

Since our inception, our operations have primarily been financed through the issuance of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, the incurrence of debt and cash received from product sales, services revenue and other income. Through December 31, 2014, we had received net proceeds of $52.9 million from the issuances of preferred stock, including preferred stock issued on conversion of promissory notes, $0.8 million in proceeds from our term loan payable, approximately $7.4 million in grants, $10.7 million from a growth term loan (net of $0.3 million original issue discount) and $27.6 million from service and product revenue. As of December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $3.6 million and $20.2 million of debt outstanding on our growth term loan payable, NuvoGen obligation and capital lease obligations.

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. We have had recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception, and we have an accumulated deficit of approximately $68.2 million as of December 31, 2014, which raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As of December 31, 2014, we had available cash and cash equivalents of approximately $3.6 million and a commitment for the purchase of an additional $7.3 million in convertible notes to allow for additional cash availability. In order to continue as a going concern, we will need, among other things, to raise additional capital until our revenue reaches a level sufficient to provide for self-sustaining cash flows. There can be no assurance that additional equity or debt financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all, or that our revenue will reach a level sufficient to provide for self-sustaining cash flows. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

In August 2014, we entered into an asset-secured growth capital term loan with Oxford Finance, LLC and Silicon Valley Bank. $11.0 million was funded at closing with a second tranche of $5.0 million available through June 30, 2016 subject to satisfaction of at least one of two milestones, including raising a minimum of $30.0 million in net proceeds from this offering or achieving a minimum trailing six month revenue target. The loan accrues interest annually at the rate of 8.5%. The loan matures on September 1, 2018 and, at least through September 2015, is payable in monthly interest-only payments. The interest-only payment period is extendable through January 31, 2016 upon funding of the second tranche prior to September 1, 2015. Following the interest-only payment period, equal monthly payments of principal and interest amortized over the remaining term of the loan are due.

In December 2014, we entered into two separate note and warrant purchase agreements, or collectively, the 2014 note purchase agreements, with certain of our existing investors, including beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock and certain entities affiliated with members of our board of directors. The first note and warrant purchase agreement, or the first note purchase agreement, provides for the sale and issuance by us of up to an aggregate of $7.3 million in principal amount of convertible notes in a series of closings, each of which must be approved by the unanimous vote or written consent of those members of our board of directors who are

 

67


Table of Contents

not an affiliate of any of the investors under such agreement. The second note and warrant purchase agreement, or the second note purchase agreement, provides for the sale and issuance by us of up to an aggregate of $6.2 million in principal amount of convertible notes in a series of closings, each of which must be approved by (i) our board of directors, including a majority of the directors elected by the holders of our Series E preferred stock, and (ii) investors whose purchase amount for such closing equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate principal amount of notes to be sold at such closing. The purchase and sale of notes under the 2014 note purchase agreements are subject to certain closing conditions, which include the absence of default under our Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 22, 2014, with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank. These closing conditions must be met at the time of each closing. If issued, notes issued under the 2014 note purchase agreements would accrue interest at a rate of 8% per annum, compounded annually, and become due and payable on March 31, 2016, subject to their earlier conversion in the event we complete an initial public offering in which we receive gross offering proceeds of at least $20.0 million from the sale of shares to investors who are not holders of our securities, or a qualified initial public offering, or a private placement of our preferred stock (whether in one single transaction or several tranches) resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of at least $20.0 million from sales of securities to investors who are not holders of our securities, or a qualified private placement. The number of shares into which the notes may be converted, common shares in the case of a qualified initial public offering or preferred shares in the case of a qualified private placement, is equal to the outstanding principal and accrued interest divided by the price per share paid by investors purchasing such newly issued equity securities. Certain provisions of the first note purchase agreement terminate (including the investors’ obligations to purchase notes thereunder) immediately prior to the earlier to occur of the closing of (i) a qualified initial public offering or (ii) a qualified private placement and certain provisions of the second note purchase agreement terminate (including the investors’ obligations to purchase notes thereunder) immediately prior to the earlier to occur of (x) the time at which a registration statement covering a public offering of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, becomes effective or (y) the initial closing of a qualified private placement. We expect that such provisions of the 2014 note purchase agreements (including the investors’ obligations to purchase notes thereunder) will be terminated in connection with this offering. In February and March 2015, we issued an aggregate of $3.0 million in principal amount of convertible notes to investors in two closings under the first note purchase agreement and will be holding a third closing under the first note purchase agreement on or about April 28, 2015, pursuant to which we expect to issue to investors an aggregate of $1.5 million in principal amount of the 2015 notes, or the Third Note Closing.

As of December 31, 2014, there was $9.2 million due to NuvoGen pursuant to our purchase of intellectual property under an asset purchase agreement. We are obligated to pay NuvoGen specified minimum annual payments until the obligation is paid in full. Beginning in 2018, we are obligated to pay the greater of the specified minimum annual payment and 6% of revenue as defined in the asset purchase agreement, as amended.

As of December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $3.6 million. Our cash and cash equivalents, future product and service revenue, together with the proceeds we expect to receive from the sale and issuance of notes under the 2014 note purchase agreements and the expected net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months, which we expect will enable us to complete the development of our planned applications and profiling panels through 2015. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate more substantial revenue, we may be required to finance our cash needs through equity or debt financings or through collaborations or partnerships with other companies. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue our planned product development or the commercialization of our current and any future products. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, it could result in dilution to our existing stockholders, increased fixed payment obligations and these securities may have rights senior to those of our common stock. These events could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risk and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

 

68


Table of Contents

If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue our planned product development or the commercialization of our current and any future products. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, it could result in dilution to our existing stockholders, increased fixed payment obligations and these securities may have rights senior to those of our common stock. These events could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Payments due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 – 3 Years      3 – 5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 

Debt obligations (1)

   $ 22,856,988       $ 1,742,979       $ 9,677,580       $ 4,337,686       $ 7,098,743   

Operating lease obligations (2)

     401,723         353,830         46,604         1,289         —    

Capital lease obligations (3)

     87,136         29,243         57,893         0         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

$ 23,345,847    $ 2,126,052    $ 9,782,077    $ 4,338,975    $ 7,098,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Our debt obligations include amounts due to NuvoGen under an asset purchase agreement and reflects the February 2014 Amendment but does not reflect the 2.5% interest starting in 2018. We owe minimum payments under the NuvoGen agreement. Beginning in 2018, we are obligated to pay the greater of $400,000 or 6% of sales until the obligation is repaid in full. Our debt obligations also include our contractual obligations pursuant to our outstanding $11.0 million term loan under our loan and security agreement with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank entered into in 2014. The table above includes contractual interest payments and a final premium fee relating to this loan. Refer to footnote 5 of our audited financial statements for payments due under the term loan.
(2) Our operating lease obligations consist of the leases for our laboratory and office facility in Tucson, AZ expiring in 2015.
(3) Our capital lease obligations consist of equipment financing arrangements with vendors. The contractual obligations table above includes one capital lease entered into in December 2012.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2014-09, which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing GAAP.

The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). We are currently evaluating the impact of our pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our financial statements and have not yet determined the method by which we will adopt the standard in 2017.

 

69


Table of Contents

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 provides GAAP guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern and about related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The standard will be effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is permitted for annual or interim reporting periods for which the financial statements have not previously been issued. We do not believe the adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on our financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operation is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Items subject to estimates based on judgments include, but are not limited to: revenue recognition, stock-based compensation expense, the value of the warrant liability, the resolution of uncertain tax position, income tax valuation allowances, recovery of long-lived assets and provisions for doubtful accounts, inventory obsolescence and inventory valuation. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could affect the results of operations in future periods.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of these accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. We believe that the following critical accounting policies reflect the more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Product revenue

We recognize revenue from the sale of instruments, consumables and related services when the following four basic criteria are met: (1) a contract has been entered into with a customer or persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services rendered, (3) the fee is fixed and determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.

Sale of instruments and consumables

Instrument product revenue is generally recognized upon installation and calibration by our field service engineers, unless the customer has specified any other acceptance criteria. The sale of instruments and related installation and calibration are considered to be one unit of accounting, as instruments are required to be professionally installed and calibrated before use. Installation generally occurs within a week of shipment.

Consumables are considered to be separate units of accounting as they are sold separately. Consumables revenue is recognized upon transfer of ownership, which is generally upon shipment. Our standard term and conditions provide that no right of return exists for instruments or consumables.

When a contract involves multiple elements, the items included in the arrangement (deliverables) are evaluated to determine whether they represent separate units of accounting. We perform this evaluation at the inception of an arrangement and as each item is delivered in the arrangement. Generally, we account for a

 

70


Table of Contents

deliverable (or a group of deliverables) separately if the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer, the customer is given a general right of return relative to the delivered item, and delivery or performance of the undelivered item or service is probable and substantially in our control. When multiple elements can be separated into separate units of accounting, arrangement consideration is allocated at the inception of the arrangement, based on each deliverables’ relative selling price. All revenue from contracts determined not to have separate units of accounting is recognized based on consideration of the most substantive delivery factor of all the elements in the contract.

We provide instruments to customers under reagent agreements. Under these agreements, we install instruments in the customer’s facility without a fee and the customer agrees to purchase consumable products at a stated price over the term of the agreement. While some of these agreements did not historically contain a minimum purchase requirement, we expect to include a minimum purchase requirement in future agreements. Terms range from several months to multiple years and may automatically renew in several month or multiple year increments unless either party notifies the other in advance that the agreement will not renew. This represents a multiple element arrangement and because all consideration under the reagent agreement is contingent on the sale of consumables, no consideration is allocated to the instrument and no revenue is recognized upon installation of the instrument. The cost of the instrument under the agreement is expected to be recovered in the fees charged for consumables, to the extent sold, over the term of the agreement. Revenue is recognized as consumables are shipped.

We retain title to the instrument and such title is transferred to the customer at no additional charge at the conclusion of the initial arrangement. Because the pattern of revenue from the arrangement cannot be reasonably estimated, the cost of the instrument is amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the arrangement. Cost to maintain the equipment while title remains with us is charged to cost of sales as incurred.

Service revenue

For contracts related to custom panel design services and sample processing, we utilize a proportional performance revenue recognition model, under which revenue is recognized as performance occurs based on the relative outputs of the performance that have occurred up to that point in time under the respective agreement. We include all applicable costs incurred related to custom panel design services, including research and development costs and general and administrative expenses, in cost of revenue.

We also provide contract research services under cost plus fixed fee government contracts. Revenue is recognized under government contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Under the percentage-of-completion method, contract research revenue is recognized as the work progresses and services are rendered and costs are incurred. The fixed fee is recognized in proportion to costs incurred compared to total estimated costs. We include all applicable costs incurred from government contracts, including general and administrative expenses on government contracts, in cost of revenue.

Anticipated losses, if any, on contracts are charged to earnings as soon as they are identified. Anticipated losses cover all costs allocable to contracts. Revenue arising from claims or change orders is recorded either as income or as an offset against a potential loss only when the amount of the claim can be estimated and its realization is probable.

Other Revenue

Other revenue includes grant revenue. Grant revenue is earned when expenditures relating to the projects under these awards are incurred.

 

71


Table of Contents

Warrant Liability

We have freestanding warrants enabling third parties to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock. In accordance with the accounting guidance regarding distinguishing liabilities from equity, freestanding warrants for convertible preferred stock that are contingently redeemable are classified as liabilities on the balance sheets and recorded at their estimated fair value. These warrants are remeasured at each balance sheet date and any change in estimated fair value is recognized in other income or expense on the statements of operations.

The estimated fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using a fair value per preferred stock series between $0.14 and $0.22 and the following assumptions:

 

    

As of December 31,

 
     2013     2014  
              

Risk-free interest rate

     0.8     1.2

Volatility

     70     70

Estimated term equal to the remaining contractual term

     3.1 years        4.1 years   

Expected dividend yield

     0 – 8     0 – 8

We recorded $0.4 million of expense and $0.2 million of income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, to other expense, net on the statements of operations, to reflect the change in the estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrants.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of stock-based awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the respective award. We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees using a fair value approach. The fair value of these options is measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model reflecting the same assumptions as applied to employee options in each of the reported periods, other than the expected life, which is assumed to be the remaining contractual life of the option. The compensation costs of these arrangements are subject to remeasurement over the vesting terms as earned.

We recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $185,000 and $88,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We expect to continue to grant stock options and other equity-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions, which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share of common stock could have been significantly different. Our assumptions are as follows:

 

    Fair value of our common stock . Because our stock was not publicly traded prior to this offering, we estimate the fair value of our common stock. See “– Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Common Stock” below. Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock will be valued by reference to the publicly-traded price of our common stock.

 

72


Table of Contents
    Expected term . The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Our historical share option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term because of a lack of sufficient data. Therefore we estimate the expected term by using the simplified method, which calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options.

 

    Expected volatility . As our common stock has never been publicly traded, the expected volatility is derived from the average historical volatilities of publicly traded companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period approximately equal to the expected term. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

    Risk-free interest rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the expected term.

 

    Expected dividend . The expected dividend is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to pay any dividends on our common stock.

 

    Expected forfeiture . We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Common Stock

We are also required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Our board of directors, with the assistance of management, determined the fair value of our common stock on each grant date. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant. Because there has been no public market for our common stock, the fair value of the common stock that underlies our stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors based upon information available to it at the time of grant, including the following:

 

    contemporaneous valuations performed by independent third-party firms;

 

    our current and projected operating and financial performance, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

    trends and developments in our industry;

 

    the valuation of publicly traded companies in our sector, as well as recently completed initial public offerings and mergers and acquisitions of comparable companies;

 

    rights, preferences and privileges of our common stock compared to the rights, preferences and privileges of our other outstanding equity securities;

 

    U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock, such as an initial public offering or an acquisition of our company given prevailing market and sector conditions;

 

    the illiquidity of our securities by virtue of being a private company;

 

    business risks; and

 

    management and board experience.

 

73


Table of Contents

The valuations of our common stock performed by independent third-party firms were performed in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid.

Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation

We have historically utilized an option pricing method, or OPM, to allocate our business enterprise value to our common stock and common stock equivalents. Our business enterprise value was estimated using an income approach, which estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over its remaining life.

The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate reflective of the cost of capital associated with an investment in a similar company and risks associated with our cash flow projections. Our discounted cash flow projections are sensitive to highly subjective assumptions that we were required to make each valuation date. The market-based approach measures the value of a business through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets, and in our case, focuses on comparing us to the group of peer companies. In applying this method, valuation multiples are derived from historical operating data of the peer company group. We then apply multiples to our operating data to arrive at a range of indicated values of the company. For each valuation, we prepared a financial forecast to be used in the computation of the value of invested capital for both the market approach and income approach. The financial forecasts took into account our past results and expected future financial performance. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates as the assumptions used are highly subjective and subject to changes as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that impact our business.

If we had made different assumptions than those used, the amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net income and net income per share amounts could have been significantly different. Following the completion of this offering, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation expense will be the closing price of our common stock as reported on the applicable grant date. The compensation cost that has been included in the consolidated statement of operations for all stock-based compensation arrangements is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2013              2014      
               
     (in thousands)  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 67       $ 164   

Research and development expense

   $ 21       $ 21   

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 88       $ 185   

Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 would be $6.1 million, of which $3.1 million and $3.0 million would have been related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

74


Table of Contents

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by management over our internal control over financial reporting. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the Jobs Act.

In September 2014, we concluded that there was a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined under the standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses that we identified related to the accounting of the NuvoGen obligation, which resulted in a restatement of previously issued financial statements. We did not have adequate controls in place to account for this obligation properly. Although efforts are still in progress, we are taking steps to remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, primarily by hiring additional individuals with accounting expertise and through the implementation of new accounting processes and control procedures. These actions are subject to ongoing management review and the oversight of the audit committee of our board of directors. If a material weakness persists or if we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404(a). We might not be able to complete our evaluation, testing or any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are designed and operating effectively, which could result in a loss of investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports. This could cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

On or about June 25, 2014, we dismissed Ernst & Young, LLP, or E&Y, as our independent public accounting firm.

The dismissal was approved by our audit committee on June 25, 2014.

The audit report of E&Y on our financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was it qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. Those audits were conducted under United States generally accepted auditing standards and not the standards as prescribed by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. E&Y did not report on our financial statements for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the subsequent interim period through June 25, 2014, the date of the dismissal of E&Y, (i) there were no disagreements with E&Y on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to E&Y’s satisfaction, would have caused E&Y to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report, and (ii) there were no “reportable events,” as that term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

75


Table of Contents

On June 25, 2014, our audit committee approved the appointment and engagement of BDO USA, LLP, or BDO, to serve as our independent registered public accounting firm, effective as of June 25, 2014, and to reaudit the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and in the subsequent interim period through June 25, 2014, neither the Company, nor anyone acting on its behalf, consulted with BDO regarding either: (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, and no written report nor oral advice was provided by BDO, or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement, as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K, or a reportable event, as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily relate to interest rates. We had cash and cash equivalents of $3.6 million at December 31, 2014, which consist of bank deposits and money market funds. Such interest-bearing instruments carry a degree of risk; however, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

 

76


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a commercial stage company that developed and markets a novel technology platform to facilitate the routine use of complex molecular profiling. Our HTG Edge automated platform can quickly, robustly and simultaneously profile thousands of clinically relevant molecular targets from samples a fraction of the size required by current technologies. Our objective is to establish the HTG Edge platform as a standard in molecular profiling and make this capability accessible to all molecular labs from research to clinic. We believe that our target customers desire high quality molecular profiling information in a multiplexed panel format from increasingly smaller samples, with the ability to do this locally to minimize turnaround time and cost. The HTG Edge platform was designed to meet these needs and is empowering pathologists, clinicians and molecular labs to directly control the molecular profiling of patient samples. Our platform’s capabilities are also enabling biopharmaceutical companies and research centers to better leverage the power of molecular profiling in their preclinical and clinical applications.

Molecular profiling is the analysis of multiple DNA, RNA and protein targets in biological samples, such as tissue, blood or urine, to identify expression patterns or genomic changes. Molecular profiling is enabling a paradigm shift from the traditional approach of looking at one molecule at a time to the simultaneous analysis of thousands of molecules. There are numerous applications of molecular profiling, such as whole genome sequencing for the discovery of novel genetic variants and the assessment of patient samples to identify biomarkers or molecular markers of disease that can aid in diagnosis, gauge patient prognosis or predict response to an available therapy. Significant discoveries of new molecular targets, such as in the field of immuno-oncology, are creating substantial growth in targeted tumor profiling for molecular diagnostic testing, biomarker development and translational research in oncology and other diseases. Based on published industry reports, the cancer profiling market is estimated to be $17.8 billion today and is expected to grow to $35.0 billion by 2018.

Our HTG Edge platform is comprised of instrumentation, consumables and software analytics. Our platform provides significant workflow and performance advantages in molecular profiling applications including tumor profiling, molecular diagnostic testing and biomarker development. The HTG Edge platform automates the molecular profiling of genes and gene activity using our proprietary chemistry to deliver extraction-free, multiplexed results on a wide variety of biological samples, including tissue preserved with formaldehyde and stored in paraffin wax, which is referred to as formalin fixed paraffin embedded, or FFPE, tissue. We recently launched HTG EdgeSeq, an extension of our platform that automates and adapts our nuclease protection chemistry to enable analysis using next generation sequencing, or NGS, instrumentation. The following features of our platform are designed to enable the rapid delivery of a comprehensive molecular profile from extremely small samples:

 

    Multiplexing – analyze thousands of molecular targets in a single sample, providing a more comprehensive profile

 

    Minimal sample requirement – molecular profile from extremely small amounts of sample, such as a fine needle aspirate

 

    Multi-parameter testing – measure multiple molecular applications such as RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression

 

    Data quality – high fidelity results from a broad range of biological samples including difficult to use FFPE tissue

 

    Speed – turnaround time of 24-36 hours

 

    Ease of use – minimal labor, simple user interfaces and turnkey analytics

Our innovative platform and initial menu of molecular profiling panels are being utilized by a wide range of customers including biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs to simultaneously

 

77


Table of Contents

analyze a comprehensive set of molecular information from valuable clinical samples and substantially improve their workflow efficiency. Our platform’s proprietary chemistry allows for extraction free analysis of difficult clinical samples such as FFPE tissue with as little as a single five micron section of tissue, a fraction of the amount of sample required by existing technologies. The ability to provide robust data from minute samples is critically important in areas such as cancer where biopsies are becoming less invasive and smaller while the number of tests competing for the sample is growing. Our platform was designed to fit seamlessly into current surgical pathology workflows, minimize technician labor and set a new standard for ease of use.

We currently market eight proprietary molecular profiling panels that address the needs of approximately 49 customers in high impact areas of translational research and biopharmaceutical companion diagnostics, including immuno-oncology, the expression of important genes such as fibroblast growth factor receptor, or FGFR, and human microRNA analysis.

In June 2014, we were issued a U.S. patent for our novel HTG EdgeSeq chemistry that allows us to leverage the increasing installed base of NGS instruments for our profiling panels. This new HTG EdgeSeq chemistry utilizes the same sample preparation instrument and reagents as our original chemistry, but allows for read out on an NGS instrument. We believe the HTG EdgeSeq chemistry is disruptive as it substantially simplifies current sample and library preparation methods, greatly reduces the complexity of data analytics, and provides customers additional value by expanding the utilization of their NGS investments. By combining the power of the HTG EdgeSeq chemistry with the capabilities of NGS, we are able to profile a wide variety of genomic alterations and sample types. These include RNA gene fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and analysis of cell-free circulating DNA from liquid biopsies. These capabilities provide us substantial ability to develop additional profiling panels and grow our market opportunities.

We have a focused development pipeline of new profiling products that includes panels for translational research, drug development, and molecular diagnostics. Our product strategy is to build complete profiling panels of established and emerging molecular targets for broader and disease-specific approaches. For our molecular diagnostic customers where the reimbursement path is critical we expect that our planned panels will conform to approved reimbursement codes for genomic sequence procedures. We believe this will facilitate clinical customer adoption and avoid the high costs and time required to prove medical utility and seek unique reimbursement codes.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to establish the HTG Edge platform as a standard in molecular profiling, and to allow its benefits to be accessible to all molecular labs from research to the clinic. The key components of our strategy are:

 

    Grow our installed base and promote our consumables-based business model. We plan to promote global adoption of our HTG Edge platform, including our growing menu of consumables, in molecular labs, biopharmaceutical companies and major cancer centers by demonstrating the key differentiating aspects of our platform, such as small sample utilization, multiplexing and multi-parameter testing. These advantages result in cost, time and ease of use benefits for our global customers. We plan to expand our direct sales and support team in the United States, transition from a contract sales team to our own direct sales and support team in Europe and expand our global distributor network.

 

    Establish our HTG Edge system as the best front-end platform for clinical sequencing . We intend to continue to establish our technology as the best sample and library preparation method for clinical applications of next generation sequencers. We believe our differentiated HTG EdgeSeq chemistry will accelerate adoption of our platform by leveraging the large existing and growing installed base of next generation sequencers. We are engaged with industry and corporate partners to position our HTG EdgeSeq solution as the benchmark for sample and library preparation in targeted sequencing applications.

 

78


Table of Contents
    Develop new molecular diagnostic panels with high medical utility . The HTG Edge system and chemistry were developed with features that enhance the capabilities of local molecular labs to routinely test large panels of proven-utility RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression, all from extremely small samples, such as a single five micron section of tissue. We plan to add disease-specific panels such as lung cancer and broader profiling panels that allow our customers to leverage existing reimbursement codes.

 

    Increase late-stage companion diagnostics collaborations with biopharmaceutical companies . We believe collaborations with biopharmaceutical companies with late-stage drug development programs will lead to us generating companion diagnostic consumables revenue. We are currently working with active development programs across 18 leading biopharmaceutical companies who are incorporating companion diagnostics in their drug development programs, where they are purchasing our HTG Edge consumable panels, including immuno-oncology, FGFR and diffuse large B-cell lymphomas, or DLBCL, panels. We are planning to continue to expand our number of collaborations.

 

    Expand the addressable market of HTG technology through new applications . We have demonstrated feasibility to add new applications in RNA-based gene fusions, measuring DNA mutations from liquid biopsies and protein immunoassays. These new applications will allow us to develop multiple panels for use in translational, research, companion diagnostics and molecular diagnostics. We believe these applications and panels can be developed efficiently with minimal capital investment.

Our Market

Development of Molecular Profiling

Molecular profiling is the analysis of multiple DNA, RNA and protein targets in biological samples, such as tissue, blood and urine, to identify expression patterns or genomic changes. New molecular approaches are making it possible to perform these characterizations in unprecedented ways, resulting in a shift from the traditional approach of looking at one target at a time to the simultaneous analysis of thousands of targets. There are numerous applications of molecular profiling such as whole genome sequencing for the discovery of novel genetic variants or the assessment of patient samples to identify biomarkers or molecular markers of disease that can aid in diagnosis, gauge patient prognosis or predict response to an available therapy. The fundamental shift towards personalized medicine, or the use of an individual’s molecular profile to guide treatment, has led to significant growth in molecular profiling technologies and applications. We estimate that the global molecular profiling market is approximately $27.0 billion today. Based on published industry reports, cancer profiling makes up the largest segment of this market at an estimated $17.8 billion, the substantial majority of which we believe is comprised of research-use-only products, and is expected to grow to $35.0 billion by 2018. Research-use-only products are used in a wide variety of applications, including large-scale clinical trials of targeted therapies that are under development as well as basic medical research to understand and characterize tumors and tumor biology. We also estimate that genomic research makes up approximately $7.7 billion of the global molecular profiling market. Currently we are limited to marketing our HTG Edge system and proprietary profiling panels for research use only, which means that we cannot make any diagnostic or clinical claims. We intend to seek regulatory clearances or approvals in the United States and other jurisdictions to market certain panels for diagnostic purposes.

For decades, the treatment of disease was dominated by one-size-fits-all drug regimens. Over the last 10 years numerous molecular markers and profiling techniques have transitioned from discovery and research to inclusion in clinical guidelines. Today, there are many drugs in clinical development with a companion biomarker strategy, including many oncology drugs. Among the first of these personalized treatments were hormone therapies for breast cancer patients whose tumors expressed the estrogen receptor protein. This was followed by the use of trastuzumab for treating patients with HER2-positive breast cancers. The evolution of molecular profiling has also taken shape over the last decade in NSCLC. NSCLC patients were first molecularly profiled for EGFR mutations to select patients most likely to respond to the drug, erlotinib, which was followed by ALK rearrangement testing for potential response to crizotinib. Now, additional mutations and rearrangements such as ROS1, RET, NTRK1, HER2, BRAF and MET, have been integrated into the NCCN

 

79


Table of Contents

Guidelines for the treatment of lung cancer. The NCCN Guidelines recommend using NGS as the profiling method in order to multiplex all of the testing. Similar trends are unfolding in other diseases such as thyroid cancer, colon cancer, and melanoma. These trends are fueling rapid growth of new molecular profiling offerings, technologies and industry business models to support the demand. The fastest growing segment of the estimated $10.6 billion molecular diagnostics market, a subset of the estimated $27.0 billion global molecular profiling market, is clinical testing in oncology. As oncologists rapidly integrate this new level of molecular profiling information into patient management strategies, a growing number of highly-specialized central laboratories now offer tests which address specific clinical questions. The trend towards highly multiplexed profiling is not limited to oncology; other examples of expanding demand include prenatal, neonatal, inherited disease, and organ transplant and rejection profiling.

In addition, biopharmaceutical companies utilize molecular profiling in numerous applications. Preclinical applications include screening of compound libraries for target identification and preclinical testing for safety and fit for human use. For example, the FDA and European Medicines Agency require drug metabolism and pharmacokinetic, or DMPK, profiling studies to be performed as part of the drug development process. Metabolic gene expression response to the drug in human liver cells is assessed for each candidate drug, and it is common for biopharmaceutical companies to test the expression of three to 10 genes per drug candidate. Among the various DMPK testing technologies, such as RT-qPCR, branched DNA and microarrays, the most common is RT-qPCR. In DMPK studies, liver cells from several different human donors are challenged with the drug at various concentrations to predict how the drug will be metabolized. A large number of drug candidates are screened at this phase of development, creating significant demand for DMPK molecular profiling.

More recently, molecular profiling has moved into clinical applications. These include molecular profiling to develop clinical biomarker strategies, patient stratification for clinical trials, and companion diagnostics. The primary objective of these efforts is to improve response rates by understanding, at the molecular level, why a drug works or doesn’t work in a patient population. Response rates for oncology therapeutics, at 25%, are among the lowest of all disease states. Combined with third-party payor pressures to lower patient treatment costs, most biopharmaceutical companies develop biomarker strategies to increase the rate of patient response to new drugs in development. Typically, they will look at a variety of biological profiling markers that include RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression. Currently, it is estimated that there are over 2,000 clinical trials underway in oncology, and the vast majority of drug developers believe personalized and targeted therapy development is important to the future success of drug development.

When a molecular biomarker panel is used for selection of patients in a Phase 3 clinical trial to demonstrate safety and efficacy of a new drug, the drug and biomarker are often submitted for approval together. Upon FDA approval of the molecular biomarker panel, or companion diagnostic, the patient must be tested with the companion diagnostic prior to treatment with the drug. Companion diagnostic tests have a clear clinical utility which generally supports favorable reimbursement. We believe there are over 900 active oncology drug development programs, most of which have molecular biomarker strategies, creating a significant opportunity for molecular diagnostic companies with the right molecular profiling solutions. We estimate this molecular profiling market for companion diagnostics to be $2.5 billion and growing to $5.6 billion by 2019.

Complexities and Challenges of Molecular Profiling Today

Currently, molecular profiling is conducted using a variety of profiling techniques across multiple laboratory departments, and, in many situations, sent to distant labs. These techniques include immunohistochemistry, or IHC, fluorescent in situ hybridization, or FISH, polymerase chain reaction, or PCR, gene expression arrays, or GEA, and NGS. This distributed profiling approach has accelerated the use of molecular profiling and increased the need to make the process more accessible and routine. However, molecular profiling is also highly specialized because current technologies are complex, require multiple capital-intensive

 

80


Table of Contents

workflows, and are not economically scalable to the case volume of the local laboratory. The fragmentation of methods, sample logistics, and information flows has created significant challenges for labs, physicians, and patients, including:

Insufficient Sample Availability

The proliferation of new molecular profiles and technologies has led to the need for more biopsy material. However, the trend is toward less invasive procedures that produce smaller biopsies and as a result, in many situations there simply is not enough collected tissue to meet all the profiling requirements. For example, the standard method of collecting tumor samples for testing in oncology is via a surgical procedure where the tumor is resected or biopsied and then stabilized, or fixed, in a formaldehyde-based fixative known as formalin. From 24 to 72 hours after the tissue is harvested, it is permanently stabilized in a hard block of paraffin where it can be stored at room temperature for decades. This preservation technique was developed over 100 years ago, well in advance of the discovery of nucleic acids such as DNA and RNA. While techniques to recover nucleic acids from these FFPE tissue samples have been developed, formalin fixation presents several technical challenges in analyzing DNA and RNA sequences. Because of the convenience of this preservation method, though, FFPE samples are the starting material for almost all tumor-profiling testing in oncology today. Very thin slices of tissue from these FFPE blocks, typically five microns in thickness, are affixed to glass slides for testing.

Most commonly, a histological stain called an H&E, for the combination of hematoxylin and eosin that comprise it, is used to differentially mark cellular structures, making it simple for a pathologist to examine the patterns of the normal and diseased tissue under a microscope. IHC stains are also performed to aid diagnosis, prognosis or help guide therapy selection, with each IHC stain consuming two slides, one for the stain, and the other for a negative control. Historically, five to ten slides in total were consumed in the complete diagnostic workup for each tumor. With the advent of new molecular techniques there are additional demands for tissue, and the molecular tests on the market today require much more than a single slide. In many of these situations there simply is not enough collected tissue to meet all the profiling requirements. The growing number of specialized tumor-profiling tests, and their appetite for FFPE tissue, is in direct conflict with the trend towards smaller, less-invasive testing approaches.

Slow Turnaround Times

In many cases, turnaround times for comprehensive profiling are several weeks due to the logistical time to route samples to various laboratory departments and to distant specialized labs. A number of technologies for sample characterization have been introduced that determine the status of various molecular characteristics for a sample. These include RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression. For example, a single tumor specimen from a cancer patient is often profiled for multiple molecular characteristics where each characteristic is measured using a different platform. These platforms are utilized in separate laboratory departments with different technicians and clinicians, requiring that the sample and data be split into multiple workflows.

The time it takes to deliver the final report so that informed treatment decisions may be made is dependent on the turnaround time of the slowest test. A single laboratory with well-choreographed routing of tissues and information may be able to complete profiling within a week, but if part of the sample needs to be sent for additional profiling at a specialty lab, the total turnaround time may be lengthened by one or two weeks due to shipping, accessioning by the receiving laboratory, and integration of the testing results into the final report.

 

81


Table of Contents

Implications of Workflow Inefficiencies on Data Quality and Integration

In addition to the challenges of splitting a single sample into multiple testing workflows, the individual workflow for molecular profiling of FFPE tissues is complicated. Many of the steps from sample to result require manual intervention by a molecular technician. While these technicians are trained to standard operating procedures and proficiency tested, the levels of proficiency and precision vary among technicians. Variability introduced by technicians performing manual steps can translate to variability of results, with a test sample frequently at risk of experiencing losses of fidelity through the series of separation and transformation steps.

Sample to RNA Seq profiling of FFPE tissues

 

 

LOGO

Further, the increase in number of technologies for sample characterization and fragmentation of the testing workflows can also create challenges in putting all of the results together in a timely, complete profiling report. This level of data integration is critical for the treating physicians to assure they have the complete molecular assessment prior to the patient consult. Without a complete molecular assessment, there is limited ability to discuss the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment options. Overall, we believe the critical relationship between the local pathologist and treating physician has been fractured as many tests results are now sent directly to the treating physician from these specialized and centralized CLIA Labs. We believe the pathologist is critical to aggregating the diagnostic, prognostic and predictive information in a single patient molecular profile that can be utilized by the treating physician for therapeutic decisions.

 

82


Table of Contents

Case Study of the Current Limitations in Molecular Profiling: Breast Cancer

In breast cancer, abnormal lesions identified in a routine screening mammogram are typically biopsied to obtain a piece of tissue for pathology workup. The primary method of obtaining a biopsy is using a minimally invasive core needle that provides a very small amount of tissue. The laboratory performs an H&E stain for pathology review where the abnormal lesion is determined to be benign or malignant. If malignant, the biopsy from the tumor is profiled using IHC (for genes ER, PR, HER2 and Ki-67 ) and potentially fluorescent in situ hybridization, or FISH ( HER2 ). In many cases, this profiling on the initial diagnostic biopsy consumes most or all of the tissue. There are currently other molecular profiling tests, such as risk of recurrence, on the market that can only be accomplished after the surgical resection because the amount of tissue needed exceeds that which is available from the initial diagnostic biopsy. The potential problem for the patient and treating physician is that the initial treatment decision could be made based on an incomplete molecular profile.

 

 

LOGO

Case Study of the Current Limitations in Molecular Profiling: NSCLC

The complexities and potential inefficiencies present in current molecular profiling techniques can be seen in non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC. Tumor samples are typically tested for protein expression, gene mutations, and gene rearrangements, with each of these tests performed on a different platform and separate workflow. It is common for each of these platforms to be in separate laboratory departments with different technicians and clinicians, requiring that the sample and data be split into multiple workflows. The results from the individual testing workflows are typically aggregated into a single report, signed off by the pathologist and transmitted to the oncologist. As outlined in the diagram below, the multiple steps involved in the process may substantially slow turnaround times and result in an incomplete molecular profile not suitable to inform clinical decision making.

Example of Typical NSCLC Testing Workflow

 

 

LOGO

 

83


Table of Contents

Our Solution

We have developed a novel technology platform that allows for precise, efficient molecular profiling of samples for clinical and research purposes. Our proprietary HTG Edge platform has the flexibility to work with many different biological sample types, is able to generate robust results from very small samples, and employs a simple, proprietary chemistry that obviates the need for many of the steps associated with traditional molecular profiling techniques. Our platform and chemistry enables the simultaneous detection and quantitation of thousands of molecular targets and profiling of multiple parameters such as RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression in a single testing workflow that can use NGS detection for quantitative measurement.

Our HTG Edge platform is comprised of instrumentation, software analytics and proprietary consumables designed exclusively for use with our platform. We manufacture the consumables utilized in our platform specifically for our platform and such consumables cannot be obtained from other sources. At the core of our solution is our proprietary chemistry called quantitative nuclease protection, or qNPA. Nuclease protection is an extremely efficient method for analyzing DNA and RNA as it eliminates the need for DNA or RNA extraction or reverse transcription. We have enhanced this method by combining it with our patented HTG Edge and HTG EdgeSeq chemistries. We designed and developed our HTG Edge automation platform to optimize the capabilities of our chemistry, provide fast turnaround time and enable ease of use to molecular labs. Our chemistry and automation platform are highly adaptable, so when molecular profiling needs change or emerge, we expect to be able to efficiently add new applications to address these needs.

As the following diagram shows, the HTG Edge processor, software and consumables now support two methods for quantifying results, the HTG Edge reader for lower multiplexed panels and the recently launched HTG EdgeSeq chemistry for quantitation of high-plexed panels for utilizing NGS.

 

 

LOGO

Finally, the HTG Edge platform provides data in a simple easy to use format. The entire HTG Edge Platform workflow from sample preparation to a molecular profiling report can be accomplished in 24-36 hours.

 

84


Table of Contents

We believe the majority of customers in our target markets would prefer to maintain control of their samples and perform the profiling internally but are challenged by limitations in available technologies. We believe we are well positioned to democratize molecular profiling with the following key benefits:

 

    Optimize sample utilization . The HTG Edge system can analyze over 2,500 genes from extremely small sample volumes such as a single five micron section of tissue or 12.5 microliters of liquid biopsies. Our technology allows customers to do more with less, which meets the needs of clinical laboratories where today there is often not enough patient sample to do all the testing available. We believe providing customers the ability to work with extremely small sample volumes will be a significant driver of adoption of our platform.

 

    Compatibility with multiple sample types . Our HTG Edge platform allows customers to profile and unlock genomic information from a wide variety of biological samples such as FFPE tissue, cells and blood. We have successfully demonstrated the ability to profile all of these sample types, as well as the detection of cell-free circulating nucleic acids from tumors, a rapidly developing area of investigation which is referred to as a liquid biopsy. We believe that the capabilities of our platform will allow us to efficiently expand applications, regardless of sample type.

 

    Flexible and adaptable chemistry allows for use on multiple platforms . Our proprietary chemistry provides the ability to measure multiple molecular targets in all the necessary applications, RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression and offers the ability to quantify on the HTG Edge Reader as well as a variety of NGS platforms. This flexibility provides customers the ability to optimize their use of HTG Edge technology based on their specific throughput, workflow and application needs. Our proprietary chemistry is simple, with fewer steps than competing technologies. For example, compared to RT-qPCR, our chemistry does not require extraction or cDNA synthesis. Compared to RNA sequencing, our chemistry does not require extraction, cDNA synthesis, shearing, rRNA depletion, ligation, adenylation, or size selection. We believe that the elimination of these steps helps prevent amplification of biases, sample degradation and increased opportunities for technician error.

 

    Robust data . Molecular profiling produces large amounts of information that is used to make important decisions, such as identifying potential drug targets or selecting a patient for a therapeutic treatment. This information is valuable only to the extent it accurately represents the true biology of the test sample and the same answer can be produced under many different conditions. Our HTG Edge and HTG EdgeSeq chemistries are highly specific and sensitive, meaning they can detect the right target even when very little is present in the sample. In addition, our chemistries produce the same results, with a correlation coefficient of .9847 (r=.9847), from samples fresh frozen from the source as from samples (e.g., FFPE) in which target degradation is a known problem. These features allow the information obtained to reflect the nature of the original sample irrespective of how the sample has been treated. In addition to fidelity, it is extremely important to be able to reproduce the data from the sample. Our platform produces consistent results on a replicate-to-replicate, day-to-day and instrument-to-instrument basis.

 

    Automation provides superior workflow and ease of use . Our HTG Edge technology is designed with fewer workflow steps in part due to the elimination of the need for complex biochemical processes such as extraction, cDNA synthesis, labeling, selection, depletion and shearing. This enables customers to limit hands-on time and the need for specialized skills, resulting in turnaround times of approximately 24-36 hours. Additionally, our HTG EdgeSeq application now further integrates sample preparation for targeted sequencing and greatly simplifies the bioinformatics back-end, so customers looking to leverage their NGS instrument can seamlessly add this capability to their current workflows.

 

   

Simplified bioinformatics . Our HTG Edge software provides data in a simple and easy to use format through a simple graphical user interface, or GUI, that is flexible enough for researchers yet structured enough for clinical laboratories. The software is modular so that new applications can be downloaded without any changes to hardware. For applications that pair our HTG Edge processor and reader,

 

85


Table of Contents
 

results are accessible in multiple formats through the GUI on the host computer. For HTG EdgeSeq applications, the HTG Edge parser software processes the data from the NGS platform. We believe the simplicity of our bioinformatics solution will help drive the adoption of our platform.

Current Commercial Panels Offered on the HTG Edge Platform

We currently market four proprietary molecular profiling panels targeting late stage drug development programs with potential breakthrough therapies, such as immuno-oncology. We market these panels to biopharmaceutical companies, with which we collaborate in biomarker development programs. We believe these programs could facilitate our commercialization of companion diagnostic tests. In addition, we have four panels focused in pre-clinical and clinical research areas, including our microRNA profiling panel which provides a highly differentiated solution in a growing market. Our currently marketed panels are:

 

    HTG Edge Immuno-oncology Assay . One of the most promising areas of cancer therapy is immunotherapy or immuno-oncology, where new classes of oncology drugs are thought to enable or boost the host immune response towards tumors. Multiple drugs targeting the genes CTLA4, PD-1 and PDL-1 are moving into late-stage trials. Profiling samples for the genes targeted by these therapies may be predictive of drug response and aid in the stratification of patients into responsive and non-responsive groups. The HTG Edge Immuno-oncology assay measures the expression of 26 of these immuno-oncology-associated genes.

 

    HTG Edge FGFR Expression Assay . Over-expression of the FGFR family of receptors has been shown to be a cancer-inducing event in many types of tumors. Identification of the four receptors has been challenging as FGFRs and their activating ligands have been difficult to measure by conventional methodologies. Due to the significant cross-reactivity seen with FGFR IHC antibodies, and non-correlation of proteins levels with DNA amplification, RNA-based molecular profiling is emerging as the preferred profiling technique. The HTG Edge FGFR expression assay has been utilized by multiple biopharmaceutical companies to profile samples from both preclinical and clinical studies.

 

    HTG Edge DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay . DLBCL tumors are frequently classified into either the activated B-cell like, or ABC, or germinal center B-cell like, or GCB, sub-types by measuring the molecular profile of the tumor. These two subtypes display different clinical pathologies, as patients with the GCB subtype of DLBCL tend to respond differently than those of the ABC sub-type. With many of the large number of new DLBCL-targeting drugs appearing to have greater efficacy in one of the sub-types, a need for a reliable, FFPE-based cell of origin classification assay has emerged. The HTG Edge DLBCL cell of origin assay is our most frequently purchased panel and is being utilized in numerous late-stage drug programs.

 

    HTG EdgeSeq Oncology Biomarker Panel . We recently completed development and are now marketing our HTG EdgeSeq Oncology Biomarker Panel. This RNA expression panel measures the expression of up to 2,560 genes implicated in cancer for profiling tumor tissues, analyzing cancer pathways and identifying new biomarkers across both solid tumors and hematolymphoid neoplasms. We worked with leading key opinion leaders to identify these genes, which we believe are a comprehensive list of genes targeting known signaling pathways and receptor gene families implicated in cancer such as the EGFR, HER2, HER3, HER4, PD-1 and FGFR genes. When paired with our existing miRNA Whole-transcriptome assay, we provide customers with a comprehensive solution for profiling their large sample archives for novel expression signatures.

 

    HTG EdgeSeq microRNA Whole-transcriptome Assay . Human microRNAs are short non-coding strands of RNA that are used by the cell for gene regulation. The HTG EdgeSeq microRNA whole-transcriptome assay enables the simultaneous profiling of 2,255 microRNAs, allowing new, potentially clinically relevant miRNA profiles to be discovered. This is our first marketed product on the NGS-integrated HTG EdgeSeq chemistry. Our ability to profile small FFPE samples is a significant differentiator in the rapidly growing microRNA market.

 

86


Table of Contents
    HTG Edge Top Oncogene Assay . The HTG Edge top oncogene assay measures the gene expression of 31 commonly studied oncogenes, which are genes with the potential to cause cancer, in fresh or fixed breast, lung, ovarian, colorectal and prostate tumors. Profiling these genes can lead to a deeper insight into the specific mechanisms that are driving the malignancy of the tumor.

 

    HTG Edge DMPK Assays . Biopharmaceutical companies often perform DMPK profiling studies as part of the drug development process to adhere to regulatory guidance. A set of genes known as the cytochrome P450 family is known to predict both the toxicity and stability of drugs in the human body. The HTG Edge DMPK Core CYP assay enables DMPK scientists to measure six cytochrome P450 genes recommended for in vitro pharmacokinetic studies. We are also marketing an expanded 45-gene panel that measures the expression of additional transporter genes to allow for in-depth profiling of the drug candidate. The DMPK area is a high-volume profiling market segment and creates synergies with down-stream clinical drug development programs.

We utilize several alternative arrangements to sell our HTG Edge system and profiling panels. Our HTG Edge system can be purchased directly by our customers, who also then purchase profiling panels and other consumables from us on an as-needed basis. In some instances we provide our equipment free of charge on a limited basis to facilitate customer evaluation. We also install systems for our customers at no cost, in exchange for an agreement to purchase profiling panels and other consumables from us at a stated price over the term of the agreement. As of December 31, 2014, we had an installed base of 31 HTG Edge instruments (consisting of 14 systems sold, 15 evaluation units and two covered under reagent rental agreements).

Expanding Our Solution by Providing a Comprehensive Molecular Profile

Our objective is to establish the HTG Edge platform as a standard in molecular profiling, making this capability broadly accessible. We are leveraging our flexible and adaptable platform to develop comprehensive molecular profiling panels across an increasing set of molecular applications. We believe it is important to include applications that cover a broad set of genomic variation as well as expression-based clinical biomarkers in order to continually increase the value of the HTG Edge platform and provide a more complete profiling solution for our customers. The diagram below depicts our planned expansion of applications and profiling panels which are being adding in a phased approach.

 

 

LOGO

 

87


Table of Contents

Our current marketed products target mRNA and miRNA expression and we intend to develop additional panels for this category to address our customers’ needs.

We are also working collaboratively with multiple biopharmaceutical companies to develop an expanded EdgeSeq based expression panel for DLBCL which will include their important drug linked gene targets. This panel’s purpose is to identify patients who are likely to respond to DLBCL therapeutics in multiple late-stage development programs. In addition, we are also transitioning expanded versions of the Immuno-Oncology and FGFR/HER panels onto the HTG EdgeSeq system, and expect to offer these three products on both the HTG Edge and HTG EdgeSeq systems.

We are developing additional solutions to address the detection and measurement of gene rearrangements, also called gene fusions. A fusion gene is a hybrid gene formed from two previously separate genes. A well-established example is the EML4-ALK fusion gene found in a subset of malignant lung cancers. Our research team has demonstrated feasibility to simultaneously detect and measure key gene fusions in lung cancer such as ALK, ROS1, NTRK1 and RET from multiple small sample types including FFPE, cell lines and purified RNA. We are in initial discussions with the FDA regarding a potential FDA submission for this product in late 2015 or early 2016. We plan to launch a portfolio of gene fusion products starting with a comprehensive fusion panel that will include all medically relevant fusions associated with lung cancer. Further planned molecular profiling products of this type include panels for all known fusions and rearrangements in solid and hematologic tumors.

We believe we have achieved proof of concept for each of these applications and profiling panels. However, we will need to develop, refine and implement new panel protocols and make changes or adjustments to our chemistry and software in order to optimize these planned applications and panels for use with our HTG Edge system. This will require substantial effort from our research scientists and the use of various laboratory equipment, supplies and materials, which combined represent the most significant costs that we expect to incur in connection with the development of these applications and profiling panels.

We believe the simultaneous measurement and analysis of mutations will have an increasingly important role in tumor profiling and the potential to lead to new molecular diagnostic predictive tests. Mutations in genes are either inherited or from damage that occurred during a person’s life and contribute to the growth and development of cancer. Our research team has demonstrated feasibility to measure several diagnostically accepted mutations such as EGFR and BRAF from cell lines and FFPE.

We also intend to develop products to measure protein expression. Protein biomarker panels are used in clinical diagnostic testing and frequently utilized by biopharmaceutical companies to profile new drug compounds. Our HTG Edge platform has demonstrated the ability to detect and measure protein expression in multiplexed panels. We believe the addition of protein expression on the HTG Edge platform will further differentiate our solution.

Opportunities for Comprehensive Molecular Profiling in Diagnostics

We are planning to develop a portfolio of molecular diagnostic products using our proprietary technology to provide a single, efficient testing platform for sample profiling that integrates seamlessly into a customer’s NGS testing workflow.

We are initially focused on areas where the diagnostic testing paradigm has significant inefficiencies. For example, many leading medical institutions are shifting from a single-drug / single-test approach to a broader tumor profiling strategy for their oncology practices. Rather than testing for single mutational analyses, such as KRAS for colorectal cancer, these institutions use their NGS platforms to assess the mutational status of 50 or more genes. In addition, the information a physician needs to make clinical decisions often comes from tests conducted using various testing modalities such as IHC, FISH and NGS. These complexities lead to a growing and unmet demand in clinical diagnostics for more comprehensive molecular profiles that can include RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression.

 

88


Table of Contents

An example where we believe our HTG Edge platform can provide significant value to the current testing paradigm is in advanced non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC. Current NCCN Guidelines for pathologic workup in NSCLC recommends a molecular profile including NGS, FISH, and IHC studies. Completing this molecular profile using three separate testing workflows is challenging and often causes long turnaround times and can lead to an incomplete profile due to insufficient tissue. It is common in NSCLC that the only sample available for molecular profiling is the initial diagnostic biopsy, which is often a tissue-limited bronchoscopic or needle biopsy. To deliver a complete profile of relevant genomic variations and expression-based biomarkers for a physician to make an informed clinical decision, a minimum of 60 microns of tumor tissue, or 12 unstained FFPE slides, is required, which can be in excess of the initial biopsy sample.

We are currently developing a single testing workflow that provides, in parallel reactions, histological classification of the tumor, DNA mutation status of key genes previously shown to be associated with NSCLC, such as EGFR, KRAS, BRAF and HER2 , and gene rearrangement status of key genes previously shown to be associated with NSCLC, such as ALK, ROS1, NTRK1 and RET from a single unstained slide, which we refer to as the HTG total lung solution. Our HTG total lung solution will incorporate our planned lung mutation panel and lung rearrangement and fusion panel.

We have demonstrated the ability to molecularly profile highly multiplexed panels of genes from a single five micron-thick FFPE section. We believe we are the only company that can decentralize more complete profiling of medically actionable information with a sample size this small on a routine basis. The opportunity for us to improve molecular diagnostic testing is represented in a comparative workup for NSCLC below:

 

 

LOGO

In a market research study conducted on our behalf of 30 oncologists and CLIA laboratory medical directors, 77% reported they are likely or highly likely to adopt the HTG total lung solution. Among the factors respondents reported influencing their rating were improved turnaround time due to consolidation to a single testing workflow, reduced tissue requirements, and ease of use versus currently available technologies.

Another area we believe the HTG Edge platform can provide significant value to clinicians is in the diagnosis of hematolymphoid neoplasms such as leukemias, lymphomas, myelomas, and myelodysplastic syndromes. Across the spectrum of these diseases there is a large number of gene rearrangements, which physicians evaluate in a patient’s sample to make clinical decisions. For example, patients with acute myeloid leukemia or acute lymphoblastic leukemia often present with escalating, life-threatening symptoms, making a rapid diagnosis critical so the right treatment can be administered as early as possible. Depending on the suspected diagnosis, small subset panels of 1 to 10 gene rearrangements are typically tested by FISH as a critical element of a definitive diagnosis. The diagnosis of acute leukemias is complex and the initial FISH panel may be followed with an extended FISH panel in order to make a definitive diagnosis, resulting in a possible delay of diagnosis and treatment.

 

89


Table of Contents

We are currently developing a highly multiplexed, NGS-based pan-heme rearrangement panel to assess most known gene rearrangements in hematoplymphoid neoplasms in a single test. By including these rearrangements in a single test we hope to eliminate the need to conduct initial FISH based tests and any subsequent extended FISH panels. We believe improved turnaround time coupled with our HTG EdgeSeq Parser software, which enables rapid assessment of results, would be key adoption drivers for our HTG Edge platform and this profiling panel. Additionally, we believe the changing dynamics of reimbursement are causing laboratories to consider molecular options to replace FISH-based testing and we believe this will create opportunities for us to promote adoption.

Our Technology

HTG Chemistry

Our core chemistry, known as qNPA, is a biochemical process capable of measuring messenger RNA, or mRNA, and microRNA gene expression levels from very small amounts of difficult to handle samples without the need for conducting RNA extraction, cDNA synthesis, RNA amplification or RNA-labeling steps. Our proprietary chemistry is well suited to measure RNA due to its simple, yet robust biochemistry designed to handle highly multiplexed assays. Two primary elements of our chemistry process are DNA to RNA hybridization and S1 nuclease digestion. Both of these elements have been widely researched for decades and are well understood.

 

 

LOGO

HTG Edge Chemistry

DNA nuclease protection probes, 50 bases in length, are added to the sample and hybridized to targeted RNAs, which can be both soluble and cross-linked in the biological matrix. S1 nuclease is added to remove excess, unhybridized DNA probes and RNA; the only remaining DNA protection probes are those hybridized to targeted RNA. This produces a virtual 1:1 ratio of DNA protection probes to the RNA initially targeted in the sample. Alkaline hydrolysis of the RNA releases the protection probes from the DNA:RNA duplexes. The released DNA protection probes are ready for quantitation. One of 47 unique anchor spots arrayed on the bottom of each well captures a programming linker that in turn captures a DNA protection probe. A detection scaffold consisting of a detection linker and a biotinylated detection probe is captured when a protection probe is present. After treatment with an avidin-HRP enzyme and a chemiluminescent substrate, the well is imaged and quantitated in the HTG Edge Reader. The HTG Edge system host software reports data from the reader.

 

90


Table of Contents

HTG EdgeSeq Chemistry

Functional DNA nuclease protection probes flanked by universal wing sequences are hybridized to targeted RNAs, which can be both soluble and cross-linked in the biological matrix. Universal DNA wingmen probes are hybridized to the wings to prevent S1 nuclease digestion. S1 nuclease is added to remove excess, unhybridized DNA probes and RNA; the only remaining fully intact, functional DNA protection probes are those hybridized to targeted RNA. This produces a virtual 1:1 ratio of DNA detection probes to the RNA initially targeted in the sample. Alkaline hydrolysis of the RNA releases the protection probes from the DNA:RNA duplexes. The released DNA protection probes are ready for quantitation. DNA protection probes are labeled with sequencing adaptors and tags in a thermocycler. The labeled DNA protection probes are concentrated, pooled, and ready for sequencing using standard NGS protocols. Data from the NGS instrument is processed and reported by the HTG EdgeSeq Parser software.

Key Advantages of HTG Chemistry

 

    Multiplexing thousands of targets. Measuring multiple genes in a single reaction can be challenging with competitive technologies due to the complex interactions of the assay sub-components. Our proprietary chemistry allows for 47 independent genes to be profiled in a sample. While we are currently marketing a panel with our HTG EdgeSeq chemistry that profiles 2,255 genes in a sample, we believe we can develop applications using our chemistry for multiplexing more than 2,255 genes if there is a customer need. The high level of gene multiplexing allows for significantly lower amounts of tissue to be used per sample than in competitive low-plex profiling technologies.

 

    No RNA extraction. Competitive technologies for assessing RNA require RNA that is isolated and purified from other components found in the sample. These time-consuming and bias-inducing steps damage the RNA by breaking it into smaller, more difficult to analyze pieces. In FFPE tissues, a fraction of the RNA is lost in the purification process because it cannot be separated from insoluble tissue components. This makes working with small FFPE tissues extremely challenging and can result in testing failures and loss of precious samples due to insufficient RNA recovery. These biases introduced by RNA extraction cannot be overcome and are magnified throughout the subsequent analysis. Our proprietary chemistry never requires RNA extraction, improves utilization of precious samples, improving workflow and reducing costs by eliminating the step most likely to cause bias in the data.

 

    No cDNA synthesis. Many competitive technologies, most prominently qRT-PCR and RNA sequencing, require conversion of RNA into DNA for analysis. This process requires a viral enzyme to move along the extracted RNA to create a DNA copy of the molecule. When damaged and fragmented RNA is used, these small RNA strands become increasingly difficult to convert into DNA in an accurate and reproducible manner. Our proprietary chemistry does not require conversion of the RNA to DNA, removing a major source of bias experienced with competitive technologies.

 

    Short protection probes. Many samples contain RNA degraded by various combinations of heat, age, poor processing, and fixation. In these samples, the RNA is damaged and fragmented into smaller strands. Utilizing short protection probes of 50 bases or less, our proprietary chemistry is more efficient than competitive technologies that require longer strands of RNA for quantitation.

 

    Simplicity. Our proprietary chemistry is simple, with fewer steps than competing technologies. Compared to RT-qPCR, our chemistry does not require extraction or cDNA synthesis. Compared to RNA sequencing, our chemistry does not require extraction, cDNA synthesis, shearing, rRNA depletion, ligation, adenylation, or size selection. We believe that the accumulation of these steps required by other technologies results in amplification of biases, sample degradation and increased opportunities for technician error.

 

91


Table of Contents

HTG Edge Platform

Our HTG Edge platform was developed under ISO 13485:2003 guidelines using our proprietary chemistry to simplify multiplexed nucleic acid testing in research and clinical laboratories. The entire HTG Edge workflow from sample preparation to a molecular profiling report can be accomplished in 24-36 hours for 96 samples. With the speed, flexibility, sensitivity, and accuracy of our HTG Edge platform, combined with the system’s ability to work effectively with small sample volumes, researchers can profile up to thousands of different genes per sample.

 

 

LOGO

The HTG Edge platform consists of processor and reader instruments, a host computer, and software. The HTG Edge Processor is a fully automated instrument that prepares biological samples for quantitation using proprietary, electronically barcoded, single-use consumables. Both the processor and the reader have barcode scanners units to process the two-dimensional, or 2D, barcodes printed on the consumables loaded in each instrument. The barcoded consumables are single-use in order to reduce operator errors and provide chain of custody traceability for the samples. The robotic systems within each instrument are engineered for reliable performance and low maintenance. The walking path of each robot is programmed to minimize any chance of contamination of the reagents or samples.

Quantitation of results may be performed on either the proprietary HTG Edge Reader or an NGS platform. If the reader is utilized for quantitation, proprietary consumables are used in a chemiluminescent detection reaction, and the reader captures and processes these images in less than an hour to produce a quantitative result. The software reports the result on the host computer. One host computer supports up to five processors and one reader. This allows laboratories to easily expand their capacity by adding processors without purchasing an additional reader instrument.

HTG EdgeSeq applications combine the HTG Edge processor with an NGS platform to enable the quantitative analysis of thousands of targeted RNAs in a single assay. The sample is prepared for quantitation on the HTG Edge processor, then labeled with molecular sequencing adaptors and tags. The labeled samples are concentrated, pooled, and sequenced on an NGS platform using standard protocols. Data from the NGS instrument are processed and reported by the HTG EdgeSeq Parser software. The HTG EdgeSeq applications currently process samples in sample volumes ranging from eight to 96.

 

92


Table of Contents

HTG Edge Platform Workflow

Our HTG Edge platform solution delivers complex molecular profiling information in a simple four step workflow. A technician spends minimal time preparing samples which are easily loaded into the HTG Edge processor. Once the sample is loaded, the processor performs our proprietary chemistry protocol with no technician intervention, which is commonly referred to as walk away automation. Once the sample is processed, a technician prepares the sample for quantitation on either the HTG Edge reader or an existing NGS instrument as our chemistry has been integrated with both NGS platforms and our HTG proprietary reader. This flexibility in quantifying molecular information provides customers the ability to optimize their use of the HTG Edge platform based on their specific throughput, workflow and application requirements. Having both quantitation options allows HTG to offer a broader set of molecular profiling panels and leverage the growing NGS installed base. In comparison to RNA sequencing, there are many fewer steps required for molecular profiling using HTG EdgeSeq applications as shown in the diagrams below.

 

 

LOGO

HTG Edge Platform Performance

The HTG Edge platform enables our customers to quantitatively profile from one to thousands of genes in a single reaction using very small samples. Our chemistry works with many biological sample types including FFPE, frozen tissue, plasma, serum, whole blood preserved in PAXgene, and cultured cells. We plan to enable our customers to use a single profiling workflow for the analysis of multiple parameters such as RNA expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression. As part of our development process for new products we perform several analytical studies to demonstrate performance of the platform, and we believe that our approach to multi-parameter molecular profiling is highly repeatable and reproducible.

 

93


Table of Contents

Quantitative expression results from very small samples

We believe obtaining molecular profiles from very small samples is of critical importance to researchers. We have demonstrated quantitative results from as low as 0.781 ng of input RNA. This is a fraction of the more than 100 ng of input RNA typically required for competitive technologies. In the study shown below, a 45-gene HTG EdgeSeq assay was used to measure the expression levels in a dilution series from 50 ng to 0.781 ng of universal RNA. Correlations between each dilution were measured by Pearson’s r and are displayed in each comparison field. A Pearson correlation between two perfectly identical molecular profiles will produce an r-value of 1.0. The r-values obtained in the study shown below, of greater than 0.98, indicate nearly identical molecular profiles were obtained. This demonstrates the capability of the HTG Edge platform to deliver equivalent molecular profiles over a wide range of sample inputs. The scale of the vertical and horizontal axes represent log 2 transformed, non-normalized probe counts obtained from the experiment.

 

 

LOGO

With our recently released HTG EdgeSeq Oncology Biomarker Panel we have demonstrated the capability of profiling from this panel utilizing a single core of a tissue micro array, or TMA, as shown below, which we believe further demonstrates our advantage over existing competitive technologies.

 

 

LOGO

High fidelity between processing conditions

One of the greatest challenges faced in molecular profiling of formalin fixed samples is the poor fidelity routinely seen when comparing the results across various processing conditions. One example in particular is the fidelity seen between formalin fixed samples such as FFPE to non-fixed tissue. It has been repeatedly

 

94


Table of Contents

demonstrated that the fixation process can lead to different molecular profiles in otherwise identical samples. We believe researchers often obtain sub-optimal molecular profiling results solely due to the formalin fixation process.

The XY scatterplots below were generated using the HTG EdgeSeq microRNA whole transcriptome panel. The scatterplot on the left shows molecular profiles obtained from a cell line that had been either formalin-fixed or frozen prior to profiling. The scale of the vertical and horizontal axes represent log 2 transformed, non-normalized probe counts obtained from the experiment. In contrast to reports in the literature, where a Pearson correlations r-value of 0.7 is considered excellent, the HTG EdgeSeq platform delivered a Pearson r-value of 0.98, indicating the formalin fixation process did not materially alter the molecular profile of the sample when our proprietary chemistry is used.

The scatterplot on the right shows molecular profiles obtained from ovarian cancer FFPE tissue that was either lysed using proprietary HTG lysis buffer or underwent RNA extraction. The correlation between these processing conditions was above 0.97, indicating that our proprietary chemistry is robust across these two processing conditions. We believe our platform enables researchers and clinicians to access their large collections of archived FFPE tissues to deliver reproducible, biologically relevant molecular profiles.

 

 

LOGO

 

95


Table of Contents

Compatibility with multiple sample types

Compatibility of our proprietary chemistry with ovarian FFPE, extracted RNA, and fresh or fixed cultured cells is shown above. Below are technical replicates of heart FFPE, plasma and whole blood preserved in PAXgene profile using the HTG EdgeSeq microRNA whole transcriptome panel. We believe our proprietary chemistry is robust across many biological sample types.

 

LOGO

Detection of gene rearrangements and fusions

HTG EdgeSeq chemistry has demonstrated the ability to accurately detect gene rearrangements in patient-derived FFPE tissues. The example below demonstrates detection in a patient sample with a characterized gene fusion involving the KIF5B and RETS genes. Using multiple DNA protection probes, the HTG EdgeSeq platform can detect gene rearrangements and fusions. Rearrangements and fusions are detected in two ways. First is the direct measurement and detection of the unique RNA sequence created at the gene fusion site. This is indicated by the strong signal obtained from the KIF5B-RET v1 probe. The second approach involves calculating the ratio of signals obtained from probes targeting both the 5’ and 3’ end of the RET gene. Samples which do not contain a RET gene fusion will have similar RET 5’ and RET 3’ expression. In the sample above, however, which contains a RET gene fusion, we see significantly higher signal from the RET 3’ probe implying the two parts of the RET gene are no longer connected, indicating a gene rearrangement has occurred.

 

 

LOGO

 

96


Table of Contents

A cell line with a known ALK fusion and normal ROS1 was tested using the same 5’ and 3’ probe ratio methodology described for the RET fusion above. As expected with a fused ALK gene, the expression of the 3’ portion of the transcript is much higher than the 5’ portion, indicating a fusion event has occurred. An example of a known non-fusion gene, ROS1, is also shown in the example where the 5’ and 3’ ends of the ROS1 are expressed at a 1:1 ratio, indicating this gene is intact.

 

 

LOGO

Discriminating between closely-related sequences

The specificity of our proprietary chemistry is demonstrated in the data chart below. Closely related synthetic miRNA pools supplied by Association of Biomolecular Resource Facilities were split between pools. All possible probes were used to profile individual pools. From 3-11% of NPA probes bound to off-target sequences with a 1-base difference (Figure 1A) while only 0.1-0.3% of NPA probes bound to off-target sequences with a 2-base difference (Figure 1B). In both examples, the on-target hybridization signal is at least 8X greater than off-target hybridization. Data was generated using the Illumina MiSeq v2 1x50 reagent kit. We believe that our proprietary chemistry is highly specific and will enable our customers to discriminate between closely related sequences.

 

 

LOGO

 

97


Table of Contents

Repeatability

An important consideration in adoption of a molecular profiling platform is the degree to which the same molecular profile can be obtained from a sample tested on multiple replicates and multiple occasions. Obtaining highly similar profiles indicates that the assay is stable, and that the data generated is reliable and repeatable. The XY scatterplots below shows the correlation between the same sample profiles on three separate technical replicates as well as three separate days using the HTG EdgeSeq microRNA whole transcriptome panel. The scale of the vertical and horizontal axes represent log 2 transformed, non-normalized probe counts obtained from the experiment. Extremely similar results were obtained, as demonstrated by the Pearson r-values near 1.0. We believe the HTG Edge platform and chemistry enables our customers to produce stable and repeatable molecular profiles. The data were generated using a sample known to contain approximately 700 different microRNAs. As demonstrated by the measurement of 690 miRNAs in the sample, HTG EdgeSeq chemistry has the ability to reliably detect large numbers of genes in a complex background.

 

 

LOGO

 

98


Table of Contents

Reproducibility

Another important consideration in adoption of a molecular profiling platform is the degree to which the same molecular profile can be obtained from a sample tested on different instruments. Obtaining highly similar profiles indicates that the chemistry and instrument platform is stable, and that the data generated is reliable and reproducible. The XY scatterplots below shows the correlation between the same sample profiles on three separate instruments using the HTG Edge DMPK Core CYP panel. The gene expression of six different cytochrome p450 enzymes (CYP1A2, CYP2B6, CYP3A4, CYP2C8, CYP2C9 and CYP2C19) was measured. The scale of the vertical and horizontal axes represent log 2 transformed, non-normalized probe counts obtained from the experiment. Extremely similar results were obtained, as demonstrated by the Pearson r-values near 1.0. We believe the HTG Edge platform and chemistry enables our customers to produce stable and reproducible molecular profiles.

 

 

LOGO

Research and Development

We have committed, and expect to commit, significant resources to developing new technologies and products, improving product performance and reliability and reducing costs. We have assembled an experienced research and development team with the scientific, engineering, software and process talent that we believe is required to successfully grow our business. As of December 31, 2014, our research and development team was comprised of 20 employees across the disciplines of research and development scientist, platform development and bioinformatics.

We are currently focused on expansion of our profiling applications and test panel menu and system integration onto the HTG Edge platform including software updates. We incurred research and development expenses of $3.1 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of

 

99


Table of Contents

December 31, 2014, we have a Small Business Innovation Research grant from the National Human Genome Research Institute within the National Institute of Health with $325,787 remaining that will assist in the funding our sequencing based application expansion in 2015.

We continuously seek to innovate and improve our technology to add valuable features for our customers and expand addressable market segments. Our technology advancement efforts are targeted at:

 

    Expansion of new sequencing applications to detect and measure RNA based rearrangements, DNA mutations, protein immunoassays and circulating cell free DNA

 

    Development of IVDs

 

    Continued improvements to our workflow automation instrumentation, including the development of a low sample volume version of HTG EdgeSeq system. The low volume version of HTG EdgeSeq system will target sample throughput in the one to eight sample range, and is intended to be applicable to a broader set of molecular labs. This low volume version is targeted for launch no earlier than 2017.

Our new products are developed under our ISO 13485 certified quality system and we expect to submit our first assay to FDA by the end of 2015. Our HTG Edge system is currently CE marked and we also expect to submit for CE/IVD status for the HTG Edge system by the end of 2015. We are dedicated to ongoing innovation to the HTG Edge platform technology and expanding our pipeline of product candidates. Our goal is for HTG Edge system to become a standard for rapid profiling of samples and critical clinical specimens such as tissue tumor biopsies.

Sales and Marketing

We distribute our instruments and consumables via direct sales in the U.S. and through distributors or sales agents in parts of Europe, India and other countries. As of December 31, 2014, our sales and marketing organization consisted of 36 employees including 18 in direct sales or sales management, 12 in sales support and six in marketing. In addition to our direct sales team in the U.S, we have a contracted sales team in Europe through an agreement with Novoptim and a distribution agreement for India with Innovative Life Discoveries Pvt. Ltd.

Our sales and marketing efforts are targeted at biopharmaceutical companies, clinical research centers and clinical diagnostic labs focused on sample profiling for translational research, biomarker/companion assay development and diagnostic testing. We intend to promote adoption of our HTG Edge system, sample profiling panels and future molecular diagnostic assays, upon marketing clearance or approval by FDA, by expanding our existing U.S. sales force, building a direct sales presence in Europe, expanding international distribution, and continuing to collaborate with key thought leaders to validate our platform and influence utilization of our products.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

We use third-party contract manufacturers to produce our HTG Edge instruments and raw materials for our consumables and we formulate, fill/seal and package the HTG Edge reagent kits at our Tucson, Arizona facility.

Instruments

We outsource manufacturing of our HTG Edge processor and HTG Edge reader to a third party manufacturer at a certified facility in Tampa, Florida. Our current supply arrangement commits our manufacturer to maintain a sufficient inventory of finished products, based on our forecast to meet our needs for a minimum of one month. We have qualified an alternative third-party manufacturer and we believe additional alternatives would be available if necessary.

 

100


Table of Contents

Consumables

We manufacture our consumables in our Tucson, Arizona facility which has been certified to ISO 13485:2003 standards. We expect that our existing manufacturing capacity is sufficient to meet our needs at least through 2019. Should additional space become necessary, we believe that there will be space available near our existing facility that we believe we can secure; however, we cannot predict that this space will be available if and when it is needed. We rely on a limited number of suppliers for certain components and materials used in the manufacture of our consumables. While some of these components are sourced from a single supplier, we have qualified second sources for most of our critical reagents, including oligonucleotides, S1 nuclease and detection enzymes. We believe that having dual sources for our components helps reduce the risk of a production delay caused by a disruption in the supply of a critical component. We continue to pursue qualifying additional suppliers, but cannot predict how expensive, time-consuming or successful these efforts will be. If we were to lose one or more of our suppliers, it may take significant time and effort to qualify alternative suppliers.

Competition

We believe we are the only company with a deployable molecular technology platform that can profile samples such as cancer biopsies across thousands of molecular targets from a single five micron section of tissue. As an example Foundation Medicines FoundationOne test requires 40 microns of tissue to assure enough purified DNA to report a result.

We have categorized known competition into:

 

    Other molecular platform offerings such as PCR-based technologies, microarrays and next generation sequencers from companies such as Roche Diagnostics, Inc. Qiagen N.V., Illumina, Inc., Affymetrix, Inc., NanoString Technologies, Inc., Abbott Laboratories, Exiqon A/S, Fluidigm Corporation, Luminex Corporation and Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.

 

    Centralized CLIA labs offering molecular profiling and gene expression tests as laboratory-developed tests, or LDTs, such as Foundation Medicine, Inc. and Genomic Health, Inc.

 

    NGS target enrichment technologies from companies such as Agilent Technologies, Inc. and RainDance Technologies, Inc.

 

    Decentralized CLIA labs developing LDTs locally such as major cancer centers

We believe that the principal competitive factors in all of our target markets include:

 

    cost of capital equipment;

 

    cost of consumables and supplies;

 

    reputation among customers;

 

    innovation in product offerings;

 

    flexibility and ease-of-use;

 

    accuracy and reproducibility of results; and

 

    compatibility with existing laboratory processes, tools and methods.

We believe that additional competitive factors specific to the diagnostics market include:

 

    breadth of clinical decisions that can be influenced by information generated by tests;

 

    volume, quality, and strength of clinical and analytical validation data;

 

    availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement for testing services; and

 

    economic benefit accrued to customers based on testing services enabled by product

 

101


Table of Contents

We believe the automation level of the HTG Edge system coupled with its fast turnaround time, high multiplexing capability, lysis only / no extraction protocol and low sample requirement gives us numerous competitive advantages in our target markets.

While we believe that we compete favorably based on the factors described above, many of our competitors are either publicly traded, or are divisions of publicly-traded companies, and enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

 

    Greater name and brand recognition, financial and human resources;

 

    Broader product lines;

 

    Larger sales forces and more established distributor networks;

 

    Substantial intellectual property portfolios;

 

    Larger and more established customer bases and relationships; and

 

    Better established, larger scale and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to develop and maintain intellectual property rights relating to key aspects of the technology employed in our HTG Edge platform and HTG EdgeSeq chemistry, maintain any strategic licenses to use intellectual property owned by third parties, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. We rely upon certain patents, registered and common law trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, invention and patent assignment agreements and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We intend to aggressively protect, defend and extend the intellectual property rights in our technology.

Patents and Patent Applications

Our patent portfolio includes 12 patent families that, collectively, consist of eight issued U.S. patents, 23 granted foreign patents (variously in Australia, Canada, China, Japan, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and United Kingdom), and 35 patent applications pending in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. This portfolio is directed to our nuclease-protection-based technologies as well as to lung cancer and melanoma biomarker panels discovered using our nuclease-protection-based technology, which will help us maintain an exclusive position in key areas of our business, including targeted nuclease-protection based sequencing, and, if we should so elect, may provide opportunities for out-licensing melanoma- or lung-cancer-related content. The recently issued U.S. patent directed to our novel HTG EdgeSeq methods will expire in April 2032. Worldwide, we have 26 patents in the two patent families directed to our HTG Edge plate-based methods; these patents will begin to expire at the end of December 2017 with the last ones expiring in June 2022.

Agreements with Third Parties

Asset Purchase Agreement with NuvoGen Research, LLC

We acquired some of our intellectual property, including one of our patent families, entitled “High Throughput Assay System” or similar, or Acquired Technology, from Neogen, LLC, now known as NuvoGen Research, LLC, or NuvoGen, pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 9, 2001, as amended in November 2003, September 2004, November 2012 and February 2014. The Acquired Technology generally relates to our array-based nuclease protection assays. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, in exchange for the Acquired Technology, we initially paid NuvoGen 5,587 shares of our common stock, fixed payments of $740,000 over the first two years of the agreement and agreed to pay NuvoGen 6% our yearly revenue, which

 

102


Table of Contents

would be applied to any fixed payments, until the total aggregate cash compensation paid to NuvoGen under the agreement equals $15,000,000. Pursuant to the latest amendment to the agreement, from 2014 to 2017, we are only required to pay a yearly fixed fee, in quarterly installments, to NuvoGen in the range of $400,000 to $800,000, and may defer the accrued revenue-based payments. Beginning in 2018, we are obligated to pay the greater of $400,000 or 6% of sales until the obligation is repaid in full. We paid our fixed fees for 2015 and the first quarter of 2016 in advance, and our next payment is due in April 2016.

In a transaction related to the foregoing acquisition, NuvoGen also received a non-exclusive, royalty free license under the Acquired Technology pursuant to an agreement dated September 15, 2004. The license is limited to NuvoGen’s own internal service-oriented efforts and activities to accelerate the development of targeted drugs and other pharmaceutical compounds and agents as part of NuvoGen’s grant funded or other basic research and development of drugs intended for the treatment of cancer. Pursuant to the agreement, in the event that NuvoGen produces revenue through the sale of cancer drugs developed through use of the license for entities other than for-profit and other commercial drug-research and development service ventures, NuvoGen will pay us a royalty in the mid-single digit range percentage of such revenue for the quarter. This agreement may be terminated by either party in case of a breach by the other party, and we may terminate the agreement by giving written notice if NuvoGen files for bankruptcy or performs other similar actions.

License Agreement with Merck

In connection with the investment by Merck Capital Ventures LLC in the Company, we granted to Merck Sharpe & Dohme, or Merck, pursuant to an agreement dated February 15, 2011, a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, non-sublicenseable (except to Affiliates of Merck) license to certain of our quantitative nuclease protection, or qNPA, patent rights solely for Merck’s internal research and development purposes. We may terminate the agreement upon a breach of any material provision of the agreement by Merck, if Merck has not cured such breach within 60 days after receiving written notice from us.

Other Licensing Arrangements

We have entered into a number of in-license agreements, both exclusive and non-exclusive, that grant us rights in certain patented or patent-pending technologies or know-how, including particular methods of diagnosing, prognosing and/or predicting treatment outcomes for melanoma, breast cancer and/or COPD. We have exclusive or non-exclusive licenses to multiple U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications covering technologies which we intend to utilize in developing diagnostic tests for use on our HTG Edge system.

Sponsored Research Agreement with The University of Texas, M.D. Anderson Cancer Center

In April 2014, we entered into a sponsored research agreement with The University of Texas, M.D. Anderson Cancer Center, or MDACC. The agreement generally relates to (i) validation studies for our DLBCL cell of origin classifier, or Classifier Validation, and (ii) miRNA discovery studies in DLBCL samples, or miRNA Profiling. MDACC will provide us DLBCL samples for our Classifier Validation and we will profile DLBCL samples using our HTG EdgeSeq miRNA WTA product and provide the data to MDACC.

Under the agreement, MDACC receives $75,000, inclusive of overhead, the miRNA Profiling data, at our cost to produce such data, and rights to any intellectual property developed in the miRNA, subject to our exclusive option to license such intellectual property, in exchange for our use of DLBCL samples owned or controlled by MDACC in the Classifier Validation. Intellectual property developed in the Classifier Validation is owned in conformance with inventorship under U.S. patent law with any rights of MDACC subject to our exclusive option to license.

The term of the agreement is two years, subject to term extension by mutual agreement of the parties. The agreement may be terminated at the convenience of either party with 30 days prior written notice to the other party, for uncured default of a material obligation, or if a mutually agreeable successor to MDACC principal investigator cannot be found should such a successor ever be needed.

 

103


Table of Contents

Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford Finance, LLC and Silicon Valley Bank

On August 22, 2014, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement, or the loan agreement, with Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford, as collateral agent, or in such capacity, Agent, and a lender and Silicon Valley Bank, as a lender, or SVB, and together with Oxford, the Lenders, providing for term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $16.0 million.

Borrowings under the Loan Agreement may consist of up to two separate term loans. We borrowed the initial term loan in the principal amount of $11.0 million, or the Term A Loan, on August 22, 2014. The Term A Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 8.50% per annum. On or prior to June 30, 2016, we may borrow one additional term loan, or the Term B Loan, and together with the Term A Loan, the Term Loans, for up to $5.0 million, subject to the satisfaction of certain borrowing conditions, including either (i) our achievement of trailing six-month revenues of at least $10.0 million or (ii) the receipt by us of unrestricted net cash proceeds of not less than $30.0 million from our initial underwritten public offering and sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Term B Loan will bear interest at a fixed rate per annum of the greater of (i) 8.50% or (ii) the sum of (a) the prime rate reported in The Wall Street Journal three business days prior to the funding date of the Term B Loan, plus (b) 5.25%.

We received the proceeds, net of a $320,000 original issue discount, and will be required to pay a final payment of 3.75% of the total amount borrowed. If the Term B Loans are not funded prior to September 1, 2015, we are obligated only to make monthly interest payments on the outstanding principal balance on the Term A Loan followed by 36 months of equal principal and interest payments. If the Term B Loan is not funded prior to September 1, 2015, we will commence paying interest and principal on the Term B Loan on the first payment date following the funding date of the Term B Loan. If we borrow the Term B Loan prior to September 1, 2015, we may continue to make interest only payments on the Term A Loan through March 1, 2016 followed by 30 months of equal principal and interest payments with respect to the Term A Loan. If we borrow the Term B Loan prior to September 1, 2015, we are obligated only to make monthly interest payments on the outstanding balance on the Term B Loan through March 1, 2016, followed by 30 months of equal principal and interest payments. The Term Loans mature on September 1, 2018. We may prepay all, but not less than all, of the loaned amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date with 15 days’ advance notice to Oxford. We will be obligated to pay a prepayment fee equal to (i) 3% of the principal amount prepaid if the loan is prepaid on or before the first anniversary of the funding date, (ii) 2% of the principal amount repaid if the loan is prepaid after the first anniversary but on or prior to the second anniversary of the funding date and (iii) 1% of the principal amount repaid if the loan is repaid after the second anniversary of the funding date and prior to maturity. We are not entitled to reborrow any amounts of principal once such principal has been repaid.

While any amounts are outstanding under the credit facility, we are subject to a number of affirmative and restrictive covenants, including covenants regarding delivery of financial statements, maintenance of inventory, payment of taxes, maintenance of insurance, dispositions of property, business combinations or acquisitions, incurrence of additional indebtedness and transactions with affiliates, among other customary covenants. We are also restricted from paying cash dividends or making other distributions or payments on our capital stock except for repurchases of stock pursuant to employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, stockholder rights plans, director or consultant stock option plans, or similar plans, provided such repurchases do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate per fiscal year.

We granted the Agent a security interest in our personal property to secure our obligations under the loan agreement. The security interest does not extend to patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights (except for rights to payment related to the sale, licensing or disposition of such intellectual property rights) or certain other specified property.

Upon the occurrence of certain events, including but not limited to the failure by us to satisfy our payment obligations under the loan agreement, the breach of certain of our other covenants under the loan agreement, and

 

104


Table of Contents

the occurrence of a material adverse change, the Agent will have the right, among other remedies, to declare all principal and interest immediately due and payable, and will have the right to receive the final payment fee and, if the payment of principal and interest is due prior to maturity, a prepayment fee. The Agent also will have the right, among other remedies, to foreclose upon and/or sell or otherwise liquidate our personal property upon the occurrence of certain events.

As further consideration for access to the loan, we granted each of the Lenders warrants to purchase 1,256,281 shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share, or the Warrants. The Warrants are exercisable until August 22, 2024.

Development and Component Supply Agreement with Illumina, Inc.

In October 2014, we entered into a development and component supply agreement with Illumina for the development and worldwide commercialization by us of up to two complete diagnostic gene expression profiling tests for use with Illumina’s diagnostic instruments, using components supplied by Illumina. We refer to these diagnostic gene expression profiling tests as IVD test kits. The IVD test kits may be used in two discrete testing fields chosen by us, one or both of which may relate to oncology for breast, lung, lymphoma or melanoma tumors, and up to one of which may relate to transplant, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or immunology/autoimmunity. If we elect to select two testing fields, we must provide notice to Illumina of our first selection within 180 days following the date of the agreement, and we must provide notice to Illumina of our second selected field, or our only selected field if we elect to select only one field, within 24 months following the date of the agreement.

Following our selection of the testing field for each IVD test kit, we and Illumina have agreed to negotiate a development plan for the development and regulatory approval of the applicable IVD test kit, under which development and regulatory support will be provided by Illumina. Upon mutual agreement of the first development plan, we will pay Illumina a fixed fee in the six-figure dollar range. We are also required to pay Illumina up to $1.0 million in the aggregate upon achievement of specified regulatory milestones relating to the IVD test kits. In addition, we have agreed to pay Illumina a single digit percentage royalty on net sales of any IVD test kits that we commercialize pursuant to the agreement.

Pursuant to the agreement, we have agreed to obtain our requirements for certain components to be used in the development and/or commercialization of IVD test kits from Illumina. We and Illumina have also agreed to negotiate in good faith to enter into a supplemental supply agreement for the continued purchase and supply of the foregoing components.

Absent earlier termination, the agreement will expire in October 2019 or on the date which the last to expire development plan under the agreement is completed, whichever is earlier. We may terminate the agreement at any time upon 90 days’ written notice and may terminate any development plan under the agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice. Illumina may terminate the agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice if we undergo certain changes of control or immediately if we fail to select a testing field for an IVD test kit within 24 months following the date of the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement upon the other party’s material breach of the agreement that remains uncured for 30 days, or upon the other party’s bankruptcy.

Trade Secrets

We also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants that obligate them to assign to us any inventions developed in the course of their work for us. We cannot provide

 

105


Table of Contents

any assurance, however, that we have entered into such agreements with all relevant parties, or that these parties will abide by the terms of these agreements. Despite measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties might copy or commercially exploit aspects of our technology or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.

For additional information relating to the risks associated with our intellectual property position see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to our Intellectual Property.”

Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement

Clinical laboratories will acquire our instrumentation through a capital purchase, capital lease or reagent purchasing agreement. These laboratories will offer their customers a menu of testing services using our IVD test kits or their LDTs, which they may develop using components they purchase from us, or a combination of both. Our customers will generate revenue for these testing services by collecting payments from third-party payors, including public and private payors, as well as patient co-payments.

United States

In the United States, our customers will utilize the existing reimbursement framework for testing services:

Tier 1 and Tier 2 Molecular Pathology Procedures

Prior to January 1, 2013, molecular pathology procedures were reimbursed using the 83890-83912 code series, commonly known as “stacking codes”, which were based on the various technical steps performed to produce a test result. The American Medical Association (AMA) created the Tier 1 codes (81200-81383) and Tier 2 codes (81400-81408) to specifically identify the test being performed and as a replacement to stacking codes. The stacking codes were deleted from the clinical laboratory fee schedule used by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services for payment determination in 2013. Private payors, for the most part, have transitioned away from the stacking codes to the Tier 1 and CMS Tier 2 codes. Single analyte tests for mutations and gene rearrangements are described by these Tier 1 and Tier 2 codes; specific examples include 81235 for epidermal growth factor receptor, or EGFR, mutation analysis and 81401 for EML4/ALK rearrangement analysis. Single analyte tests not specifically called out in Tier 1 or Tier 2 codes can be submitted for reimbursement consideration using the miscellaneous code 81479.

Genomic Sequencing Procedures.

The AMA created codes for Genomic Sequencing Procedures (GSPs) and other Molecular Multianalyte Assays as part of its calendar year 2015 update to the clinical laboratory fee schedule. After our submitted request, AMA has modified the GSP codes to clarify the definition to include DNA and RNA. These new codes will be used by our customers to seek reimbursement for multi-analyte test offerings:

 

    Gene expression classifiers for hematolymphoid neoplasms, such as the determination of activated B-cell like (ABC) or germinal center B-cell like (GCB) subtypes of diffuse large B-Cell lymphomas

 

    Gene rearrangements in solid tumors and hematolymphoid neoplasms

 

    Copy number variations in solid tumors and hematolymphoid neoplasms

 

    Mutations in solid tumors and hematolymphoid neoplasms

Our customers will seek payment for Tier 1 and Tier 2 Molecular Pathology Procedures and GSPs from public and private payors. Claims for Medicare coverage are processed by private Medicare Administrative Contractors, or MACs, such as Novitas and Cahaba, and coverage for specific test codes are specified in Local Coverage Determinations, or LCDs, issued by individual MACs or National Coverage Determinations, or NCDs,

 

106


Table of Contents

which apply to all MACs. Private payors issue their own coverage determinations that are largely reflective of the CMS LCDs and NCDs. HTG closely monitors trends in coverage through interactions with customers, industry associations such as the College of American Pathologists (CAP) and the Association for Molecular Pathology, or AMP, and industry consultants; these trends are key considerations in our product development plans.

Our customers will use our products to offer testing services that provide an analysis of 5-50 genes as well as 51 or more genes. Coverage and payment rates for GSPs covering these testing services have not yet been determined. AMP and CAP recommended that payment rates be cross-walked to existing codes on the clinical laboratory fee schedule. For GSPs analyzing 5-50 genes, the recommended Medicare National Limit Amount is $2,992.38, and for 51 or more genes $4,588.31. In October 2014, CMS released its preliminary determinations regarding the method for determining 2015 payment rates for new codes under the clinical laboratory fee schedule. CMS recommended that payment rates for GSPs be determined through a process known as gapfill rather than by crosswalking to allow CMS and its contractors to gather information about the manner in which the tests are performed and the resources necessary to provide them, so that ultimately CMS can set an appropriate payment rate for these tests. In the gapfill process, the local MACs determine the appropriate fee schedule amounts in the first year, and CMS calculates a national payment rate based on the median of these local fee schedule amounts in the second year. Payment rate determinations by the MACs for GSPs are expected to be announced in 2015. We believe that actual payment rates will fall between $1,200 and $2,000 per panel, depending on the number of genes and complexity of the analysis.

We believe that establishment of the aforementioned reimbursement codes specific to genomic sequencing procedures such as our clinical diagnostic tests currently in development is an important factor in expanding access to our products, if approved. In addition, coverage and reimbursement of our clinical diagnostic tests by government and private payors is essential to our commercial success. Accordingly, our strategy includes efforts to encourage third-party payors to establish coverage, coding and payment that will facilitate access to our tests as we seek FDA approval for these tests and expand our commercialization efforts in the United States. Our success in these efforts depends in part on the extent to which governmental authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payors provide coverage for and establish adequate reimbursement levels for tests using our technology. Failure by our customers who use our tests to obtain sufficient coverage and reimbursement from healthcare payors or adverse changes in government and private third-party payors’ policies would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects.

In addition to uncertainties surrounding coverage policies, there are periodic changes to reimbursement. Third-party payors regularly update reimbursement amounts and also from time to time revise the methodologies used to determine reimbursement amounts. This includes annual updates to payments made under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, or CLFS, with amounts assigned to the procedure billing codes used to report the specific laboratory services. The CLFS sets the maximum amount payable under Medicare for each billing code. Payment under the CLFS has been limited from year-to-year by Congressional action such as imposition of national limitation amounts and freezes on the otherwise applicable annual consumer price index updates. In addition, the ACA provides that payments under the CLFS are to receive a negative 1.75% annual adjustment through 2015 and a productivity adjustment to the CLFS, further reducing payment rates. In February 2012, the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 was signed into law which, in part, reduced the potential future cost-based increases to the CLFS by 2%. The payment amounts under the CLFS are important not only for Medicare reimbursement, but also because other third-party payors are often guided by the Medicare CLFS in establishing reimbursement rates. For example, state Medicaid programs are prohibited from paying more than the Medicare fee schedule limit for clinical laboratory services furnished to Medicaid recipients. As a result, in light of the anticipated reduction in the CLFS payment amounts, certain third party payors may also reduce reimbursement amounts.

Beginning January 1, 2016, there will also be major changes to the payment formula under the CLFS. Under the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, which was signed to law in April 2014, clinical laboratories must report laboratory test payment data for each Medicare-covered clinical diagnostic lab test that it furnishes during

 

107


Table of Contents

a time period to be defined by future regulations. The reported data must include the payment rate (reflecting all discounts, rebates, coupons and other price concessions) and the volume of each test that was paid by each private payor (including health insurance issuers, group health plans, Medicare Advantage plans and Medicaid managed care organizations). Beginning in 2017, the Medicare payment rate for each clinical diagnostic lab test will be equal to the weighted median amount for the test from the most recent data collection period. The payment rate will apply to laboratory tests furnished by a hospital laboratory if the test is separately paid under the hospital outpatient prospective payment system.

Outside the United States

Our target markets outside of the United States are Europe and Asia/Pacific.

In Europe, coverage for molecular diagnostic testing is varied. Countries with statutory health insurance (e.g. Germany, France, The Netherlands) tend to be more progressive in technology adoption with favorable reimbursement for molecular diagnostic testing. In countries such as the United Kingdom with tax-based insurance, adoption and reimbursement for molecular diagnostic testing is not uniform and is influenced by local budgets.

In Asia/Pacific, our commercial strategy is to opportunistically partner with distributors in countries with sufficient demand for our products to justify the investment by both parties. Currently we have a distribution agreement with iLife Discoveries in India, where the vast majority of molecular diagnostic testing is paid for out-of-pocket by the patient.

Our diagnostic product menu plans for Europe and Asia/Pacific consist primarily of NGS-based test kits that will satisfy existing or emerging testing demand, and we will be competing on the basis of testing efficiency, quality and price.

Government Regulation – Medical Device Regulations

United States

Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the United States Food and Drug Administration and other federal, state, local and foreign authorities. Currently we are limited to marketing our products for research use only, which means that we cannot make any diagnostic or clinical claims. However, we intend to seek regulatory clearances or approvals in the United States and other jurisdictions to market certain assays for diagnostic purposes. The clinical diagnostics under development by HTG are classified as “medical devices” under the United States Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA. The FDA regulates, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, approval, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion and marketing, distribution, post approval monitoring and reporting and import and export of medical devices in the United States to assure the safety and effectiveness of such products for their intended use.

Unless an exemption applies, each new or significantly modified medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a premarket notification to the FDA requesting permission for commercial distribution under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA of a PMA application. Both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be expensive, and lengthy, and require payment of significant user fees, unless an exemption is available.

Device Classification

Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes – Class I, Class II or Class III – depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to provide reasonable assurances with respect to safety and effectiveness.

 

108


Table of Contents

Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by adherence to a set of regulations, referred to as General Controls, which require compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling and promotional materials. Some Class I devices, also called Class I reserved devices, also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below. Most Class I products are exempt from the premarket notification requirements.

Class II devices are those that are subject to the General Controls, as well as Special Controls, which can include performance standards, guidelines and postmarket surveillance. Most Class II devices are subject to premarket review and clearance by the FDA. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification process. Under the 510(k) process, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification, demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent,” as defined in the statute, to either:

 

    a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976, the date upon which the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted, or

 

    another commercially available, similar device that was cleared through the 510(k) process.

To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence.

After a 510(k) notice is submitted, the FDA determines whether to accept it for substantive review. If it lacks necessary information for substantive review, the FDA will refuse to accept the 510(k) notification. If it is accepted for filing, the FDA begins a substantive review. By statute, the FDA is required to complete its review of a 510(k) notification within 90 days of receiving the 510(k) notification. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer, and clearance is never assured. Although many 510(k) premarket notifications are cleared without clinical data, the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, could require a PMA application. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination regarding whether a new premarket submission is required for the modification of an existing device, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application for any modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval. In addition, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties for failure to submit the requisite PMA application(s). In addition, the FDA is currently evaluating the 510(k) process and may make substantial changes to industry requirements.

The PMA Approval Process

If the FDA determines that the device is not “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device, or if the device is classified into Class III, the device sponsor must then fulfill the much more rigorous premarketing requirements of the PMA approval process, or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process. A

 

109


Table of Contents

manufacturer can also submit a petition for direct de novo review if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or low risk.

Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed not substantially equivalent following the 510(k) process. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be reasonably assured solely by the General Controls and Special Controls described above. Therefore, these devices are subject to the PMA application process, which is generally more costly and time consuming than the 510(k) process. Through the PMA application process, the applicant must submit data and information demonstrating reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use to the FDA’s satisfaction. Accordingly, a PMA application typically includes, but is not limited to, extensive technical information regarding device design and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial data, manufacturing information, labeling and financial disclosure information for the clinical investigators in device studies. The PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA’s satisfaction reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.

In the United States, absent certain limited exceptions, human clinical trials intended to support medical device clearance or approval require an IDE application. Some types of studies deemed to present “non-significant risk” are deemed to have an approved IDE once certain requirements are addressed and IRB approval is obtained. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, as defined by the FDA, the sponsor must submit an IDE application to the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trials. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of subjects. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. There can be no assurance that submission of an IDE will result in the ability to commence clinical trials, and although the FDA’s approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward for a specified number of subjects, it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria.

Following receipt of a PMA application, the FDA conducts an administrative review to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If it is not, the agency will refuse to file the PMA. If it is, the FDA will accept the application for filing and begin the review. The FDA, by statute and by regulation, has 180 days to review a filed PMA application, although the review of an application more often occurs over a significantly longer period of time. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided, and the FDA may issue a major deficiency letter to the applicant, requesting the applicant’s response to deficiencies communicated by the FDA. The FDA considers a PMA or PMA supplement to have been voluntarily withdrawn if an applicant fails to respond to an FDA request for information ( e.g. , major deficiency letter) within a total of 360 days. Before approving or denying a PMA, an FDA advisory committee may review the PMA at a public meeting and provide the FDA with the committee’s recommendation on whether the FDA should approve the submission, approve it with specific conditions, or not approve it. Prior to approval of a PMA, the FDA may conduct a bioresearch monitoring inspection of the clinical trial data and clinical trial sites, and a QSR inspection of the manufacturing facility and processes. Overall, the FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

 

    the device may not be shown safe or effective to the FDA’s satisfaction;

 

    the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval;

 

    the manufacturing process or facilities may not meet applicable requirements; and

 

    changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

 

110


Table of Contents

If the FDA evaluation of a PMA is favorable, the FDA will issue either an approval letter, or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of the device, subject to the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA’s evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA also may determine that additional tests or clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modification to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel, depending on the nature of the proposed change.

In approving a PMA application, the FDA may also require some form of postmarket studies or postmarket surveillance, whereby the applicant follows certain patient groups for a number of years and makes periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. FDA may also require postmarket surveillance for certain devices cleared under a 510(k) notification, such as implants or life-supporting or life-sustaining devices used outside a device user facility. The FDA may also approve a PMA application with other post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, such as, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, distribution and use.

Post-Approval Requirements

After the FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include, but are not limited to:

 

    the registration and listing regulation, which requires manufacturers to register all manufacturing facilities and list all medical devices placed into commercial distribution;

 

    the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third party manufacturers, to follow elaborate design, testing, production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process;

 

    labeling regulations and unique device identification requirements;

 

    advertising and promotion requirements;

 

    restrictions on sale, distribution or use of a device;

 

    PMA annual reporting requirements;

 

    the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses;

 

    the Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur;

 

    medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

 

111


Table of Contents
    recall requirements, including a mandatory recall if there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death;

 

    an order of repair, replacement or refund;

 

    device tracking requirements; and

 

    postapproval study and postmarket surveillance requirements.

Our facilities, records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Failure to comply with the applicable United States medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, civil penalties, unanticipated expenditures, repairs, replacements, refunds, recalls or seizures of products, operating restrictions, total or partial suspension of production, the FDA’s refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries, the FDA’s refusal to grant future premarket clearances or approvals, withdrawals or suspensions of current product clearances or approvals and criminal prosecution.

Research Use Only

A research use only, or RUO, product is one that is not intended for use in a clinical investigation or for clinical diagnostic use outside an investigation and must be labeled “For Research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures.” Products that are intended for research use only and are properly labeled as RUO are exempt from compliance with the FDA requirements discussed above, including the approval or clearance and QSR requirements. A product labeled RUO but intended to be used diagnostically may be viewed by the FDA as adulterated and misbranded under the FDC Act and is subject to FDA enforcement activities. The FDA may consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding distribution and use of an RUO product, including how the product is marketed, when determining its intended use.

European Union

The European Union (EU) also has adopted requirements that affect our products. These requirements include establishing standards that address creating a certified quality system as well as a number of directives that address specific product areas. The most significant of these directives is the In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Device Directive (“IVDD”), which includes:

 

    Essential Requirements . The IVDD specifies “essential requirements” that all medical devices must meet. The requirements are similar to those adopted by the FDA relating to quality systems and product labeling.

 

    Conformity Assessment . Unlike United States regulations, which require virtually all devices to undergo some level of premarket review by the FDA, the IVDD currently allows manufacturers to bring many devices to market using a process in which the manufacturer certifies that the device conforms to the essential requirements for that device. A small number of products must go through a more formal pre-market review process. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be marketed throughout the EU and European Economic Area.

 

    Vigilance . The IVDD also specifies requirements for post market reporting similar to those adopted by the FDA.

Other International

A number of other countries, including Australia, Canada, China and Japan, have adopted or are in the process of adopting standards for medical devices sold in those countries. Many of these standards are loosely

 

112


Table of Contents

patterned after those adopted by the European Union, but with elements unique to each country. Although there is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards, regulations in each country may vary substantially, which can affect timelines of introduction. We routinely monitor these developments and address compliance with the various country requirements as new standards are adopted.

Government Regulation – Fraud and Abuse and Other Healthcare Regulation

We are subject to various federal and state healthcare laws, including, but not limited to, anti-kickback laws. Penalties for violations of these healthcare laws include, but are not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of operations.

Anti-Kickback Statute

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for or recommending a good or service, or for the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending, any good, facility, service or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. The term “remuneration” expressly includes kickbacks, bribes, or rebates and also has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value.

There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain business arrangements from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. These statutory exceptions and safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they may not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more applicable statutory exceptions or safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Additionally, the intent standard under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute was amended under the Affordable Care Act, to a stricter standard such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. The Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act which is discussed below.

Federal Civil False Claims Act

The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from or approval by, the federal government. Suits filed under the federal civil False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government. These individuals, sometimes known as “relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers”, may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. The number of filings of qui tam actions has increased significantly in recent years, causing more healthcare companies to have to defend a case brought under the federal civil False Claim Act. If an entity is determined to have violated the federal civil False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties for each

 

113


Table of Contents

separate false claim. Many comparable state laws are broader in scope and apply to all payors, and therefore, are not limited to only those claims submitted to the federal government.

Federal Physician Self-Referral Prohibition

We are also subject to the federal physician self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits, among other things, physicians who have a financial relationship, including an investment, ownership or compensation relationship with an entity, from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients for designated health services, which include clinical laboratory services, unless an exception applies. Similarly, entities may not bill Medicare, Medicaid or any other party for services furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral. Many states have their own self-referral laws as well, which in some cases apply to all third-party payors, not just Medicare and Medicaid.

Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Statute

The federal Civil Monetary Penalties Statute, among other things, imposes fines against any person or entity who is determined to have presented, or caused to be presented, claims to a federal healthcare program that the person knows, or should know, is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, created several new federal crimes, including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

In addition, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations established uniform standards for certain covered entities, which are healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates, governing the conduct of specified electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected health information. Among other things, HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

The Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act

The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with certain exceptions, to report annually to CMS, information related to “payments or other transfers of value” provided to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by physicians, as defined above, and their immediate family members. Failure to submit timely, accurately and completely the required information for all payments, transfers of value and ownership or investment interests may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year and up to an aggregate of $1.0 million per year for “knowing failures.” Applicable manufacturers were required to begin collecting data on August 1, 2013 and submit reports on aggregate payment data to the government for the first reporting period (August 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013) by March 31, 2014, and were required to report detailed payment data for the first reporting period and submit legal attestation to the completeness and accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, applicable manufacturers must submit reports by the 90 th day of each subsequent calendar year. CMS released the data on a public website on September 30, 2014.

 

114


Table of Contents

State Law Equivalents

Many states have also adopted laws similar to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may be broader in scope and apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, as well as laws that restrict our marketing activities with health care professionals and entities, and require us to track and report payments and other transfers of value, including consulting fees, provided to healthcare professionals and entities. Some states mandate implementation of compliance programs to ensure compliance with these laws. We also are subject to foreign fraud and abuse laws, which vary by country.

Healthcare Reform

In March 2010, President Obama enacted the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively, the ACA, which has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the medical device industry. The ACA will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs. The ACA’s provisions of importance include, but are not limited to, a deductible 2.3% excise tax on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the U.S., with limited exceptions, effective January 1, 2013.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, President Obama signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, and will stay in effect through 2024 unless Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

The full impact of the ACA, as well as other laws and reform measures that may be proposed and adopted in the future, remains uncertain, but may continue the downward pressure on medical device pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business operations.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had 77 employees, of which eight are employed in administration, 10 in manufacturing and operations, 20 in research and development, three in regulatory and quality affairs, and 36 in

 

115


Table of Contents

sales and marketing. We believe that our success will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have never experienced a work stoppage due to labor difficulties and believe that our relations with our employees are good. None of our employees are represented by labor unions.

Facilities

Our 30,100 square foot corporate facilities are located in Tucson, Arizona. We occupy these facilities pursuant to two separate non-cancellable leases. The first lease for 12,600 square feet of space expires on December 15, 2015. The second lease for 17,500 square feet of space expires on November 30, 2015. Both leases contain a five-year renewal option. We are currently in discussions with our landlord regarding a potential amendment to the second lease, pursuant to which we and our landlord may agree to reduce the total rentable square footage subject to the lease by approximately 5,000 square feet to eliminate space that we are not currently using and do not expect to use. We believe that our existing facilities are, and that our facilities as modified by the proposed amendment to the second lease would be, adequate for our current and projected needs for the foreseeable future.

Environmental Matters

Our operations require the use of hazardous materials (including biological materials) which subject us to a variety of federal, state and local environmental and safety laws and regulations. Some of the regulations under the current regulatory structure provide for strict liability, holding a party potentially liable without regard to fault or negligence. We could be held liable for damages and fines as a result of our, or others’, business operations should contamination of the environment or individual exposure to hazardous substances occur. We cannot predict how changes in laws or development of new regulations will affect our business operations or the cost of compliance.

Legal Proceedings

Our industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding intellectual property and product liability. As a result, we may be subject to various legal proceedings from time to time. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

116


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers and directors:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Timothy B. Johnson

   53    President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

John L. Lubniewski

   51    Chief Business Officer

Patrick C. Roche, Ph.D.

   62    Senior Vice President for Research and Development

Shaun D. McMeans

   53    Vice President of Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer

Debra A. Gordon, Ph.D., J.D.

   55    Vice President and Chief Legal Counsel

Non-Employee Directors

     

Peter T. Bisgaard (2)(3)

   41    Director

Harry A. George (1)

   66    Director

Simeon J. George, M.D. (2) (3)

   38    Director

Donald W. Grimm (3)(4)

   73    Director

Mary Hoult (1)

   49    Director

Lawrence D. Senour (5)

  

50

   Director

Lewis J. Shuster (1)

   59    Director

 

(1) Member of the audit committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(4) Mr. Grimm will be appointed as a member of our board of directors and of the nominating and corporate governance committee contingent and effective immediately following the closing of this offering.
(5) Mr. Senour has resigned from our board of directors contingent and effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Executive Officers

Timothy (TJ) B. Johnson. Mr. Johnson has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since January 2008. Mr. Johnson joined us from LVC Consulting, a consulting company, where he was a partner from April 2007 to January 2008. Prior to April 2007, Mr. Johnson spent five years in leadership roles at Ventana Medical Systems, Inc. or Ventana, a medical diagnostics company, prior to its acquisition by Roche Holdings, Inc., or Roche. At Ventana, Mr. Johnson held the positions of Senior Vice President, Global Business Services, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Operations, and Vice President/General Manager, Operations and Lean Systems. In these roles, Mr. Johnson’s responsibilities included product technical support, worldwide marketing, corporate development, strategic planning and manufacturing. Prior to working at Ventana, Mr. Johnson had an 12 year career at Hillenbrand Industries, Inc., a global diversified industrial company, where he held several leadership roles in the corporate offices and in the Hill-Rom Division, including Vice President, Global Marketing, Vice President/General Manager, Hill-Rom AirShields, Vice President, Operations, and Vice President, Continuous Improvement and Strategic Planning. Mr. Johnson spent part of his early career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, a public accounting firm. Mr. Johnson previously served on the board of directors of Kalypto Medical, Inc. and was the Industry co-chair for the Biosciences Leadership Council of Southern Arizona. He earned a B.S. in Business from Indiana University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Johnson’s extensive executive background in general management, strategic planning and managing operations of a diagnostic company and service as our President and Chief Executive Officer qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

 

117


Table of Contents

John L. Lubniewski. Mr. Lubniewski has served as our Chief Business Officer since April 2011. Mr. Lubniewski joined us from Ventana, a medical diagnostics company and member of the Roche Group and global headquarters of Roche Tissue Diagnostics, or RTD, where he served in leadership roles for nine years both before and after the acquisition of Ventana by Roche in March 2008. From August 2010 to April 2011, Mr. Lubniewski was Senior Vice President and Lifecycle Leader, Advanced Staining Platforms at Ventana. From January 2008 to August 2010, Mr. Lubniewski served as Senior Vice President and Lifecycle Leader, Clinical Assays at RTD, with responsibility for three lifecycle teams, technical marketing and medical marketing and global accountability for all RTD clinical assay products. Prior to the Roche acquisition of Ventana, Mr. Lubniewski served at Ventana as Senior Vice President, Advanced Staining Business Unit, Vice President Worldwide Marketing and Translational Diagnostic Business Unit, and General Manager, Research Products. In these roles, Mr. Lubniewski was responsible for a variety of assay and platform development and commercialization efforts. Prior to Ventana, Mr. Lubniewski worked for over ten years at Corning, Inc., a manufacturing company, in a variety of divisional, sector and corporate sales and marketing roles. Mr. Lubniewski earned a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Clarkson University.

Shaun D. McMeans . Mr. McMeans has served as our Vice President of Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer since February 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. McMeans was Vice President – Finance of Securaplane Technologies, Inc., a product supply company and division of Meggitt PLC, an aerospace, defense and energy conglomerate, from May 2011 to February 2012. Mr. McMeans was a financial consultant from February 2008 to April 2011, working both in an individual capacity and as a partner for Tatum LLC, a consulting company. Prior to February 2008, Mr. McMeans was Chief Financial Officer for The Long Companies, a full service residential and commercial real estate division of Berkshire Hathaway, Inc. Mr. McMeans also worked for over five years at LXU Healthcare, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of specialty surgical equipment, as Controller and then Chief Financial and Operating Officer. In his early career, Mr. McMeans worked in roles of increasing responsibility, including Director of Finance, for Burnham Holdings, Inc., formerly Burnham Corporation, a manufacturer and distributor of residential and commercial hydronic heating equipment. Mr. McMeans received his B.S. in Accounting from The Pennsylvania State University.

Patrick (Pat) C. Roche, Ph.D. Dr. Roche has served as our Senior Vice President for Research and Product Development since April 2014. Dr. Roche joined us from Ventana, a medical diagnostics company and member of the Roche Group and global headquarters of RTD, where he worked for 12 years and held a number of positions of increasing responsibility, including Vice President, Head Biomarker Strategy, Translational Diagnostics, from August 2009 to April 2014, and Vice President, Assay Development and Clinical Studies, from March 2007 to July 2009. In these roles, Dr. Roche was responsible for interfacing with pharmaceutical partners in their development of targeted cancer therapeutics and facilitating the transition of biomarkers into companion diagnostics and for leading reagent product development and launching over 30 in vitro diagnostic products, including the FDA-approved c-kit and HER2 tests. Prior to working at Ventana, Dr. Roche was at the Mayo Clinic Rochester, a medical research group, where he served as Director of the Immunohistochemistry Laboratory and as Associate Professor of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology. Dr. Roche has co-authored more than 125 peer-reviewed publications and is an inventor on a number of patent filings and two issued U.S. patents. Dr. Roche received a B.S. in Biological Sciences from the University of Southern California, and a Ph.D. in Experimental Pathology from the University of Southern California, School of Medicine.

Debra (Deb) A. Gordon, Ph.D., J.D. Dr. Gordon has served as our Vice President and Chief Legal Counsel since June 2011. Prior to joining us, Dr. Gordon was General Counsel and Head, Patent Legal at Ventana, a medical diagnostics company and a member of the Roche Group and the global headquarters for RTD, from October 2008 to June 2011. Dr. Gordon was promoted to leadership of the Ventana legal function after serving at Ventana from February 2007 as a patent attorney supporting the assay development functions. For nearly ten years preceding Dr. Gordon’s in-house legal experiences, Dr. Gordon practiced as a business transactional attorney at the law firms Lewis and Roca LLP (now, Lewis Roca Rothgerber LLP) and Perkins Coie LLP, and as an intellectual property attorney at the law firm Klarquist Sparkman LLP. Prior to law school, Dr. Gordon completed post-doctoral fellowships at Brandeis University and the University of Arizona. Dr. Gordon is an

 

118


Table of Contents

author on 13 peer-reviewed scientific publications and an inventor on two patent filings and one issued U.S. patent. Dr. Gordon received a B.S. in Biology and Chemistry and a M.S. in Chemistry from Western Washington University, a Ph.D. in Physiology from the University of Arizona, College of Medicine, and a J.D. with honors from the University of Arizona, James E. Rogers College of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

Peter T. Bisgaard . Mr. Bisgaard has served on our board of directors since March 2011, and as the chairman of our board of directors since September 2013. Mr. Bisgaard is currently employed as a Partner with Novo Ventures (US) Inc., a company that provides consultancy services to Novo A/S, a Danish limited liability company that manages investments and financial assets. Mr. Bisgaard joined Novo Ventures (US) Inc. in 2009. From 2001 to 2009, Mr. Bisgaard was employed as a Partner with Novo A/S. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Bisgaard was employed with McKinsey & Co., a management consulting firm, where he focused on strategy development, mergers, acquisitions and alliances in various industries. Mr. Bisgaard has been a member of the board of directors of Alder BioPharmaceuticals, Inc., or Alder, since April 2012, and a member board of directors of Otonomy, Inc., or Otonomy, since August 2010 and has served as Otonomy’s chairman of the board since December 2013. Alder and Otonomy are both clinical-stage biopharmaceutical companies listed on NASDAQ. Further, Mr. Bisgaard is on the board of directors of several private companies. Mr. Bisgaard holds an MSc from the Technical University of Denmark and was awarded a post-graduate degree in Mathematical Modeling in Economics by the European Consortium for Mathematics in the Industry. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Bisgaard’s strong financial expertise, extensive industry experience, experience serving on the board of directors for several biopharmaceutical and medtech companies, and experience with venture capital investments qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Harry A. George . Mr. George has served on our board of directors since 2002 and served as the chairman of our board of directors from December 2007 until September 2013. Mr. George co-founded Solstice Capital, a venture capital firm, in 1995 and serves as its managing general partner. Mr. George has served as a member of the board of directors of a number of private and public companies and is currently serving on the boards of directors of Calimmune, Inc., Tempronics, Inc., Medipacs, Inc., Post.Bid.Ship, Inc. and AdiCyte, Inc. Mr. George is an advisor to Tech Launch Arizona and a board member of the University Venture Fund, Catapult. Additionally, Mr. George is a member of the Southern Arizona Leadership Council and serves on its board of directors and has also served on the boards of directors of Bio5 Institute, the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, the Tucson Museum of Art, and the Pima County Bond Advisory Committee. Prior to 1995, Mr. George was co-founder, Director, and Vice-President of Finance for Interleaf Inc., a software products company. Prior to his time at Interleaf, Mr. George was co-founder, Director and Vice President of Finance of Kurzweil Computer Products, Inc., a computer products company, which subsequently was purchased by Xerox Imaging Systems. Mr. George received an A.B. from Bowdoin College and, in 2012, received an Honorary Doctorate of Science from the University of Arizona. Also in 2012, the Arizona BioIndustry Association conferred upon Mr. George the John McGarrity Bioscience Leader of the Year Award. Our board of directors believes Mr. George’s detailed knowledge of our company and long tenure with us, together with his more than 40 years of experience serving as founder, operating officer, or investor with successful rapid growth technology-related companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Simeon J. George, M.D. Dr. George has served on our board of directors since June 2011. Dr. George has been a partner at SR One Limited, a venture capital firm, since 2007, where he currently leads investment activities on the west coast. Dr. George also currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Auxogyn, Inc., eFFECTOR Therapeutics, Inc., Genocea Biosciences, Inc. (NASDAQ: GNCA), Principia Biopharma, Inc. and RuiYi, Inc. Prior to joining SR One, Dr. George was a consultant at Bain & Company, a management consulting services company, and an investment banker at the investment banks Goldman Sachs and Merrill

 

119


Table of Contents

Lynch. Dr. George earned an undergraduate degree in Neuroscience from Johns Hopkins University (Phi Beta Kappa), an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business, where he was a Mayer Scholar. Dr. George’s medical training, his experience working in the venture capital industry, and his extensive background in the biotechnology industry qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Donald W. Grimm . Mr. Grimm served on our board of directors from 2005 to 2012 and will be appointed to our board of directors contingent and effective immediately following the closing of this offering. Mr. Grimm retired from Eli Lilly & Company, a research-based pharmaceutical company, in December 1993 after 23 years of service. Mr. Grimm held various executive positions at Eli Lilly. Mr. Grimm was President and Chief Executive Officer of Hybritech, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Eli Lilly, from 1987-1993. Since June 1995 he has served as Chairman and President of Strategic Design, LLC, a strategic planning and consulting company. Mr. Grimm served on the board of directors of Life Technologies Corporation (formerly Invitrogen Corporation) from June 1998 until it was acquired by Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. in February 2014, including serving as the chair of the compensation committee, chair of the governance and nominating committee, on the audit committee and as lead director. Mr. Grimm has been a non-managing director of Hamilton BioVentures, LLC since August 2001. Mr. Grimm is currently a director of the private companies Aegis Therapeutics LLC and Bio2, Inc. Mr. Grimm received a B.S. in pharmacy and an M.B.A. from the University of Pittsburgh. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Grimm’s extensive knowledge of our company, his executive and industry experience and his experience serving on the boards of directors of many other companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Mary (Molly) Hoult . Ms. Hoult has served on our board of directors since February 2011. Ms. Hoult has been a Director at Fletcher Spaght, Inc., a venture capital and consulting firm, since August 2009, where she co-directs the life science consulting practice and evaluates venture capital investments for life science tools, diagnostics, and pharmaceutical sectors. From January 2006 to June 2009, Ms. Hoult was a principal in Hoult Consulting, a consulting company, and, prior to that, served in roles of increasing responsibility at a number of life science companies, including Blue Heron Biotechnology, Inc., Xcyte Therapies, Inc., ZymoGenetics, Inc. and NeoPath, Inc. Ms. Hoult earned a B.A. in Biology and Environmental Studies from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Our board of directors believes that Ms. Hoult’s more than 20 years of biotechnology, life science and healthcare experience as a consultant and in marketing, sales and business development roles for various biotechnology and diagnostics firms qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Lawrence D. (Larry) Senour . Mr. Senour has served on our board of directors since July 2008. Mr. Senour has 25 years of healthcare experience, including serving at Merck & Co., Inc., or Merck, a pharmaceutical company, since 1997. Since January 2010, Mr. Senour has served as Executive Director, Corporate Development, and is responsible for evaluating, structuring, negotiating and executing various acquisitions, divestitures, strategic alliances and venture capital investments. Prior to 2010, Mr. Senour served in a number of roles of increasing responsibility at Merck, including Executive Director, U.S. Business Development, from February 2005 to December 2009. Prior to joining Merck, Mr. Senour served as a manager at Deloitte Consulting, a consulting firm, and as regional manager with Healthcare Services Group, a healthcare services company. Mr. Senour also serves as a director on the board of Symphony Health Solutions. Mr. Senour earned an undergraduate degree from The Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Senour’s long tenure and familiarity with our company, together with his experience in finding, evaluating and building strategic alliances, qualify him to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Senour has resigned from our board of directors contingent and effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Lewis (Lew) J. Shuster . Mr. Shuster has served on our board of directors since March 2014. In 2002, Mr. Shuster founded Shuster Capital, a strategic and operating advisor to and angel investor in life science companies, and has served as its chief executive officer since that time. From June 2003 to November 2007,

 

120


Table of Contents

Mr. Shuster served as chief executive officer of Kemia, Inc., a drug discovery and development company. From February 2000 to December 2001, Mr. Shuster held various operating executive positions at Invitrogen Corporation, a biotechnology company that merged with Applied Biosystems Inc. and became Life Technologies Corporation. Between 1994 and 1999, Mr. Shuster served as chief financial officer and other executive positions at Pharmacopeia, Inc., a drug discovery product and service company. Mr. Shuster joined Human Genome Sciences, Inc. as its first employee in September 1992 and served as its executive vice president, operations and finance until 1994. Since June 2011 and April 2011, respectively, Mr. Shuster has served as a member of the boards of directors of Response Biomedical Corporation and Mast Therapeutics, Inc. From April 2010 to March 2013, Mr. Shuster served as a director of Complete Genomics, Inc., a life science company, and, from September 2009 to February 2010, as a director of Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Shuster received a B.A. in Economics from Swarthmore College and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Shuster’s extensive executive background in strategic planning and managing rapid operations growth for multiple public and private life science companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of, and following the closing of this offering will consist of, seven members. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required.

Certain of our current directors were elected to serve as a member of our board of directors pursuant to the voting provisions in our amended and restated investor rights agreement, dated February 4, 2014, by and among us and certain of our stockholders, or the investor rights agreement. Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, each of Mr. George, Mr. Bisgaard, Ms. Hoult, Dr. George and Mr. Senour, were selected to serve on our board of directors as the representative of our preferred stockholders, with Mr. Bisgaard designated by Novo A/S, Ms. Hoult designated by Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P., Dr. George designated by S.R. One, Limited and Mr. Senour designated by Merck Capital Ventures, LLC. Mr. Johnson was selected to serve on our board of directors as the representative of our common stockholders. The voting provisions in the investor rights agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to the investor rights agreement (other than Mr. Senour) will continue to serve as directors until their successors are duly elected and qualified by holders of our common stock.

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors (including Mr. Grimm) other than Mr. Johnson are independent directors, as defined by Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we will divide our board of directors as of immediately following the closing of this offering into three classes, as follows:

 

    Class I, which will consist of Ms. Hoult, Dr. George and Mr. Grimm, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

121


Table of Contents
    Class II, which will consist of Mr. Bisgaard and Mr. George, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

    Class III, which will consist of Mr. Johnson and Mr. Shuster, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized size of our board of directors is currently no less than 8 and no more than 11 members. Effective upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the limitations on the size of our directors will be removed and the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our voting stock.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Mr. Bisgaard. As a general policy, our board of directors believes that separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors from management, creates an environment that encourages objective oversight of management’s performance and enhances the effectiveness of the board of directors as a whole. As such, Mr. Johnson serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer while Mr. Bisgaard serves as our Chairman of the board of directors but is not an officer. We expect and intend the positions of Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer to continue to be held by two individuals in the future.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. The board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board to understand the company’s risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance practices, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

122


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Mr. Shuster, Mr. George and Ms. Hoult. Mr. Shuster serves as the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market and SEC independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

    evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;

 

    reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

    monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;

 

    prior to engagement of any independent auditor, and at least annually thereafter, reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on their independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditor;

 

    reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;

 

    reviewing with our independent auditors and management significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;

 

    reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters and other matters;

 

    preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

 

    reviewing and providing oversight of any related-person transactions in accordance with our related person transaction policy and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of business conduct and ethics;

 

    reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management is implemented;

 

    reviewing on a periodic basis our investment policy; and

 

    reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the audit committee, including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.

Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market. It has also determined that Mr. Shuster qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In making this determination, our board of directors has considered Mr. Shuster’s formal education and experience in financial and executive roles. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee. Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, the audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

123


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Bisgaard and Dr. George. Dr. George serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

    reviewing, modifying and approving (or if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) our overall compensation strategy and policies;

 

    reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;

 

    reviewing and approving performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

 

    reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;

 

    evaluating risks associated with our compensation policies and practices and assessing whether risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us;

 

    reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to our non-employee board members;

 

    establishing policies for allocating between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation and the factors used in deciding between the various forms of compensation;

 

    establishing policies with respect to votes by our stockholders to approve executive compensation as required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act and determining our recommendations regarding the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation;

 

    reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by Section 10C of the Exchange Act;

 

    establishing elements of corporate performance for purposes of increasing or decreasing compensation;

 

    administering our equity incentive plans;

 

    establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

 

    reviewing regional and industry-wide compensation practices and trends to assess the competitiveness of our executive compensation programs and evaluating the effectiveness of our compensation policy and strategy in achieving expected benefits to us;

 

    reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;

 

    reviewing the adequacy of its charter on a periodic basis;

 

    reviewing with management and approving our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC, if applicable;

 

    preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

 

    reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee.

 

124


Table of Contents

Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter, which the compensation committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Bisgaard, Dr. George and Mr. Grimm. Mr. Grimm will serve as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of this committee satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

    identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;

 

    determining the minimum qualifications for service on our board of directors;

 

    evaluating director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board and determining whether continued service on our board is appropriate;

 

    evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;

 

    evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

    considering and assessing the independence of members of our board of directors;

 

    developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of business conduct and ethics, periodically reviewing and assessing these policies and principles and their application and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such policies and principles;

 

    assist the chair of our board of directors or lead director in developing effective board of directors meeting practices and procedures;

 

    considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise;

 

    oversee and review the processes and procedures used by us to provide information to our board of directors and its committees;

 

    assist the members of our compensation committee, as requested, in determining the compensation paid to non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors and its committees and recommend any changes considered appropriate to our full board of directors for approval;

 

    periodically review with our Chief Executive Officer the plans for succession to the offices of our Chief Executive Officer and other key executive officers and make recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the selection of appropriate individuals to succeed those positions;

 

    reviewing the adequacy of its charter on an annual basis; and

 

    annually evaluating the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, which the nominating and corporate governance committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We have established a compensation committee which has and will make decisions relating to compensation of our executive officers. Our board of directors has appointed Mr. Bisgaard and Dr. George to serve on the compensation committee. None of these individuals has ever been an executive officer or employee of ours.

 

125


Table of Contents

None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, limit our directors’ and officers’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Delaware corporate law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

 

    for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

    for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares); or

 

    for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of our directors or officers shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Delaware law and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person’s former or present official capacity with us against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses. Any person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

In addition, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers or as a director or executive officer of any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

126


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014, which consist of our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2014, are as follows:

 

    Timothy B. Johnson, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    John Lubniewski, our Chief Business Officer; and

 

    Debra Gordon, Ph.D., J.D., our Vice President and Chief Legal Counsel.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and principal position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Option
Awards
($) (1)
     Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (2)
     Total
($)
 

Timothy B. Johnson

     2014         350,000         133,518           (3)       836         484,354   

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2013         350,000         36,907         87,500 (4)       624         475,031   

John L. Lubniewski

     2014         281,875         70,342           (3)       836         353,053   

Chief Business Officer

     2013         270,000         22,165         54,000 (4)       624         346,789   

Debra A. Gordon (5)

     2014         218,750         77,230           (3)       722         296,702   

Vice President and Chief Legal Counsel

                

 

(1) The dollar amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2014 and 2013, as applicable. These amounts have been computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Amount shown represents premiums for life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance paid by us on behalf of the named executive officer.
(3) As of the date of this filing, annual performance-based bonuses earned for 2014 have not yet been determined. We expect to determine the 2014 bonuses in May 2015.
(4) Amounts shown represent annual performance-based bonuses earned for 2013. For more information, see below under “—Annual Performance-Based Bonus Opportunity.”
(5) Dr. Gordon was not a named executive officer in 2013.

Annual Base Salary

The base salary of our named executive officers is generally set forth in each officer’s employment letter agreement with us and periodically reviewed and adjusted as necessary by our board of directors, based on the recommendation of the compensation committee of our board of directors. The 2014 base salaries for our named executive officers, which were effective as of January 1, 2014, were $350,000, $270,000 and $214,000, for Mr. Johnson, Mr. Lubniewski and Dr. Gordon, respectively. Mr. Lubniewski’s annual base salary was increased to $285,000 in March 2014. Dr. Gordon’s annual base salary was increased to $220,000 in March 2014.

Annual Performance-Based Bonus Opportunity

In addition to base salaries, our named executive officers are eligible to receive annual performance-based cash bonuses, which are designed to provide appropriate incentives to our executives to achieve defined annual corporate goals and to reward our executives for individual achievement towards these goals. The annual

 

127


Table of Contents

performance-based bonus each named executive officer is eligible to receive is generally based on the extent to which we achieve the corporate goals that our board of directors establishes each year. At the end of the year, our board of directors reviews our performance against each corporate goal and approves the extent to which we achieved each of our corporate goals.

Our board of directors will generally consider each named executive officer’s individual contributions towards reaching our annual corporate goals but does not typically establish specific individual goals for our named executive officers. There is no minimum bonus percentage or amount established for the named executive officers and, as a result, the bonus amounts vary from year to year based on corporate and individual performance. For 2014, Mr. Johnson is eligible to receive a target bonus of up to 50% of his base salary pursuant to the terms of his employment letter agreement described below. For 2014, Mr. Lubniewski is eligible to receive a target bonus of up to 40% of his base salary pursuant to the terms of his employment letter agreement described below. For 2014, Dr. Gordon is eligible to receive a target bonus of up to 30% of her base salary pursuant to the terms of her employment letter agreement described below.

The corporate goals established by our board of directors for 2014 were based on financial performance (revenues, year-over-year growth, and cash management), the achievement of strategic milestones and financing goals. The strategic milestones included HTG Edge placements, launching of new assays on our HTG Edge platform and finishing the year with a strong product opportunity pipeline. The financing goals related to the completion of targeted financing transactions. The financial performance goals are weighted at 30% towards overall corporate goal achievement, the strategic milestones are weighted 30% towards overall corporate goal achievement and the financing goals are weighted 40% towards overall corporate goal achievement. There is no minimum percentage of corporate goals that must be achieved in order to earn a bonus. No specific individual goals were established for any of our named executive officers for 2014. As of the date of this filing, annual performance bonuses for 2014 for our named executive officers have not yet been determined.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers. Our board of directors is responsible for approving equity grants. As of December 31, 2014, stock option awards were the only form of equity awards we granted to our named executive officers. Vesting of the stock option awards is tied to continuous service with us and serves as an additional retention measure. Our executives generally are awarded an initial grant upon commencement of employment. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

Prior to this offering, we have granted all equity awards pursuant to the 2011 plan and the 2001 plan, the terms of which are described below under “—Equity Benefit Plans.” All options are granted with a per share exercise price equal to no less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of the grant of such award.

Generally our stock option awards vest over a four-year period subject to the holder’s continuous service to us and may be granted with an early exercise feature. Such early exercise feature allows the holder to exercise and receive unvested shares of our stock, so that the holder may have a greater opportunity for gains on the shares to be taxed at long-term capital gains rates rather than ordinary income rates. From time to time as our board of directors considers appropriate, we may grant stock options that vest upon achievement of performance goals.

On March 20, 2014, our board of directors granted Mr. Johnson, Mr. Lubniewski and Dr. Gordon options under the 2011 plan to purchase 43,267, 29,818 and 1,681 shares of our common stock pursuant to our 2011 plan, respectively, each at an exercise price of $2.15 per share. On December 29, 2014, our board of directors granted Mr. Johnson, Mr. Lubniewski and Dr. Gordon options under the 2011 plan to purchase

 

128


Table of Contents

9,311, 3,724 and 9,311 shares of our common stock, respectively, each at an exercise price of $12.89 per share. Each of these options is subject to time-based vesting restrictions. See “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

Agreements with Named Executed Officers

We have entered into letter agreements with each of our named executive officers. The letter agreements generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the named executive officer’s initial base salary, eligibility for employee benefits, in some cases, and severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed a form of our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement. The key terms of the letter agreements with our named executive officers are described below. Any potential payments and benefits due upon a qualifying termination of employment or a change in control are further described below under “– Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Employment Letter Agreement with Mr. Johnson. We entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Johnson in January 2008, under which Mr. Johnson serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement sets forth certain agreed upon terms and conditions of employment. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Johnson is entitled to an annual base salary of $280,000, subject to periodic review and increase, and an annual target bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary. Mr. Johnson’s current annual base salary is $350,000.

We entered into an amended and restated letter agreement with Mr. Johnson in December 2014 that will replace his letter agreement described above and become effective in connection with the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Under the amended and restated letter agreement, Mr. Johnson is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000, is eligible to receive an annual target performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary as determined by the board of directors, and certain severance benefits, the terms of which are described below under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Employment Letter Agreement Mr. Lubniewski. We entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Lubniewski in April 2011 under which Mr. Lubniewski serves as our Chief Business Officer. The agreement provides for “at-will” employment and sets forth certain agreed upon terms and conditions of employment, including that Mr. Lubniewski is entitled to an annual base salary of $265,000 and an annual target bonus of up to 40% of his base salary. Mr. Lubniewski’s current annual base salary is $285,000.

We entered into an amended and restated letter agreement with Mr. Lubniewski in December 2014 that will replace his letter agreement described above and become effective in connection with the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Under the amended and restated letter agreement, Mr. Lubniewski is entitled to an annual base salary of $285,000, is eligible to receive an annual target performance bonus of up to 40% of his base salary as determined by the board of directors, and certain severance benefits, the terms of which are described below under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Employment Letter Agreement with Dr. Gordon. We entered into a letter agreement with Dr. Gordon in April 2011 under which Dr. Gordon serves as our Chief Legal Counsel. The agreement provides for “at-will” employment and sets forth certain agreed upon terms and conditions of employment, including that Dr. Gordon is entitled to an annual base salary of $210,000 and an annual target bonus of up to 30% of her base salary. Dr. Gordon’s current annual base salary is $220,000.

We entered into an amended and restated letter agreement with Dr. Gordon in December 2014 that will replace her letter agreement described above and become effective in connection with the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Under the amended and restated letter agreement,

 

129


Table of Contents

Dr. Gordon is entitled to an annual base salary of $235,000, is eligible to receive an annual target performance bonus of up to 40% of her base salary as determined by the board of directors, and certain severance benefits, the terms of which are described below under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change of Control

Pursuant to Mr. Johnson’s letter agreement dated January 2008, if Mr. Johnson’s employment is terminated by our board of directors for reasons other than gross misconduct or negligence, he is eligible to receive salary continuation equal to one year base salary, payable in 12 monthly installments.

Mr. Lubniewski and Dr. Gordon are not entitled to any special payments or benefits upon a termination or change of control under the terms of their currently effective letter agreements with us.

Under the terms of our named executive officers’ amended and restated letter agreements that will become effective in connection with the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering, upon the executive’s termination without “cause,” or resignation for “good reason,” each as defined below, including any such termination that occurs in connection with a change of control, each of our named executive officers is eligible to receive continued base salary payments and COBRA premium payments for 12 months for Mr. Johnson and nine months for Mr. Lubniewski and Dr. Gordon. All severance benefits under the amended and restated letter agreements are contingent upon the named executive officer executing an effective release and waiver of claims against us.

For purposes of the amended and restated letter agreements, “cause” generally means the occurrence of any of the following events, conditions or actions with respect to the executive: (1) conviction of any felony or crime involving fraud or dishonesty; (2) participation in any material fraud, material act of dishonesty or other material act of misconduct against us; (3) willful and habitual neglect of the executive’s duties after written notice and opportunity to cure; (4) material violation of any fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty owed to us; (5) breach of any material term of any material contract with us which has a material adverse effect on us; (6) knowing violation of any material company policy which has a material adverse effect on us; or (7) knowing violation of state or federal law in connection with the performance of the executive’s job which has a material adverse effect on us.

For purposes of each of the named executive officer’s amended and restated letter agreements, “good reason” generally means the following events, conditions or actions taken by us with respect to the executive without cause and without the executive’s express written consent: (1) a material reduction in base salary; (2) a material reduction in the executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) a material reduction in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the executive is required to report; or (4) a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases the executive’s one-way commute by more than 50 miles.

Each of our named executive officers holds stock options under our equity incentive plans that were granted subject to our form of stock option agreements. A description of the termination and change of control provisions in such equity incentive plans and stock options granted thereunder is provided below under “– Equity Benefit Plans” and the specific vesting terms of each named executive officer’s stock options are described below under “– Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

 

130


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014, all of which were granted under the 2001 plan or the 2011 plan.

 

Name         

Grant Date/
Vesting

Commencement

Date

     Option Awards
Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options (#)
    

Option

Expiration

Date

 
            Exercisable      Unexercisable      Exercise
Price
    

Timothy B. Johnson

     (1 )       1/16/2008         25,048         —           6.44         1/16/2018   
     (1 )       10/23/2008         14,407         —           6.44         10/23/2018   
     (1 )       3/01/2009         4,655         —           4.30         3/01/2019   
     (1 )       3/01/2010         6,983         —           4.30         3/01/2020   
     (1 )       4/13/2010         675         —           4.30         4/13/2020   
     (1 )       10/21/2010         581         —           4.30         10/21/2020   
     (1 )       1/20/2011         675         —           4.30         1/20/2021   
     (2 )       4/26/2011         29,797         —           2.15         4/26/2021   
     (2 )       2/01/2013         9,164         9,164         2.15         2/01/2023   
     (2 )       8/06/2013         3,491         5,819         2.15         8/06/2023   
     (2 )       3/20/2014         10,816         32,450         2.15         3/20/2024   
     (2 )       12/29/2014         581         8,729         12.89         12/29/2024   

John Lubniewski

     (1 )       4/26/2011         13,036         —           2.15         4/26/2021   
     (2 )       3/08/2012         2,095         698         2.15         3/08/2022   
     (2 )       2/01/2013         1,751         1,752         2.15         2/01/2023   
     (2 )       8/06/2013         4,888         8,148         2.15         8/06/2023   
     (2 )       3/20/2014         7,454         22,364         2.15         3/20/2024   
     (2 )       12/29/2014         232         3,491         12.89         12/29/2024   

Debra Gordon

     (1 )       4/26/2011         4,655         —           2.15         4/26/2021   
     (2 )       3/08/2012         1,047         349         2.15         3/08/2022   
     (2 )       2/01/2013         669         670         2.15         2/01/2023   
     (2 )       8/06/2013         349         582         2.15         8/06/2023   
     (2 )       3/20/2014         420         1,261         2.15         3/20/2024   
     (2 )       12/29/2014         581         8,729         12.89         12/29/2024   

 

(1) Fully vested.
(2) Options vest over four years as follows: 1/16 of the outstanding shares vest at the end of each calendar quarter over a period of approximately four years, subject to the individual’s continued service with us through each vesting date.

Equity Benefit Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2014 plan in December 2014 and our stockholders approved the 2014 plan in April 2015. No grants may be made under the 2014 plan until it becomes effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Once the 2014 plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the 2011 plan.

Stock Awards . The 2014 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, or collectively, stock awards, all of which may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants of us and our affiliates. Additionally, the 2014 plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. ISOs may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

 

131


Table of Contents

Share Reserve . Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2014 plan after the 2014 plan becomes effective is the sum of (1) 925,616 shares, plus (2) the number of shares (not to exceed 608,819 shares) (i) reserved for issuance under our 2011 plan at the time our 2014 plan becomes effective, and (ii) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under our 2011 plan or 2001 plan that, on or after the effective date of our 2014 plan, are forfeited, terminate, expire or are otherwise not issued. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2016 (assuming the 2014 plan becomes effective before such date) and continuing through and including January 1, 2024, by 4% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2014 plan is 1,800,000 shares.

No person may be granted stock awards covering more than 200,000 shares of our common stock under our 2014 plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 200,000 shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $2,000,000. Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

If a stock award granted under the 2014 plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2014 plan. In addition, the following types of shares of our common stock under the 2014 plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2014 plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2014 plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market. As of the date hereof, no awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2014 plan.

Administration . Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2014 plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2014 plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2014 plan. Subject to the terms of our 2014 plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options . ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2014 plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2014 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

 

132


Table of Contents

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2014 plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations On Incentive Stock Options . The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards . Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over

 

133


Table of Contents

the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2014 plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2014 plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards . The 2014 plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (5) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (6) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (8) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation, other non-cash expenses and changes in deferred revenue; (9) total stockholder return; (10) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (11) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (12) stock price; (13) margin (including gross margin); (14) income (before or after taxes); (15) operating income; (16) operating income after taxes; (17) pre-tax profit; (18) operating cash flow; (19) sales or revenue targets; (20) increases in revenue or product revenue; (21) expenses and cost reduction goals; (22) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (23) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (24) market share; (25) cash flow; (26) cash flow per share; (27) cash balance; (28) cash burn; (29) cash collections; (30) share price performance; (31) debt reduction; (32) implementation or completion of projects or processes (including, without limitation, clinical trial initiation, clinical trial enrollment and dates, clinical trial results, regulatory filing submissions, regulatory filing acceptances, regulatory or advisory committee interactions, regulatory approvals, and product supply); (33) stockholders’ equity; (34) capital expenditures; (35) debt levels; (36) operating profit or net operating profit; (37) workforce diversity; (38) growth of net income or operating income; (39) billings; (40) bookings; (41) employee retention; (42) initiation of studies by specific dates; (43) budget management; (44) submission to, or approval by, a regulatory body (including, but not limited to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration) of an applicable filing or a product; (45) regulatory milestones; (46) progress of internal research or development programs; (47) acquisition of new customers; (48) customer retention and/or repeat order rate; (49) improvements in sample and test processing times; (50) progress of partnered programs; (51) partner satisfaction; (52) timely completion of clinical trials; (53) submission of 510(k)s or pre-market approvals and other regulatory achievements; (54) milestones related to samples received and/or tests or panels run; (55) expansion of sales in additional geographies or markets; (56) research progress, including the development

 

134


Table of Contents

of programs; (57) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); and (58) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; and (13) to exclude the effects of the timing of acceptance for review and/or approval of submissions to the FDA or any other regulatory body. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the performance goals and to define the manner of calculating the performance criteria we select to use for such performance period. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards . The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2014 plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code) and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions . In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

    accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

135


Table of Contents
    arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

    cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

 

    make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (2) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2014 plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change of Control . The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control. For example, certain of our employees may receive an award agreement that provides for vesting acceleration upon the individual’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason (including a material reduction in the individual’s base salary, duties, responsibilities or authority, or a material relocation of the individual’s principal place of employment with us) in connection with a change of control. Under the 2014 plan, a change of control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially of our assets; or (4) our stockholders approve a plan of our complete dissolution or liquidation or our complete dissolution or liquidation otherwise occurs.

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2014 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2014 plan.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders approved our 2011 plan in March 2011. The 2011 plan was subsequently amended by our board of directors and our stockholders, most recently in February 2014. The 2011 plan is the successor to and continuation of our 2001 plan. As of December 31, 2014, there were 12,752 shares remaining available for the grant of stock awards under our 2011 plan and there were outstanding options covering a total of 502,877 shares that were granted under our 2011 plan.

After the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, no additional awards will be granted under the 2011 plan, and all outstanding awards granted under the 2011 plan that are repurchased, forfeited, expire or are cancelled will become available for grant under the 2014 plan in accordance with its terms.

Stock Awards . The 2011 plan provides for the grant of ISO, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other forms of stock awards, or collectively, stock awards, all of which

 

136


Table of Contents

may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants of us and our affiliates. ISOs may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

Share Reserve . The aggregate number of shares of our common stock authorized for issuance pursuant to stock awards under the 2011 plan is 634,284 shares, which includes shares underlying outstanding options granted under our 2001 plan that are forfeited, terminated, expire or otherwise not issued and become available for grant under the 2001 plan. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2011 plan is 1,268,568 shares.

If a stock award granted under the 2011 plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2011 plan. In addition, the following types of shares under the 2011 plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2011 plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2011 plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market.

Administration . Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2011 plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2011 plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2011 plan. Subject to the terms of our 2011 plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options . ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2011 plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2011 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2012 plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

 

137


Table of Contents

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and included in the option agreement and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, (5) a deferred payment or similar arrangement subject to certain conditions and (6) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations On Incentive Stock Options . The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (a) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2011 plan, (b) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs and (c) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions . Unless otherwise provided in a stock award agreement or other written agreement between us and a participant, in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

    accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

    arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

    cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

 

    make a payment equal to the excess of (a) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (b) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2011 plan, a corporate transaction is generally defined as the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

 

138


Table of Contents

Change of Control . The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control. Under the 2011 plan, a change of control is generally defined as (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction, (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity, (3) approval by the stockholders or our board of directors of a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of us or our complete dissolution or liquidation occurs or (4) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially of our assets.

Certain options granted under the 2011 plan, including the options held by our named executive officers, provide that if immediately prior to a change of control the participant’s service with the Company has not terminated, the option will accelerate vesting with respect to 25% of the then-unvested portion of the option; if the option continues, the remaining 75% of the unvested option will continue to vest on the option’s original schedule prior to the change of control and will accelerate vesting in full in the event that the participant’s continuous service is terminated without cause or by the participant for good reason within the 12 months following the change of control. “Good reason” for purposes of this “double-trigger” provision is generally defined as (1) an assignment of duties or responsibilities to the participant that results in a material diminution of the participant’s function; (2) a material reduction in the participant’s annual base salary; (3) failure to continue the participant’s benefit plans or programs, any action that would adversely affect the participant’s participation in any benefit plan, reduce the participant’s benefits under any benefit plan or deprive the participant of any fringe benefit; or (4) a relocation of the participant’s business office more than 50 miles.

Amendment and Termination . The 2011 plan will terminate by its terms in March 2021. However, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2011 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent.

2001 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders approved our 2001 plan, which became effective in February 2001. The 2001 plan terminated and no further awards were granted under the 2001 plan upon the effective date of the 2011 plan. As of December 31, 2014, there were outstanding stock options under our 2001 plan covering a total of 92,700 shares of our common stock.

Stock awards . The 2001 plan provides for the grant of ISOs and NSOs, or collectively, “stock options.” NSOs may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants of us and our affiliates. ISOs may be granted only to employees.

Share Reserve . Shares are no longer available for the grant of stock options under our 2001 plan. However, if a stock option granted under the 2001 plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock option again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2011 plan or, upon and after its effectiveness, under the 2014 plan in accordance with its terms.

Administration . Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2001 plan. Subject to the terms of the 2001 plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock options to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock options, including the period of their exercisability and their vesting schedule. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price of stock options granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award. In addition, the plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding stock option award under our 2001 plan.

 

139


Table of Contents

Stock Options . ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2001 plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2001 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2001 plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than by action of the Company or an affiliate, retirement, disability or death, the optionholder may generally not exercise any options as of the date of termination. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates terminates by action of our Company or one of our affiliates, due to the optionholder’s retirement under a company retirement plan maintained by our Company or one of our affiliates, or the optionholder’s disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash or check, (2) by the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder and (3) if approved by us, certain types of deferred payment.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution.

Tax Limitations On Incentive Stock Options . The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2001 plan and (2) the class and number of shares and exercise price of all outstanding stock options.

Acceleration of Exercisability of Options Upon Occurrence of Certain Events . Upon dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or upon a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company as a result of which the outstanding Company stock is changed into or exchanged for property (including cash), rights or securities not of the Company’s issue, or any combination thereof, or upon a sale of substantially all of the property or assets of the Company to, or the acquisition of stock representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the stock of the Company then outstanding by another corporation or person (any of such events are referred to in this section as a “corporate transaction”), the options granted under the Plan shall terminate, unless provision is made in writing in connection with such corporate transaction for the continuation of or exchange of options granted under the plan for options issued by the surviving corporation or another corporation. If options granted under the plan are to terminate in a corporate transaction, optionees will have the right, prior to the consummation of such corporate transaction, to exercise the unexercised portions of the options which would not yet be exercisable.

 

140


Table of Contents

Certain options granted under the 2001 plan held by Mr. Johnson provided that upon a corporate transaction, the option will terminate and the optionee will have the right, at such time prior to the consummation of such corporate transaction, to exercise the unvested portion of the option which would not yet otherwise be exercisable.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted the ESPP in December 2014 and our stockholders approved the ESPP in April 2015. The ESPP will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to retain the services of new employees and secure the services of new and existing employees while providing incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates.

Share Reserve. Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of 110,820 shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, from January 1, 2016 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective prior to such date) through January 1, 2024 by the least of (1) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2) 195,000 shares, or (3) a number determined by our board of directors that is less than (1) and (2). The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased under the ESPP.

Administration. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (1) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (2) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations. Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors: (1) customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (2) customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year or (3) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year and (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights.

 

141


Table of Contents

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including the consummation of: (1) a sale of all our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction and (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within ten business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

Plan Amendments, Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances any such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Employee Retention Plan

In October 2012, we adopted an Employee Retention Plan, which was amended in February 2014. The Employee Retention Plan provides for bonuses to select participants, including our named executive officers, upon certain change in control transactions. Participants in the Employee Retention Plan are selected by the board of directors. A participant must continue to be employed by us through a change in control transaction in order to receive a bonus. The total amount of bonuses paid under the Employee Retention Plan will equal 15% of the total consideration received in a corporate transaction less certain obligations as stated in the agreement. Participants will receive proportionate share of the amounts paid based on an allocation approved by the board of directors. The Employee Retention Plan will terminate by its terms upon the closing of this offering.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. In 2014, we made no matching contributions into the 401(k) plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Director Compensation

Except as set forth below, we did not pay cash or equity compensation to any of our non-employee directors in 2014 for service on our board of directors.

Mr. Shuster joined our board of directors in March 2014 and in connection with his appointment was granted an option to purchase 4,655 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.15 per share. In May 2014, as compensation for Mr. Shuster’s service as the chairman of our audit committee, Mr. Shuster was granted an additional option to purchase 6,983 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.15 per share. On December 29, 2014, Mr. Shuster was granted an additional option to purchase 931 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.89 per share. Each of the options will vest in eight equal quarterly installments, with the first installment vesting on the last day of the calendar quarter first occurring after the vesting commencement date, subject to his continued service with us through each vesting date. In addition, in May 2014, our board of directors approved annual cash compensation of $25,000 for Mr. Shuster’s service as the Chairman of our audit committee.

 

142


Table of Contents

In March 2014, we granted James R. Weersing an option to purchase 3,259 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.15 per share. The shares subject to the option vested in eight equal quarterly installments, with the first installment vesting on March 31, 2014. Mr. Weersing served on our board of directors until April 2015.

We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors, and will pay for the travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred by our employee directors to attend meetings of our board of directors and, as applicable, committees of our board of directors.

Our board of directors approved a new compensation policy in September 2014 that will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering and will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors:

 

    an annual cash retainer of $35,000;

 

    an additional annual cash retainer of $5,000 for service as chairman of our board of directors;

 

    an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000, $5,000 and $2,500 for service as chairman of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively;

 

    an automatic annual option grant to purchase 2,500 shares of our common stock for each non-employee director serving on the board of directors on the date of each annual stockholder meeting following this offering, in each case vesting monthly in equal installments over a one-year period such that the stock option is fully vested on the first anniversary of the date of grant; and

 

    upon first joining our board of directors following this offering an automatic initial option grant to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock on the date of grant. One-third of the shares will vest twelve months after the date of grant and the remaining shares will vest monthly in equal installments over a two-year period thereafter such that the stock option is fully vested on the third anniversary of the date of grant. A director who, in the one year prior to his or her initial election to serve on the board of directors as a non-employee director, served as an employee of the company will not be eligible for an initial grant.

Each of the option grants described above will vest and become exercisable subject to the director’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date, provided that each option will vest in full upon a change of control, as defined under our 2014 plan. The options will be granted under our 2014 plan, the terms of which are described in more detail above under “– Equity Benefit Plans – 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.”

 

143


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Preferred Stock and Warrant Financings

From November 20, 2012 through May 29, 2013, we issued and sold to investors across multiple closings an aggregate of 69,658,679 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.2189 per share, for aggregate consideration of $15.2 million.

From February 4, 2014 through March 31, 2014, we issued and sold to investors in two closings an aggregate of 34,453,538 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.2189 per share, for aggregate consideration of $7.5 million. We also issued to investors in our Series E preferred stock financing warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 11,484,503 shares of our Series E preferred stock at an issue price of $0.0001 per share underlying the warrants, for aggregate consideration of $1,148. The Series E warrants were exercisable for $0.001 per share and were each exercised immediately upon issuance for an aggregate cash purchase price of $11,484.

The participants in these preferred stock financings included the following executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

 

Participants

   Series D
Preferred Stock
     Series E
Preferred Stock (1)
 

Executive Officers and Directors

     

Timothy B. Johnson

     —           60,910   

John L. Lubniewski

     —           76,138   

Debra A. Gordon

     25,124         7,646   

Shaun D. McMeans

     114,207         152,276   

James R. Weersing (2)

     —           609,106   

5% or Greater Stockholders

     

Novo A/S

     18,273,182         15,227,653   

S.R. One, Limited

     23,755,138         15,227,653   

Merck Capital Ventures, LLC

     12,791,228         7,613,826   

Entities affiliated with Fletcher Spaght Associates

     13,704,888         6,091,062   

 

(1) Includes the shares of Series E preferred stock issued to the participant upon exercise of the Series E preferred stock warrants issued in the financing.
(2) Mr. Weersing served on our board of directors until April 2015. Mr. Weersing participated in the financings through his affiliated family trust.

Certain of our directors have affiliations with the investors that participated in the preferred stock financings described above, as indicated in the table below:

 

Director

   Principal Stockholder

Peter T. Bisgaard

   Novo A/S

Simeon J. George, M.D.

   S.R. One, Limited

Molly Hoult

   Fletcher Spaght Associates

Larry Senour

   Merck Capital Ventures, LLC

 

144


Table of Contents

Convertible Note and Warrant Financings

In December 2014, we entered into two separate note and warrant purchase agreements, or collectively, the 2014 note purchase agreements, with certain of our existing investors, including beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock and certain entities affiliated with members of our board of directors. The first note and warrant purchase agreement, or the first note purchase agreement, provides for the sale and issuance by us of up to an aggregate of $7.3 million in principal amount of convertible notes in a series of closings, each of which must be approved by the unanimous vote or written consent of those members of our board of directors who are not an affiliate of any of the investors under such agreement. The second note and warrant purchase agreement, or the second note purchase agreement, provides for the sale and issuance by us of up to an aggregate of $6.2 million in principal amount of convertible notes in a series of closings, each of which must be approved by (i) our board of directors, including a majority of the directors elected by the holders of our Series E preferred stock, and (ii) investors whose purchase amount for such closing equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate principal amount of notes to be sold at such closing. The purchase and sale of notes under the 2014 note purchase agreements are subject to certain closing conditions, which include the absence of default under our Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 22, 2014, with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank. These closing conditions must be met at the time of each closing. If issued, notes issued under the 2014 note purchase agreements would accrue interest at a rate of 8% per annum, compounded annually, and become due and payable on March 31, 2016, subject to their earlier conversion in the event we complete an initial public offering in which we receive gross offering proceeds of at least $20.0 million from the sale of shares to investors who are not holders of our securities, or a qualified initial public offering, or a private placement of our preferred stock (whether in one single transaction or several tranches) resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of at least $20.0 million from sales of securities to investors who are not holders of our securities, or a qualified private placement of our equity securities. The number of shares into which the notes may be converted, common shares in the case of a qualified initial public offering or preferred shares in the case of a qualified private placement, is equal to the outstanding principal and accrued interest divided by the price per share paid by investors purchasing such newly issued equity securities. Certain provisions of the first note purchase agreement terminate (including the investors’ obligations to purchase notes thereunder) immediately prior to the earlier to occur of the closing of (i) a qualified initial public offering or (ii) a qualified private placement and certain provisions of the second note purchase agreement terminate (including the investors’ obligations to purchase notes thereunder) immediately prior to the earlier to occur of (x) the time at which a registration statement covering a public offering of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, becomes effective or (y) the initial closing of a qualified private placement. We expect that such provisions of the 2014 note purchase agreements (including the investors’ obligations to purchase notes thereunder) will be terminated in connection with this offering. In February and March 2015, we issued an aggregate of $3.0 million in principal amount of the 2015 notes to investors in two closings under the first note purchase agreement and expect to issue an aggregate of $1.5 million in principal amount of the 2015 notes in the Third Note Closing.

In January 2015, in connection with the 2014 note purchase agreements, we issued warrants, or the 2015 warrants, which are initially exercisable for an aggregate of 9,311,586 shares of our Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share. In the event of a qualified initial public offering or qualified private placement, the 2015 warrants will become exercisable for the same class and series of our capital stock issued in such financing and the exercise price per share will be the price per share received in such qualified initial public offering or qualified private placement. The 2015 warrants provide for cashless exercise at the option of the holder, and also contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the 2015 warrants in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications and reorganizations or the like. In connection with the closing of this offering (assuming this offering constitutes a qualified initial public offering), the 2015 warrants, to the extent not previously exercised, will become exercisable for an aggregate of 144,772 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $14.00 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The 2015 warrants will expire in January 2022.

 

145


Table of Contents

The participants in these convertible note and warrant financings included the following director and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

 

Participants

   Shares of
Series E
Preferred Stock
Underlying
2015 Warrants
     Aggregate
Principal
Amount of
2015 Notes
(in thousands) (2)
 

Directors

     

James R. Weersing (1)

     51,126         —     

5% or Greater Stockholders

     

Novo A/S

     3,184,170         1,535   

S.R. One, Limited

     2,784,593         1,535   

Merck Capital Ventures, LLC

     1,818,681         768   

Entities affiliated with Fletcher Spaght Associates

     1,358,988         614   

 

(1) Mr. Weersing served on our board of directors until April 2015. Mr. Weersing participated through his affiliated family trust.
(2) Includes amounts expected to be purchased in the Third Note Closing.

Participation in this Offering

Entities affiliated with certain of our existing stockholders and directors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $25.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to any of these potential investors and any of these potential investors could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

Investor Rights Agreement

In connection with our preferred stock financings, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement containing registration rights, information rights, voting rights and rights of first refusal, among other things, with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock. In connection with this offering, we have entered into a further Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement with these holders which will become effective concurrently with the closing of this offering, and which will eliminate all of the rights and obligations provided in the current Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, except for the registration rights granted under the new agreement, as more fully described below in “Description of Capital Stock – Registration Rights.”

Employment Arrangements

We currently have written employment agreements with our executive officers. For information about our employment agreements with our named executive officers, refer to “Executive and Director Compensation – Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.”

Stock Options Granted to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and directors, as more fully described in “Executive and Director Compensation – Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into, and intend to continue to enter into, separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for

 

146


Table of Contents

certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Management Rights Agreements

We entered into separate, but substantially similar, Management Rights Agreements with Novo A/S and S.R. One Limited in June 2011. These agreements provided the named preferred shareholders with, among other things, the right to consult with and advise our management on significant business issues. These agreements will terminate upon closing of this offering.

Other Arrangements

In February 2011, in connection with the investment by Merck Capital Ventures LLC in our Series D preferred stock, we granted to Merck a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, non-sublicenseable (except to certain affiliates) license, to certain of our qNPA patent rights solely for internal research and development purposes.

In June 2012, we entered into a Non-exclusive License Agreement with Merck, an affiliate of Merck Capital Ventures LLC, which grants us a non-exclusive license to a worldwide portfolio of patents and patent applications directed to Diagnosis and Prognosis of Breast Cancer Patients ( e.g ., claiming priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Nos. 60/298918 and/or 60/380710) in the fields of research, diagnosis, prognosis and/or prediction of therapeutic outcome or risk for humans or animals in the area of oncology.

Beginning mid-year 2013, we have periodically engaged Fletcher Spaght, Inc., or FSI, to conduct various market research studies for us. In 2013, we paid FSI $27,793 for one market research study and, in 2014, we paid FSI $99,980 for two further market research studies.

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

We have adopted a written related-person transactions policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and oversight of “related-person transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000.

Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered related-person transactions under this policy. A “related person” is any executive officer, director or a holder of more than five percent of our common stock, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related-person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related-person transaction to our audit committee (or, where review by our audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors) for review. The

 

147


Table of Contents

presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the direct and indirect interests of the related persons, the benefits of the transaction to us and whether any alternative transactions are available. To identify related-person transactions in advance, we rely on information supplied by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related-person transactions, our audit committee or other independent body of our board of directors takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

    the risks, costs and benefits to us;

 

    the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

    the terms of the transaction;

 

    the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

    the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from our employees generally.

In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and approval.

 

148


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “Before offering” is based on 2,459,589 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 2,126,982 shares of common stock. The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “After offering” is based on the sale of shares of common stock in this offering and assumes (i) the issuance of 324,380 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of the $4.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 notes, plus accrued interest thereon, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (ii) the issuance by us of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock and (iii) the issuance of 373,491 shares of our common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015.

Entities affiliated with certain of our existing stockholders and directors have indicated an interest in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $25.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to any of these potential investors and any of these potential investors could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The information set forth below does not reflect any potential purchases by these potential investors.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before March 1, 2015, which is 60 days after December 31, 2014. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

149


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., 3430 E. Global Loop, Tucson, Arizona 85706.

 

Name and address of beneficial owner

   Number of shares
beneficially owned
     Percentage of shares
beneficially owned
 
   Before offering      After offering      Before offering     After offering  

Greater than 5% stockholders

          

Novo A/S (1)

     639,378         914,606         25.7     13.5

Turborg Havnevej 19

DK-2900 Hellerup, Denmark

          

S.R. One Limited (2)

     508,039         727,286         20.4     10.7

161 Washington Street, Suite 500

Comshocken, PA 19428-2077

          

Merck Capital Ventures, LLC (3)

     498,152         617,752         20.1     9.1

One Merck Drive

P.O. Box 1000

Whitehouse Station, NJ 08889-0100

          

Entities affiliated with Fletcher Spaght Ventures (4)

     316,096         437,164         12.8     6.5

222 Berkeley Street

Boston, MA 02116

          

Solstice Capital II, L.P. (5)

     150,730         144,464         6.1     2.1

15 Broad Street, 3 rd Floor

Boston, MA 02109

          

Entities affiliated with Valley Ventures (6)

     138,553         137,927         5.6     2.0

P.O. Box 62798

Phoenix, AZ 85082

          

Directors and named executive officers

          

Timothy B. Johnson (7)

     111,811         112,600         4.4     1.6

Debra A. Gordon (8)

     8,028         8,080         *        *   

John Lubniewski (9)

     32,293         33,029         1.3     *   

Peter T. Bisgaard (10)

     —          —           *        *   

Harry A. George (11)

     150,730         144,464         6.1     2.1

Simeon J. George (12)

     —          —           *        *   

Donald W. Grimm (13)

     3,788         3,788         *        *   

Mary Hoult (14)

     —          —           *        *   

Larry Senour (15)

     498,152         617,752         20.1     9.1

Lewis J. Shuster (16)

     5,935         5,935         *        *   

All current executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (17)

     833,185         948,450         31.4     13.7

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
(1)

The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) 609,729 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock and (b) 29,649 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants within 60 days following December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) the foregoing shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock, (ii) 110,683 shares of common stock issuable in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of $1,535,440 of outstanding principal (which includes the amount to be purchased in the Third Note Closing) plus accrued interest underlying the 2015 notes, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (iii) 49,786 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants within 60 days following December 31, 2014, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and (iv) 144,408 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, based on an

 

150


Table of Contents
  assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015. The board of directors of Novo A/S, a Danish limited liability company, consists of Sten Scheibye, Göran Ando, Jeppe Christiansen, Steen Riisgaard and Per Wold-Olsen, who have shared investment and voting control with respect to the shares held by Novo A/S and may exercise such control only with the support of a majority of the members of the Novo A/S board of directors. No individual member of the Novo A/S board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by Novo A/S.
(2) The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) 482,111 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion convertible preferred stock and (b) 25,928 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants within 60 days following December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) the foregoing shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock, (ii) 110,683 shares of common stock issuable in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of $1,535,440 of outstanding principal (which includes the amount to be purchased in the Third Note Closing) plus accrued interest underlying the 2015 notes, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (iii) 43,538 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants within 60 days following December 31, 2014, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and (iv) 90,954 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015. Voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to shares held in the name of S.R. One Limited are exercised by S.R. One Limited through a collective vote of S.R. One Limited’s principals, on a majority vote basis. The current roster of S.R. One Limited principals may be found at http://www.srone.com/Team.aspx .
(3) The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) 479,092 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock and (b) 19,060 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants within 60 days following December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) 481,218 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock (assuming the prior exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock), (ii) 55,341 shares of common stock issuable in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of $767,720 of outstanding principal (which includes the amount to be purchased in the Third Note Closing) plus accrued interest underlying the 2015 notes, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (iii) 28,436 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants within 60 days following December 31, 2014, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and (iv) 52,757 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015.
(4)

The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) 192,419 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P., or Fletcher, (b) 19,377 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by FSV II, L.P., or FSV II, (c) 91,649 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by FSV II-B, L.P., or FSV II-B, (d) 8,023 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Fletcher within 60 days following December 31, 2014, (e) 807 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by FSV II within 60 days following December 31, 2014 and (f) 3,821 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by FSV II-B within 60 days following December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) the foregoing shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred

 

151


Table of Contents
  stock held by Fletcher, FSV II and FSV II-B, (ii) 28,074 shares of common stock issuable in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of $389,456 of outstanding principal (which includes the amount to be purchased in the Third Note Closing) plus accrued interest underlying the 2015 notes held by Fletcher, (iii) 2,827 shares of common stock issuable in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of $39,221 of outstanding principal (which includes the amount to be purchased in the Third Note Closing) plus accrued interest underlying the 2015 notes held by FSV II, (iv) 13,371 shares of common stock issuable in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of $185,499 of outstanding principal (which includes the amount to be purchased in the Third Note Closing) plus accrued interest underlying the 2015 notes held by FSV II-B (each of (ii), (iii) and (iv) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a conversion date of May 8, 2015), (v) 13,473 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Fletcher within 60 days following December 31, 2014, (vi) 1,356 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by FSV II within 60 days following December 31, 2014, (vii) 6,417 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by FSV II-B within 60 days following December 31, 2014 (each of (v), (vi) and (vii), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)), (viii) 43,251 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock held by Fletcher, (ix) 4,352 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock held by FSV II and (x) 20,598 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock held by FSV II-B (each of (viii), (ix) and (x), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015).
(5) The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) 104,687 shares of common stock, (b) 38,501 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock and (c) 7,542 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants within 60 days following December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) the foregoing shares of common stock and (ii) 39,777 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock (assuming the prior exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock).
(6) The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) 54,024 shares of common stock held by Valley Ventures III, L.P., or Valley, (b) 43,692 shares of common stock held by Valley Ventures III Annex, L.P., or Annex, (c) 22,512 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Valley, (d) 16,423 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Annex, (e) 945 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Valley within 60 days following December 31, 2014 and (f) 957 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Annex within 60 days following December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) the foregoing shares of common stock held by Valley and Annex, (ii) 22,831 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Valley (assuming the prior exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock) and (iii) 17,380 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Annex (assuming the prior exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock). John M Holliman, III is the managing member of Valley Ventures III, L.P. and Valley Ventures III Annex, L.P. and has sole voting power over both entities’ shares.
(7)

The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) 4,829 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock, (b) 106 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants within 60 days following December 31, 2014, and (c) 106,876 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days following December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) 4,935 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock (assuming the prior exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock), (ii) the foregoing shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise

 

152


Table of Contents
  of options within 60 days following December 31, 2014 and (iii) 789 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015.
(8) The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) 304 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock and (b) 7,724 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days following December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) the foregoing shares and (ii) 52 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015.
(9) The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) 2,834 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock and (b) 29,459 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days following December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) the foregoing shares and (ii) 736 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015.
(10) Mr. Bisgaard is employed as a partner of Novo Ventures (US), Inc., a consultant to Novo A/S, but does not have voting or investment power over the shares beneficially held by Novo A/S.
(11) Consists of the shares described in Note (5) above. Mr. George is the managing member of Solstice Capital and has joint voting and investment power over the shares held by Solstice Capital.
(12) Dr. George is a partner with S.R. One Limited but does not have voting or investment power over the shares held by S.R. One Limited.
(13) Consists of 3,788 shares of common stock held by the Donald W. & Kathryn A. Grimm, Trustees, The Grimm Family Trust dtd 1/31/86. Mr. Grimm will be appointed to our board of directors contingent and effective immediately following the closing of this offering.
(14) Ms. Hoult is a vice president of Fletcher Spaght but does not have voting or investment power over the shares held by the entities affiliated with Fletcher Spaght.
(15) Consists of the shares described in Note (3) above. Mr. Senour is the Executive Director of Corporate Development with Merck & Co., Inc. and has responsibility for managing voting and investment power over the shares. Mr. Senour disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Senour has resigned from our board of directors contingent and effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
(16) Consists of 5,935 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options within 60 days following December 31, 2014.
(17) The number of shares beneficially owned before this offering consists of (a) the shares described in Notes (7) through (16), (b) 2,480 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by one additional executive officer, and (c) 19,968 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by two additional executive officers within 60 days of December 31, 2014. The number of shares beneficially owned after this offering consists of (i) the shares described in Notes (7) through (16), (ii) the shares listed in (a) and (b) above and (iii) an aggregate of 354 shares of common stock issuable upon payment of share dividends on Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015.

 

153


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. All of our authorized preferred stock upon the closing of this offering will be undesignated. The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stock and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

On December 31, 2014, there were 332,607 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by 141 stockholders. This amount excludes our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, which will convert into 2,126,982 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, and assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, (2) the issuance of 324,380 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of the $4.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (3) the issuance by us of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock, (4) the issuance of 373,491 shares of our common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015, and (5) the issuance by us of 3,570,000 shares of common stock in this offering, there will be 6,734,613 shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

As of December 31, 2014, there were 595,577 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our equity incentive plans.

Voting

Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

 

154


Table of Contents

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

On December 31, 2014, there were 216,739,953 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding, held of record by 83 stockholders. In connection with the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will have been converted into 2,126,982 shares of our common stock. In connection with the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

Common Stock Warrant

As of December 31, 2014, 931 shares of our common stock were issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant at an exercise price of $6.45 per share. The warrant provides for cashless exercise at the option of the holder, and also contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications and consolidations. The warrant expires by its terms on March 13, 2019 and contains a put option pursuant to which the holder may require us, within 60 days of the expiration date of the warrant, to repurchase the warrant at a price equal to the aggregate fair market value of the shares underlying the warrant minus the aggregate exercise price of the warrant. The put option will be exercised automatically upon expiration of the warrant in the event the fair market value of the underlying shares exceeds the aggregate exercise price. The shares underlying the warrant are also entitled to the benefit of any dividends declared on the outstanding common stock.

 

155


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock Warrants

As of December 31, 2014, warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 4,729,883 shares of our preferred stock were outstanding (which shares are convertible into an aggregate of 50,681 shares of common stock), consisting of Series C-1 preferred stock warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 1,290,350 shares of Series C-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.346 per share (which shares are convertible into an aggregate of 18,644 shares of our common stock), a Series C-2 preferred stock warrant exercisable for an aggregate of 157,912 shares of Series C-2 preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2256 per share (which shares are convertible into an aggregate of 1,488 shares of our common stock), Series D preferred stock warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 769,059 shares of Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share (which shares are convertible into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of our common stock) and Series E preferred stock warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 2,512,562 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share (which shares are convertible into an aggregate of 23,396 shares of our common stock). The warrants provide for cashless exercise at the option of the holder, and also contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

The Series C-1 preferred stock warrants and the Series D preferred stock warrants will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. Upon conversion of the Series C-2 preferred stock into common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, the Series C-2 preferred stock warrant will become exercisable for an aggregate of 1,488 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $24.23 per share. The Series C-2 preferred stock warrant will expire by its terms on December 24, 2015, provided that the warrant will be automatically exercised on a cashless basis upon expiration if not previously exercised if the fair market value of a share of our common stock exceeds the per share exercise price.

Upon conversion of the Series E preferred stock into common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, the Series E preferred stock warrants will become exercisable for an aggregate of 23,396 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $23.51 per share. The Series E preferred stock warrants expire by their terms on August 22, 2024, provided that the warrants will be automatically exercised on a cashless basis upon expiration if not previously exercised if the fair market value of a share of our common stock exceeds the per share exercise price.

In January 2015, in connection with the 2014 note purchase agreements, we issued the 2015 warrants, which are initially exercisable for an aggregate of 9,311,586 shares of our Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share. In the event of a qualified initial public offering or qualified private placement, the 2015 warrants will become exercisable for the same class and series of our capital stock issued in such financing and the exercise price per share will be the price per share received in such qualified initial public offering or qualified private placement. The 2015 warrants provide for cashless exercise at the option of the holder, and also contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, and reorganizations or the like. In connection with the closing of this offering (assuming this offering constitutes a qualified initial public offering), the 2015 warrants, to the extent not previously exercised, will become exercisable for an aggregate of 144,772 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The 2015 warrants will expire in January 2022.

Registration Rights

Following the closing of this offering, certain holders of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to the registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an amended and restated stockholders’ agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. The holder of our outstanding common stock warrant and outstanding Series C-2 preferred stock warrant will also have the “piggyback” registration rights described below.

 

156


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights

Beginning six months following the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities, as defined in the amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, have the right to make up to two demands that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such holders’ registrable securities then outstanding (provided that the anticipated aggregate offering price of securities requested to be sold under such registration statement is at least $7.5 million), subject to specified exceptions, conditions and limitations.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 50% or more of the outstanding registrable securities have the right to demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the aggregate amount of securities to be sold under the registration statement on Form S-3 is at least $5.0 million, subject to specified exceptions, conditions and limitations.

“Piggyback” Registration Rights

If we propose to register any securities for public sale, holders of registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement (except with respect to this offering, for which the holders have waived any and all rights to have their shares included). The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration statement, subject to specified conditions and limitations. The holders of our common stock warrant and Series C-2 preferred stock warrant are also entitled to piggyback registration rights.

Expenses of Registration

Generally, we are required to bear all registration and selling expenses incurred in connection with the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described above, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights discussed above will terminate two years following the closing of this offering or, as to a given holder of registrable securities, when such holder is able to sell all of its registrable securities in a single 90-day period under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which

 

157


Table of Contents
 

employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    at or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

    subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder;

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation; and

 

    provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against the us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (4) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

 

    permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);

 

    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

    divide our board of directors into three classes;

 

158


Table of Contents
    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

    provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

    do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose); and

 

    provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding common stock.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “HTGM.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

 

159


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, upon the closing of this offering, 6,734,613 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, (2) the issuance of 324,380 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of the $4.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 notes plus accrued interest thereon, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015, (3) the issuance by us of 769,059 shares of preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants in connection with the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares into an aggregate of 7,153 shares of common stock, (4) the issuance of 373,491 shares of our common stock as payment for accrued dividends in connection with the closing of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming a closing date for this offering of May 8, 2015, (5) the issuance by us of 3,570,000 shares of common stock in this offering, and (6) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless held by an affiliate of ours. Except as set forth below, the remaining                  shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will generally become eligible for sale under Rule 144 or Rule 701 upon expiration of lock-up agreements at least 180 days after the date of this offering.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 67,346 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 held by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

 

160


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted shares have entered into lock-up agreements as described below and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale at the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Under Rule 701, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold by:

 

    persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and

 

    our affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to the manner-of-sale and volume limitations, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the six-month holding period requirement of Rule 144.

As of December 31, 2014, options to purchase a total of 595,577 shares of common stock were outstanding, of which 294,851 were vested. All shares of our common stock issuable under these options are subject to contractual lock-up agreements with us or the underwriters described below under “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements unless held by an affiliate of ours.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, along with our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders and optionholders, have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions, we or they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock. See “Underwriting – No Sale of Similar Securities” below. Upon expiration of the “lock-up” period, certain of our stockholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “Registration Rights” below.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 2,559,806 shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares or shares underlying warrants under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock – Registration Rights.”

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 plan and the ESPP. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

161


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax law that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, does not consider the potential application of the alternative minimum or Medicare contribution tax, does not deal with foreign, state, local, estate or gift tax consequences. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, foreign governments, international organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities or an entity that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of its place of organization or formation). Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under other U.S. federal tax laws or the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local or foreign tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that has not been excluded from this discussion and is not a U.S. Holder. A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below, distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s

 

162


Table of Contents

behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates, unless a specific treaty exemption applies. A Non- U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that receives effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a non-taxable return of capital and will first reduce your adjusted basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if interests in U.S. real estate comprised (by fair market value) at least half of our total worldwide interests in real property plus our business assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, such treatment will not cause gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock to be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period and (2) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our common stock will qualify or continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, unless a specific treaty exemption applies, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (b) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).

 

163


Table of Contents

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we or certain financial middlemen must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our common stock including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed appropriate IRS Form W-8 or otherwise establishes an exemption. The current backup withholding rate is 28%.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds from a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, except that information reporting and such requirements may be avoided if the holder provides a properly executed appropriate IRS Form W-8 or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing Non-U.S. Holder status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is considered effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

If backup withholding is applied to you, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a credit with respect to such backup withholding.

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends paid, and the gross proceeds from a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2016, to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined for this purpose), including when the foreign financial institution holds our common stock on behalf of a non-U.S. Holder, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends paid, and the gross proceeds from a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2016, to a non-financial foreign entity (as specifically defined for this purpose) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this withholding tax on their investment in our common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS.

 

164


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Leerink Partners LLC is acting as representative of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

  

Number of

Shares

 

Leerink Partners LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Total

     3,570,000   

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

Certain of our existing principal stockholders or their affiliates and entities affiliated with certain of our directors have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of approximately $25.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these stockholders may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these stockholders could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these stockholders than the stockholders indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these stockholders.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representative has advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

     Per Share     

Without

Option

    

With

Option

 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

 

165


Table of Contents

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $2.1 million. We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $30,000 for their FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 535,500 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Leerink Partners. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

    sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

    purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

    grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

    otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

    request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “HTGM.”

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representative believe to be comparable to us;

 

    our financial information;

 

    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

166


Table of Contents
    the present state of our development; and

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representative may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representative will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

 

167


Table of Contents

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They may in the future receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers.

Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The company, the representative and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

 

168


Table of Contents

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

169


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, San Diego, California. As of the date of this prospectus, Cooley LLP beneficially owned less than one percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock. The underwriters are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, San Diego, California.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years then ended included in this Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm (the report on the financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern), appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing us at 3430 E. Global Loop, Tucson, Arizona 85706 or telephoning us at (877) 289-2615.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.htgmolecular.com, at which, following the closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this prospectus.

 

170


Table of Contents

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2   

Audited Financial Statements:

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-3   

Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-5   

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-6   

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

  F-8   

Notes to Financial Statements

  F-9   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Tucson, Arizona

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and has an accumulated deficit of approximately $68.2 million as of December 31, 2014 that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

February 25, 2015, except for Note 16, which is as of April 27, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2013  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,613,392      $ 1,815,289   

Accounts receivable, net

     801,125        603,853   

Inventory, net allowance of $54,269 in 2014 and $536,119 in 2013

     1,475,208        744,171   

Prepaid expenses and other

     112,035        164,127   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  6,001,760      3,327,440   

Deferred financing and offering costs

  1,369,281      —    

Property and equipment:

Office equipment

  414,424      310,158   

Leasehold improvements

  234,602      219,284   

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

  2,009,818      1,871,234   

Evaluation and rental equipment

  513,625      —    

Software

  140,248      140,248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  3,312,717      2,540,924   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

  (1,955,512   (1,470,517
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  1,357,205      1,070,407   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 8,728,246    $ 4,397,847   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to the financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents
     December 31,  
     2014     2013  

Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 948,429      $ 750,236   

Accrued liabilities

     1,499,750        1,065,391   

Deferred revenue

     41,248        136,690   

NuvoGen obligation

     —          450,000   

Term loan

     813,715        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  3,303,142      2,402,317   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

  730,543      44,120   

Term loan payable – non-current, net of discount

  9,705,655      —    

NuvoGen obligation – non-current

  8,677,859      9,247,092   

Other

  58,380      87,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  22,475,579      11,781,458   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

Series A, $0.001 par value; $1,406,369 liquidation value; 1,292,084 shares authorized; 1,292,084 shares issued and outstanding at both December 31, 2014 and 2013

  1,402,687      1,401,677   

Series B, $0.001 par value; $2,104,811 liquidation value; 11,919,624 and 12,657,346 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013; 6,789,712 and 11,919,624 shares both issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

  2,099,310      3,795,690   

Series C-1, $0.001 par value; $4,581,944 liquidation value; 17,530,800 and 19,896,300 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013; 13,342,612 and 16,240,450 shares both issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

  4,567,525      5,596,660   

Series C-2, $0.001 par value; $2,244,343 liquidation value; 19,262,522 shares authorized at both December 31, 2014 and 2013; 9,948,331 and 19,104,610 shares both issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

  2,223,506      4,270,835   

Series D, $0.001 par value; $68,001,923 liquidation value; 237,031,908 and 198,217,972 shares authorized; 139,529,173 and 143,737,467 shares both issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

  37,174,666      35,803,437   

Series E, $0.001 par value; $20,839,001 liquidation value; 185,046,445 and no shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013; 45,938,041 and no shares both issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

  8,454,899      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

  55,922,593      50,868,299   

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders’ deficit:

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 600,000,000 and 324,763,566 shares authorized; 334,003 and 332,607 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2014; 97,745 and 96,349 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2013

  333      97   

Distributions in excess of capital

  (1,426,556   (3,966,712

Treasury stock – 1,396 shares, at cost

  (75,000   (75,000

Accumulated deficit

  (68,168,703   (54,210,295
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

  (69,669,926   (58,251,910
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

$ 8,728,246    $ 4,397,847   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to the financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Statements of Operations

 

    

Years Ended

December 31,

 
     2014     2013  

Revenue:

    

Product

   $ 1,788,205      $ 771,478   

Service

     497,168        953,184   

Other

     1,043,584        518,410   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  3,328,957      2,243,072   

Cost of revenue

  3,204,915      2,246,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin (loss)

  124,042      (3,826

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative

  9,897,697      7,714,030   

Research and development

  3,075,204      4,197,610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  12,972,901      11,911,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

  (12,848,859   (11,915,466

(Loss) income from change in stock warrant valuation

  (388,936   161,089   

Interest expense

  (706,866   (211,872

Other (expense) income, net

  (13,747   196,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

  (13,958,408   (11,769,419

Income taxes

  —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (13,958,408   (11,769,419

Accretion of stock issuance costs

  (102,677   (151,496

Accretion of Series E warrant discount

  (313,152   —    

Accretion of Series D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends

  (3,244,572   (2,270,426
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (17,618,809 $ (14,191,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (175.03 $ (147.48

Shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  100,659      96,224   

See notes to the financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

 

    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock  
    Series A     Series B     Series C-1     Series C-2     Series D     Series E  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2013

    1,292,084      $ 1,399,481        11,919,624      $ 3,789,940        16,240,450      $ 5,586,118        19,104,610      $ 4,256,373        109,227,291      $ 25,893,415        —       $ —    

Issuance of preferred stock Series D, net of issuance cost of $33,277

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         34,510,176       7,521,050       —         —    

Exercise of stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Share-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

    —         2,196       —         5,750       —         10,542       —         14,462       —         118,546       —         —    

Accretion of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock dividend

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         2,270,426        —         —    

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    1,292,084      $ 1,401,677        11,919,624      $ 3,795,690        16,240,450      $ 5,596,660        19,104,610      $ 4,270,835        143,737,467      $ 35,803,437        —       $ —    

Issuance of preferred stock Series E, net of issuance cost of $170,546

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         34,453,538        5,494,766   

Exercise of Series D warrants

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         25,125       4,271       —         —    

Exercise of Series E warrants

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         11,484,503        1,889,201   

Exercise of stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Share-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

    —         1,010        —         2,647        —         4,853        —         6,665        —         57,049        —         30,453   

Accretion of Series E warrant discount

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         313,152   

Adjustment to Series B book value

    —         —         —         (112,903     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Accretion of Series D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         2,517,245        —         727,327   

Optional conversion of preferred stock to common

    —         —         (5,129,912     (1,586,124     (2,997,838     (1,033,988     (9,156,279     (2,053,994     (4,233,419     (1,207,336     —         —    

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    1,292,084      $ 1,402,687        6,789,712      $ 2,099,310        13,242,612      $ 4,567,525        9,948,331      $ 2,223,506        139,529,173      $ 37,174,666        45,938,041      $ 8,454,899   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to the financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents
    Stockholders’ Deficit  
    Common Stock     Distributions In
Excess of Capital
    Treasury Stock     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  
    Shares     Amount          

Balance at January 1, 2013

    95,477      $ 96      $ (1,636,995   $ (75,000   $ (42,440,876   $ (44,152,775

Issuance of preferred stock Series D, net of issuance cost of $33,277

    —         —          —          —          —          —     

Exercise of stock options

    872        1       4,108        —          —          4,109  

Share-based compensation expense

    —          —          88,097       —          —          88,097  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

    —          —          (151,496     —          —          (151,496

Accretion of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock dividend

    —          —          (2,270,426     —          —          (2,270,426

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (11,769,419     (11,769,419
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  96,349    $ 97    $ (3,966,712 $ (75,000 $ (54,210,295 $ (58,251,910

Issuance of preferred stock Series E, net of issuance cost of $170,546

  —        —        —        —        —        —     

Exercise of Series D warrants

  —        —        —        —        —        —     

Exercise of Series E warrants

  —        —        —        —        —        —     

Exercise of stock options

  9,909      10      21,472      —        —        21,482   

Share-based compensation expense

  —        —        184,966      —        —        184,966   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs

  —        —        (102,677   —        —        (102,677

Accretion of discount on Series E warrant

  —        —        (313,152   —        —        (313,152

Adjustment to book value of Series B

  —        —        112,903      —        —        112,903   

Accretion of Series D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock dividend

  —        —        (3,244,572   —        —        (3,244,572

Optional conversion of preferred stock to common

  226,349      226      5,881,216      —        —        5,881,442   

Net loss

  —        —        —        —        (13,958,408   (13,958,408
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  332,607    $ 333    $ (1,426,556 $ (75,000 $ (68,168,703 $ (69,669,926
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to the financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

 
     2014     2013  

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (13,958,408   $ (11,769,419

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     496,595        315,086   

Accretion of discount on NuvoGen obligation

     187,017        210,156   

Bad debt expense

     115,068        36,300   

Provision for excess inventory

     54,269        —     

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     13,841        —     

Amortization of discount on term loan

     84,676        —     

Amortization of final payment premium on term loan

     56,201        —     

Share-based compensation

     184,966        88,097   

Change in preferred warrants valuation

     388,936        (161,089

Loss on disposal of asset

     35,960        —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (312,340     (456,435

Inventory

     (746,982     (621,052

Prepaid expenses and other

     52,092        38,245   

Accounts payable

     198,193        146,897   

Accrued liabilities

     278,291        308,867   

Deferred revenue

     (95,442     41,190   

Other long term liabilities

     (29,549     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

  (12,996,616   (11,823,157

Investing activities

Purchase of property and equipment

  (857,677   (777,767
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (857,677   (777,767

Financing activities

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  21,482      4,109   

Draws on line of credit

  750,000      —     

Payments on line of credit

  (750,000   —     

Proceeds from exercise of Series D warrants

  251      —    

Payments on NuvoGen obligation

  (1,206,250   (425,000

Proceeds from term loan

  10,680,000      —    

Deferred financing and offering costs

  (1,205,122   —     

Payments on equipment lease

  (21,932   —    

Proceeds from sale of Series D preferred stock, net of issuance costs

  —       7,521,050   

Proceeds from sale of Series E preferred stock, net of issuance costs

  7,383,967      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

  15,652,396      7,100,159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  1,798,103      (5,500,765

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  1,815,289      7,316,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 3,613,392    $ 1,815,289   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

$ 102,677    $ 151,496   

Exercise of Series D warrants

$ 4,020    $ —    

Accretion of Series E warrant discount

$ 313,152    $ —    

Adjustment to Series B book value

$ (112,903 $ —    

Accretion of Series D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends

$ 3,244,572    $ 2,270,426   

Conversion of preferred stock to common

$ (5,881,442 $ —    

Transfer of fixed assets to inventory

$ 38,324    $ —    

Accrual of deferred offering and finance costs

$ 178,000    $ —    

Allocation of Series E warrant debt discount

$ 301,507    $ —    

Supplemental cash flow information

Cash paid for interest

$ 368,331    $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to the financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Background

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”) is a commercial stage company that developed and markets a novel technology platform to facilitate the routine use of complex molecular profiling. The Company’s HTG Edge platform, consisting of instrumentation, consumables and software analytics, is used in sample profiling applications including tumor profiling, molecular diagnostic testing and biomarker development. The Company’s HTG Edge platform automates the molecular profiling of genes and gene activity using its proprietary nuclease protection chemistry on a wide variety of biological samples. The Company derives revenue from the sale of instruments, consumables and related services.

The Company operates in one segment and its customers are primarily located in the United States. During each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, approximately 14% of the Company’s revenue was generated from sales to customers located outside of the United States.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has had recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception, and has an accumulated deficit of approximately $68.2 million as of December 31, 2014, which raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had available cash and cash equivalents of approximately $3.6 million and a commitment for the purchase of an additional $7.3 million in convertible notes to allow for additional cash availability. In order to continue as a going concern, the Company will need, among other things, to raise additional capital until its revenue reaches a level sufficient to provide for self-sustaining cash flows. There can be no assurance that additional equity or debt financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all, or that the Company’s revenue will reach a level sufficient to provide for self-sustaining cash flows. The financial statements of the Company do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s significant estimates include revenue recognition, stock-based compensation expense, the value of the warrant liability, the resolution of uncertain tax positions, income tax valuation allowances, recovery of long-lived assets and provisions for doubtful accounts, inventory obsolescence and inventory valuation. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with financial institutions and money market instruments.

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable represent valid claims against debtors and have been reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $85,068 and $36,300 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Management reviews

 

F-9


Table of Contents

accounts receivable to identify where collectability may not be probable based on the specific identification method. Bad debt expense was $115,068 and $36,300 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of financial instruments classified as current assets and current liabilities approximate fair value due to their liquidity and short-term nature. The carrying amount of the Company’s asset-secured growth capital term loan (the “Growth Term Loan”), approximates fair value since the interest rate approximates the market rate for debt securities with similar terms and risk characteristics. The NuvoGen Obligation is an obligation with a common stockholder of the Company. Although the obligation is considered a financial instrument, the Company is unable to reasonably determine its fair value.

Inventory, net

Inventory, consisting of raw materials and finished goods, is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. The Company reserves or writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence, or unmarketable inventory, in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value, based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the Company, additional inventory write-downs may be required. Inventory impairment charges establish a new cost basis for inventory and charges are not reversed subsequently to income, even if circumstances later suggest that increased carrying amounts are recoverable.

For the year ended December 31, 2014 the Company wrote off inventory previously reserved of $536,119, partially offset by the recording of an increase of $54,269 for estimated obsolescence, resulting in a decrease in the inventory reserve of $481,850. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a decrease of $650 to adjust for estimated obsolescence. These amounts are recorded within cost of revenues for each year.

Included in inventory are HTG Edge instrument finished goods under evaluation at customer locations under evaluation agreements. Equipment that is under evaluation for purchase remains in inventory. Generally, the Company permits instruments to be evaluated for a period up to 90 days. If the customer has not completed the purchase of the instrument by the end of the 90-day evaluation period, management will then determine whether to extend the evaluation period or have the equipment returned to the Company. When management decides to extend the valuation period for a longer term to a small number of customers, the Company transfers the equipment to evaluation equipment, a long-term asset, and depreciates the asset over its estimated life of five years. At December 31, 2014 the Company had 4 processors and 4 readers under evaluation for over 90 days. The Company did not have any equipment under evaluation for over 90 days as of December 31, 2013.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost and depreciated over their useful lives, which range from three to five years, using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life. Depreciation and leasehold improvement amortization expense was $481,012 and $268,337 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Costs incurred in the development and installation of software for internal use are expensed or capitalized, depending on whether they are incurred in the preliminary project stage (expensed), application development stage (capitalized), or post-implementation stage (expensed). Amounts capitalized following project completion are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the developed asset, which is generally three years. Amortization expense for capitalized software costs was $15,583 and $46,749 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Although the Company has accumulated losses since inception, the Company believes the future cash flows will be sufficient to exceed the carrying value of the Company’s long-lived assets. There were no impairments of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Stock Issuance Costs

Certain costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the Company’s Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”) have been deferred and are being accreted. Stock issuance costs are accreted through a charge to distributions in excess of capital using the effective interest method. Accretion was $102,677 and $151,496 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. An adjustment of $(112,903) was made during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 to correct an immaterial error from prior periods and reduce the book value of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock to the correct accreted balance.

Deferred Financing Costs

Certain costs incurred in connection with the Growth Term Loan (Note 5) have been deferred and are being amortized. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the related loan using the effective interest method. The Company has recorded approximately $75,131 and $0 of deferred financing costs as a non-current asset in the accompanying balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Amortization was $13,841 and $0 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs represent legal, accounting and other direct costs related to the Company’s efforts to raise capital through an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. Future costs will be deferred until the completion of the initial public offering, at which time they will be reclassified to distributions in excess of capital as a reduction of the proceeds. All deferred costs will be expensed if the Company terminates its plan for an initial public offering. The Company has recorded approximately $1.3 million and $0 of deferred offering costs as a non-current asset in the accompanying balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents cash receipts for products or services to be provided in future periods. When products are delivered or services are rendered, deferred revenue is then recognized as earned.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of instruments, consumables and related services when the following four basic criteria are met: (1) a contract has been entered into with a customer or persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services rendered, (3) the fee is fixed and determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.

Sale of instruments and consumables

Instrument product revenue is generally recognized upon installation and calibration by the Company’s field service engineers, unless the customer has specified any other acceptance criteria. The sale of instruments and related installation and calibration are considered to be one unit of accounting, as instruments are required to be professionally installed and calibrated before use. Installation generally occurs within a week of shipment.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Consumables are considered to be separate units of accounting as they are sold separately. Consumables revenue is recognized upon transfer of ownership, which is generally upon shipment. The Company’s standard term and conditions provide that no right of return exists for instruments or consumables.

When a contract involves multiple elements, the items included in the arrangement (deliverables) are evaluated to determine whether they represent separate units of accounting. The Company performs this evaluation at the inception of an arrangement and as each item is delivered in the arrangement. Generally, the Company accounts for a deliverable (or a group of deliverables) separately if the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer, the customer is given a general right of return relative to the delivered item, and delivery or performance of the undelivered item or service is probable and substantially in the Company’s control. When multiple elements can be separated into separate units of accounting, arrangement consideration is allocated at the inception of the arrangement, based on each deliverables’ relative selling price. All revenue from contracts determined not to have separate units of accounting is recognized based on consideration of the most substantive delivery factor of all the elements in the contract.

The Company provides instruments to certain customers under a reagent agreement. Under these agreements, the Company installs instruments in the customer’s facility without a fee and the customer agrees to purchase consumable products at a stated price over the term of the agreement; however, the agreements do not contain a minimum purchase requirement. Terms range from several months to multiple years and may automatically renew in several month or multiple year increments unless either party notifies the other in advance that the agreement will not renew. This represents a multiple element arrangement and because all consideration under the reagent agreement is contingent on the sale of consumables, no consideration has been allocated to the instrument and no revenue has been recognized upon installation of the instrument. The cost of the instrument under the agreement is expected to be recovered in the fees charged for consumables, to the extent sold, over the term of the agreement. Revenue is recognized as consumables are shipped.

The Company retains title to the instrument and title is transferred to the customer at no additional charge at the conclusion of the initial arrangement. Because the pattern of revenue from the arrangement cannot be reasonably estimated, the cost of the instrument is amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the arrangement. Cost to maintain the instrument while title remains with the Company is charged to cost of sales as incurred.

Service Revenue

For contracts related to custom panel design services and sample processing, the Company utilizes a proportional performance revenue recognition model, under which revenue is recognized as performance occurs based on the relative outputs of the performance that have occurred up to that point in time under the respective agreement. The Company includes all applicable costs incurred related to custom panel design services, including research and development costs and general and administrative expenses, in cost of revenue.

The Company also provides contract research services under cost plus fixed fee government contracts. Revenue is recognized under government contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Under the percentage-of-completion method, contract research revenue is recognized as the work progresses and services are rendered and costs are incurred. The fixed fee is recognized in proportion to costs incurred compared to total estimated costs. The Company includes all applicable costs incurred from government contracts, including general and administrative expenses on government contracts, in cost of revenue.

Anticipated losses, if any, on contracts are charged to earnings as soon as they are identified. Anticipated losses cover all costs allocable to contracts. Revenue arising from claims or change orders is recorded either as income or as an offset against a potential loss only when the amount of the claim can be estimated and its realization is probable.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Other Revenue

Other revenue includes license and grant revenue.

License revenue is generated from the licensing of the Company’s internally developed intellectual property to third parties. The revenue may be generated by nonrefundable up-front payments and license fees, milestone and other contingent payments, or royalties based on sales of commercialized products. Licensing fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the license agreement for agreements requiring specific continuing performance obligations with deferral of all or a portion of these fees. If it cannot be concluded that a license fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of an arrangement, amounts are recognized as income as payments from third parties become due. No licensing fees were included in other revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Grant revenue is earned when expenditures relating to the projects under these awards are incurred.

Product Warranty

The Company generally sells products with a limited product quality warranty that is guaranteed by the Company’s third-party instrument manufacturers. The Company occasionally sells products with warranties that extend beyond the manufacturer’s guarantee. The Company maintains the primary obligation for extended warranties. When extended warranties are sold, the revenue is deferred until the standard warranty expires and then is recognized over the term of the extended warranty. The Company also sells products with a one-year warranty as guaranteed by the Company. The Company had a low rate of extended warranty claims for the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2013 and has not recorded any liability for product warranty for either period.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses represent both costs incurred internally for research and development activities as well as costs incurred externally to fund research activities. All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments pursuant to an executory contract and which have no alternative future use are capitalized and recorded as expense when the respective product or services are delivered.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company records shipping and handling costs paid by customers as revenue. Likewise, the actual costs for shipping and handling are charged to cost of revenue.

Advertising

All costs associated with advertising and promotions are expensed as incurred. The amount of advertising and promotion expense was $18,581 and $66,649 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes expense for share-based payments, including grants of stock options and restricted stock awards, based on the fair value of awards on the date of grant. The fair value of each employee stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by the fair value of the Company’s stock price and a number of assumptions, including volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and dividend yield.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes compensation cost for share-based payment awards with service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. However, the amount of compensation cost recognized at any time generally equals the portion of grant-date fair value of the award that is vested at that date, net of estimated forfeitures. If the actual forfeitures differ from the Company’s estimates, compensation expense is adjusted. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods on a cumulative basis in the period the estimated forfeiture rate changes. The Company considered its historical experience of pre-vesting option forfeitures as the basis to arrive at its estimated pre-vesting option forfeiture rate of 2.8% and 10.4% per year for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company reports cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized from those options (excess tax benefits) as financing cash flows, if they should arise.

The Company uses fair value to account for restricted stock awards. The restricted stock awards are valued based on management’s valuation of the common stock price on the date of grant and amortized ratably over the life of the award.

For share-based payments to nonemployee consultants, the fair value of the share-based consideration issued is used to measure the transaction, as the Company believes this to be a more reliable measure of fair value than the services received. The fair value of the award is measured at the fair value of the Company’s stock options on the date that the commitment for performance by the nonemployee consultant has been reached or performance is complete. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period for awards, on a straight-line basis.

Black-Scholes assumptions used to calculate the fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31 were as follows:

 

     2014     2013  

Fair value of common stock

   $ 2.15 – 12.89      $ 2.15   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.65% – 2.03     1.02% – 1.76

Expected volatility

     70     70

Expected term

     5.4 to 6.1 years        6 years   

Expected dividend yield

     —       —  

The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of short-traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of assumptions. The volatility assumption is based on the volatility of publicly traded industry competitors and adjusted for future expectations. The expected term of options is based on the utilization of the simplified method, which utilizes the contract term and vesting period to derive the expected term. The Company has elected to use the simplified method because the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term due to its equity shares not being publicly traded. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected terms of the stock option grant. The Company does not anticipate paying a dividend, and, therefore, no expected dividend yield was used.

Share-based compensation cost amounted to the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014              2013      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 163,540       $ 67,367   

Research and development

     21,426         20,730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 184,966    $ 88,097   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted was $2.51 and $1.34 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based compensation awards was approximately $693,354, which is expected to be recognized over approximately three years.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is established against net deferred tax assets for the uncertainty it presents of the Company’s ability to use the net deferred tax assets, in this case the net operating tax loss carryforwards and research and development tax credits in the future. In assessing the realizability of net deferred tax assets, the Company assesses the likelihood that net deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to the extent that recovery is not likely or there is insufficient operating history, a valuation allowance is established. The Company records the valuation allowance in the period the Company determines it is “more likely than not” that net deferred tax assets will not be realized. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance for all net deferred tax assets due to their current realization being considered remote in the near term. The Company accounts for uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return using the more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. No material uncertain tax positions have been identified or recorded in the financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Concentration Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and uncollateralized accounts receivable. The Company maintains the majority of its cash balances in the form of cash deposits in bank checking and money market accounts in amounts in excess of federally insured limits. Management believes, based on the quality of the financial institution, that the credit risk with regard to these deposits is not significant.

The Company sells its instruments, consumables, sample processing services, custom panel design services and contract research services primarily to biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs. The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and credit losses have been minimal to date.

Approximately 12% and 7% of the Company’s revenue was derived from two customers for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 14% and 10% were derived from two customers for the year ended December 31, 2013. One customer accounted for approximately 31% and 22% of the Company’s net accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company derived 31% and 23% of its total revenue from grants and contracts, primarily from one organization, during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company currently relies on a single vendor to manufacture its HTG Edge processor and reader and additional single suppliers to supply subcomponents used in the processor. A loss of any of these suppliers could significantly delay the delivery of HTG Edge systems, which in turn would materially affect the Company’s ability to generate revenue.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications were made to the prior year financial statements to conform to current year presentation.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated events occurring subsequent to the end of the year. In the preparation of the accompanying financial statements, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 25, 2015, the date the financial statements were issued.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing GAAP.

The revised revenue standard is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the Company’s pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s financial statements and has not yet determined the method by which it will adopt the standard in 2017.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 provides GAAP guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern and about related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The standard will be effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is permitted for annual or interim reporting periods for which the financial statements have not previously been issued. The Company does not believe the adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

2. Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following as of the date indicated:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Raw materials

   $ 174,150       $ 203,201   

Work in process

     —          3,117   

Finished goods

     1,301,058         537,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 1,475,208    $ 744,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value measurements used by the Company for all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements are based on the premise that fair value represents an exit price representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be

 

F-16


Table of Contents

determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the following three-tier fair value hierarchy has been used in determining the input used in measuring fair value:

 

Level 1 –    Quoted process in active markets for identical assets or liabilities on the reporting date. Financial assets in Level 1 include the amounts held in money market accounts classified as cash equivalents.
Level 2 –    Pricing inputs are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 –    Pricing inputs are generally unobservable and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require management’s judgment or estimation of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. The fair values are therefore determined using factors that involve considerable judgment and interpretations, including but not limited to private and public comparables, third-party appraisals, discounted cash flow models, and fund manager estimates. Financial liabilities in this category include the Company’s preferred stock warrants.

The following table provides information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

 

    Balance at
December 31,
2014
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Balance at
December 31,
2013
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

Asset included in:

               

Money Markets

  $ 3,608,890      $ 3,608,890      $  —        $ —       $ 1,756,958      $ 1,756,958      $ —        $ —    

Liabilities:

               

Growth Term Loan warrants

  $ 301,508      $ —        $ —        $ 301,508      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Preferred Stock warrants

  $ 429,035      $ —       $ —       $ 429,035      $ 44,120      $ —       $ —       $ 44,120   

There are no other financial instruments subject to fair value measurement on a recurring basis.

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2, and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels for either of the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2013. The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model and other valuation models for measuring the fair value of its Level 3 preferred stock warrant liabilities.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The Company’s warrant liabilities were categorized as Level 3 because they were valued based on unobservable inputs and management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such financial instruments. The Company performed a fair value assessment of the warrant liability inputs on a quarterly basis using the Black-Sholes option pricing model utilizing the following assumptions:

 

     December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 

Fair value of Series B/C/D Stock and Series E Stock shares on grant date or measurement date

   $ 0.14 – $0.22      $ 0.02 – $0.12   

Exercise price

   $ 0.01 – $0.346      $ 0.01 – $0.346   

Expected risk-free interest rate

     1.20     .80

Expected volatility

     70     70

Expected term

     4.1 years        3.1 years   

Expected dividend yield

     0 – 8     0 – 8

The volatility assumption is based on the volatility of publicly traded industry competitors as adjusted for future expectations. The expected term was based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations with regard to the exercise of the preferred stock warrants and the probability of conversion of the underlying preferred stock. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected terms of the warrants. The fair value of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock was determined by a valuation model that considered both income and market-based valuations of the Company’s enterprise value.

The expected dividend yield is consistent with the dividend rate on the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are inherently subjective and involve significant judgment. Any change in the fair value was recognized as a component of other income (expense) in the statements of operations.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs are as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  

Beginning balance

   $ 44,120       $ 205,209   

Issuance of Series E Warrants

     2,190,708         —    

Exercise of Series E Warrants

     (1,889,201      —    

Exercise of Series D Warrants

     (4,020      —    

Change in stock warrant valuation

     388,936         (161,089
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

$ 730,543    $ 44,120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Employee compensation and benefits

   $ 1,017,861       $ 766,997   

Interest

     77,917         —     

Professional fees

     70,000         74,322   

Offering costs

     178,000         —     

Other accrued liabilities

     155,972         224,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 1,499,750    $ 1,065,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

5. Debt Obligations

Line of Credit

In December 2008, the Company entered into a $750,000 note payable (“Term Loan”) with a financial institution. In conjunction with the execution of the Term Loan, the Company also issued the financial institution a warrant (“Term Warrants”) to purchase 157,912 shares of the Company’s Series C-2 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C-2 Stock”) for $0.2256 per share. The Company accounted for the Term Warrants as liabilities as the Term Warrants were indexed to shares that could be redeemed for cash outside the control of the Company. The Company allocated the total cash proceeds to the Term Loan and Term Warrants as a discount to be accreted over the term of the loan which, which was repaid during 2011, using the effective interest method.

On November 18, 2011, the Company amended and restated its loan agreement with the financial institution whereby the financial institution extended the Company a line of credit for up to the lesser of $1,000,000 or 80% of the Company’s eligible domestic trade receivables and provided for a non-formula maximum borrowing amount of $750,000. The line of credit bore interest at 2.75% and had an original maturity date of November 18, 2012.

Following amendments to covenant terms and availability measures and maturity dates in May, July and November 2012, the Company amended and restated its loan and agreement with the financial institution in December 2012, whereby the financial institution extended the Company’s line of credit until December 30, 2013, increased the non-formula maximum borrowing amount to $500,000 and modified the single compliance covenant to a minimum cash covenant which provided that the Company’s unrestricted cash and cash equivalents net of borrowing with the financial institution must at all times be $1,500,000 or more through the maturity of the amended and restated loan agreement. At December 30, 2013, the loan agreement expired and no amounts were available for borrowing.

On January 17, 2014, the Company amended and restated its loan agreement with the financial institution whereby the financial institution no longer required the minimum cash covenant, and extended the Company’s line of credit until March 31, 2014, subject to the Company raising net proceeds of at least $5,000,000 in equity financing, and provided for an increase in the non-formula maximum borrowing amount to $750,000. On February 4, 2014 the Company raised in excess of $5,000,000 in equity financing from the sale of Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E Stock”) (See Note 7).

On April 9, 2014, the Company amended and restated its loan agreement with the financial institution whereby the financial institution extended the Company’s line of credit until June 29, 2014. The loan was again amended on July 25, 2014 to extend the Company’s line of credit until August 15, 2014.

On August 22, 2014, the Company paid the remaining outstanding balance of $750,000 on the line of credit in full with the proceeds of the Growth Term Loan and the line of credit was terminated. There was $0 outstanding on the line of credit at December 31, 2013.

Growth Term Loan

In August 2014, the Company entered into the Growth Term Loan with a syndicate of two lending institutions. The first tranche of the Growth Term Loan (“Growth Term Loan A”) of $11.0 million was funded at closing with a second tranche of $5.0 million (“Growth Term Loan B”) available through June 30, 2016, subject to satisfaction of at least one of two milestones, including raising a minimum of $30.0 million in net proceeds from an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock or achieving a minimum trailing six month revenue target. The Company received the proceeds, net of a $0.3 million original issue discount. The Company also booked a $0.3 million discount for the issuance of warrants with the debt (See Note 6). The Company will be required to pay a final payment, or premium fee, of 3.75% of the total amount borrowed. The premium fee,

 

F-19


Table of Contents

original issuance discount, and warrant discount are being amortized, using the effective interest method, over the term of Growth Term Loan A. Amortization expense was $140,878 and $0 for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying condensed statement of operations. The Growth Term Loan A bears interest at the fixed rate of 8.5% and matures in September 2018 and, at least through September 2015, is payable in monthly interest-only payments. The interest-only payment period is extendable through January 31, 2016, upon funding of the second tranche prior to September 1, 2015. Following the interest-only payment period, equal monthly payments of $347,000 consisting of principal and interest amortized over the remaining term of the loan are due. The Growth Term Loan requires the Company to maintain compliance with specific reporting covenants and does not require financial covenants. The Growth Term Loan is secured by a lien covering substantially all of the Company’s assets, excluding patents, trademarks, and other intellectual property rights (except for rights to payment related to the sale, licensing or disposition of such intellectual property rights) and certain other specified property. The Company paid $0.1 million in financing costs upon entering the Growth Term Loan. The agreement includes warrants to purchase 2,512,562 shares of Series E Stock at a price of $0.2189 per share or at the purchase price of the next round of equity sold if no further shares of Series E Stock are sold. The warrants to purchase shares of Series E Stock expire on August 22, 2024 (See Note 6).

The principal repayments due under the term loan as of December 31, 2014, are as follows:

 

2015

$ 813,715   

2016

  3,432,771   

2017

  3,736,197   

2018

  3,017,317   
  

 

 

 

Total Growth Term Loan payments

  11,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Less discount

  536,831   

Plus final fee premium

  56,201   
  

 

 

 

Total Growth Term Loan, net

$ 10,519,370   
  

 

 

 

Convertible Notes

On December 30, 2014, the Company entered into two, separate subordinated convertible promissory note purchase agreements (“the Note Agreements”).

Under the first Note Agreement, the Company can issue up to $7,339,165 of notes to existing investors at five future, individual closings of up to $1,500,000 each upon ten days’ notice to participating investors. The date and time of the closings must be approved by the unanimous vote or written consent of those members of the Company’s Board of Directors who are not affiliated with the participating investors. When issued, the notes bear annual interest at 8% and mature on March 31, 2016. Any outstanding principal and accrued interest is automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock in the event of a qualified initial public offering or a private placement of preferred stock, each with gross proceeds of at least $20,000,000. In addition, pursuant to the first Note Agreement the Company issued to participating investors warrants to purchase up to 5,029,114 shares of Series E preferred stock at $0.2189 per share, discussed further in Note 6.

Under the second Note Agreement, the Company can issue up to $6,203,971 of notes to existing investors at four future, individual closings of up to $1,703,971 each upon ten days’ notice to participating investors. The date and time of the closings must be approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors elected by the holders of the Company’s Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E Directors”) and participating investors whose applicable closing commitment amount for such closing equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be sold at such closing. When issued, the notes bear annual interest at 8% and mature on March 31, 2016. Any outstanding principal and accrued interest is automatically converted

 

F-20


Table of Contents

into shares of the Company’s common stock in the event of a qualified initial public offering or a private placement of preferred stock, each with gross proceeds of at least $20,000,000. In addition, pursuant to the second Note Agreement the Company issued to participating investors warrants to purchase up to 4,282,472 shares of Series E preferred stock at $0.2189 per share, discussed further in Note 6.

The number of shares into which the notes may be converted, common shares in the case of a qualified initial public offering or preferred shares in the case of a qualified private placement, is equal to the outstanding principal and accrued interest divided by the price per share paid by investors purchasing such newly issued equity securities.

Under each of the Note Agreements, the failure of a principal or major participating investor to invest their committed amount at each of the closings will result in the conversion of a percentage of the investor’s preferred shares into common shares at the applicable conversion rates in effect pursuant to the Company’s restated certificate of incorporation. Under the first Note Agreement, failure of a principal investor to purchase their committed amount will result in the conversion of their entire holdings of preferred stock into common stock, at conversion rates then in effect. Under the second Note Agreement, up to 80% of the total preferred stock held by such investor will be converted into common stock, at conversion rates then in effect. In addition, failure to purchase the full committed amount in any closing will result in the termination of the applicable investor’s warrants, in whole or in part, and the forgiveness and extinguishment of 80% of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable investor’s outstanding notes, if any. In the event the Company sells new shares of stock in a qualified initial public offering or preferred stock in a private placement , an investor’s failure to participate in the subsequent equity financing, in an amount equal to their applicable remaining committed amount under the Note Agreements, will result in the conversion of up to 80% of the non-participating investor’s aggregate preferred stock holding as of the closing date of the subsequent equity financing, along with a reduction of up to 80% of the non-participating investor’s warrants.

As of December 31, 2014, there were no borrowings on the Note Agreements.

As discussed in Note 7, and pursuant to the provisions of the second Note Agreement, certain preferred shares were optionally converted into common stock as of December 30, 2014.

Certain provisions of the first Note Agreement terminate (including the investors’ obligations to purchase notes thereunder) immediately prior to the earlier to occur of the closing of (i) a qualified initial public offering or (ii) a qualified private placement. Certain provisions of the second Note Agreement terminate (including the investors’ obligations to purchase notes thereunder) immediately prior to the earlier to occur of (x) the time at which a registration statement covering a public offering of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, becomes effective or (y) the initial closing of a qualified private placement. The Company expects that such provisions of the Note Agreements (including the investors’ obligations to purchase notes thereunder) will be terminated in connection with this offering.

6. Warrants

Common Stock Warrants

In March 2009, the Company entered into a nonexclusive license agreement for certain intellectual property assets with the University of Arizona (the “University”), which was terminated in April 2013. As consideration for entering into this agreement, the Company granted the University a fully vested warrant (the “University Warrant”) to acquire 931 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for $6.45 per share. The University Warrant expires in March 2019. The warrant can be put back to the Company beginning in January 2019 at the option of the University for cash equal to the then-fair market value of 931 shares of Common Stock, less the aggregate exercise price of the University Warrant at the date of the put.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

If the fair market value of Common Stock is in excess of the exercise price of the University Warrant at March 2019, the Company will automatically repurchase the University Warrant for a price equal to the difference between the then fair market value of Common Stock and the University Warrant’s exercise price. The University Warrant has been accounted for as a liability due to a cash redemption feature that is outside the control of the Company. However, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of the University Warrant liability was deemed to be insignificant based on the current fair value of Common Stock.

Preferred Stock Warrants

In December 2008, the Company issued a Term Warrant, in connection with the issuance of a Term Loan, to purchase 157,912 shares of Series C-2 Stock (the “Series C-2 Warrants”) (see Note 5). At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of the Series C-2 Warrants was $22,108 and $1,942, respectively.

In connection with the 2003 Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 580,639 of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock” and together with the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series C-2 Stock, the “Series A/B/C Stock”) at $0.31 per share (the “Series B Warrants”). The Series B Warrants expired during 2013.

In connection with the 2007 Series C-1 Preferred Stock financing, the Company issued warrants to a customer and majority stockholder of the Company’s Series C-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C-1 Stock” and together with the Series C-2 Stock, the “Series C Stock”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,365,500 shares of Series C-1 Stock at $0.346 per share (the “Holder Warrants”). The contractual expiration was December 2013 but the Holder Warrants only vested if the Company exceeded a certain level of sales to the majority stockholder during the three-year period ending December 31, 2009. In July 2009, this three-year performance period was extended to December 31, 2011. Prior to 2011, the probability of the Company meeting the sales targets was remote and therefore no previous liability had been recorded for the Holder Warrants.

Also in connection with the 2007 Series C-1 Stock financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,290,350 of Series C-1 Stock at $0.346 per share (together with the Holder Warrants, the “Series C-1 Warrants”). At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of the Series C-1 Warrants related to Series C-1 Stock was $283,877 and $24,388, respectively.

The Company has accounted for the Series B Warrants, Series C-1 Warrants and C-2 Warrants as liabilities as such warrants are indexed to shares that could be redeemed for cash outside the control of the Company. The Company allocated the total proceeds to the related financial instruments and warrants based on their relative fair values. The Company neither applied the residual method nor reflected the value as a discount to the preferred stock, any differences were immaterial.

In connection with the issuance of convertible notes, the Company issued detachable warrants (“Convertible Note Warrants” and together with the Series B Warrants and Series C Warrants, the “Preferred Warrants”), after amendment, exercisable into 10% of the future shares of the Company’s next equity financing as issued upon conversion of principal of the convertible notes, ultimately into the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock. The Company issued 794,184 warrants to purchase shares of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series D Stock” and, together with the Series A/B/C Stock, the “Series A/B/C/D Stock”) at $0.01 per share and which expire in July 2020. The Company allocated the total cash proceeds of the Convertible Notes and Convertible Note Warrants based on their relative fair values, which approximates residual value. The relative fair value of the Convertible Note Warrants was recorded as a discount on the Convertible Notes to be accreted over the term of the Convertible Notes using the effective interest method. The Company has accounted for the Convertible Note Warrants as liabilities as the Convertible Note Warrants are indexed to shares that could be redeemed for cash outside the control of the Company. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of the Convertible Note Warrants was $123,049 and $17,790, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

In September and October 2014, 25,125 Series D Warrants with a fair value of $4,020 were exercised with proceeds of $251.

The Series C-1 preferred stock warrants and the Series D preferred stock warrants will terminate upon the closing of an initial public offering if not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with the closing of an initial public offering. Upon conversion of the Series C-2 preferred stock into common stock in connection with the completion of an initial public offering, the Series C-2 preferred stock warrant will become exercisable for an aggregate of 1,488 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $24.23 per share. The Series C-2 preferred stock warrant will expire by its terms on December 24, 2015, provided that the warrant will be automatically exercised on a cashless basis upon expiration if not previously exercised if the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock exceeds the per share exercise price.

In February and March of 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase Series E Stock in connection with the issuance of Series E Stock. The initial fair value of the warrants was $1,889,201, after which, they were immediately exercised. See Note 7.

On August 22, 2014, in connection with the Company’s entry into the Growth Term Loan, the Company issued to the lenders Series E preferred stock warrants (the “Series E Loan Warrants”) exercisable for an aggregate of 2,512,562 shares of Series E preferred stock at a price of $0.2189 per share. The warrants provide for cashless exercise at the option of the holders, and also contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations or dilutive issuances. Upon conversion of the Series E preferred stock into common stock in connection with the completion of an initial public offering, the Series E Loan Warrants will become exercisable for an aggregate of 23,396 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $23.51 per share. The Series E Loan Warrants expire by their terms on August 22, 2024, provided that the warrants will be automatically exercised on a cashless basis upon expiration if not previously exercised if the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock exceeds the per share exercise price.

The Company allocated the total proceeds of the Growth Term Loan and the Series E Loan Warrants based on the residual value method. Assumptions used to determine the initial fair value included fair value of shares of Series E Stock on grant date $0.31; Exercise price $0.2189; Expected risk-free interest rate 1.6%; Expected volatility 70.0%; Expected term 4.5 years; and Expected dividend yield 8.0%. The fair value of the Series E Warrants of $0.12 per share, or $301,507, was recorded as a discount on the Growth Term Loan to be accreted over the term of the Growth Term Loan using the effective interest method. The Company has accounted for the Series E Loan Warrants as liabilities as such warrants are indexed to shares that could be redeemed for cash outside the control of the Company. At December 31, 2014, the fair value of the Series E Loan Warrants was $301,507.

On December 30, 2014, in connection with the Company’s Note and Warrant Purchase Agreements (Note 5) the Company agreed to issue warrants (the “Convertible Note Warrants”) exercisable for an aggregate of 9,311,586 shares of Series E Stock at a price of $0.2189 per share, for aggregate consideration of $1,354. The Convertible Note Warrants were issued on January 15, 2015. The warrants provide for cashless exercise at the option of the holders, and also contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations or dilutive issuances. In connection with the completion of this offering, the Convertible Note Warrants will become exercisable for shares of the Company’s common stock at the offering’s share price, or alternatively, following a private placement, the per share price of the Company’s preferred stock. The Convertible Note Warrants expire by their terms on January 14, 2022. As the Convertible Note Warrants were issued in conjunction with and in order to establish a lending facility commitment, they will be accounted for as a deferred financing cost to be amortized over the life of the Note Agreements and as a warrant liability, at fair value, as they are indexed to shares that could be redeemed for cash outside the control of the Company.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Warrants outstanding for the purchase of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

                 Shares  

Series

   Expiration Date    Exercise Price      2014      2013  

Series C-1

   September 2016 and May 2017      0.346         1,290,350         1,290,350   

Series C-2

   December 2015      0.2256         157,912         157,912   

Series D

   July 2020      0.01         769,059         794,184   

Series E

   August 2024      0.2189         2,512,562         —     
        

 

 

    

 

 

 
  4,729,883      2,242,446   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subsequent adjustments to the fair value of the Preferred Warrants resulted in an unrealized loss of $388,936 and unrealized gain of $161,089 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, from the change in determined fair value.

The Preferred Warrants were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Refer to Note 3 for assumptions used to value these warrants.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On November 2, 2012, the Company entered into a Second Series D Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to issue up to 123,343,993 shares of the Company’s Series D Stock at a price of $0.2189 per share. On November 2, 2012, in an initial closing, the Company issued 34,515,756 shares of Series D Stock for gross proceeds of $7,555,499, and on December 20, 2012, the Company issued an additional 632,747 shares of Series D stock for gross proceeds of $138,508. Concurrent with the issuance of the Second Series D stock, the Company’s authorized shares were increased to 576,089,790 shares, consisting of 324,763,566 shares of Common Stock and 251,326,224 shares of preferred stock.

The Second Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement provided that in the event that, on or before May 31, 2013, the Company has achieved each of certain milestones, including financial and strategic initiatives, as set forth in the purchase agreement, then an additional closing of shares of the Series D Stock would be sold in a subsequent closing. The determination of whether the milestones were met was to be made reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors. Subject to the receipt of written notice following confirmation that the milestones were satisfied and the required Board and stockholders approvals of the additional closing were obtained, each initial closing purchaser was obligated to purchase the same amount of shares in the additional closing as they did in the initial closing.

The Company’s Board of Directors waived any unmet milestones in a Board meeting held on May 14, 2013. This action included a Board Resolution which authorized the Company to enter into a waiver document which waived the milestones and related approvals required under the Second Series D Purchase Agreement for the subsequent closing and, in addition, the requisite Series D Stock holders also waived the subsequent closing obligation that required the purchasers of less than 2,000,000 shares of Second Series D Stock in the initial closing to purchase the same number of shares of Series D Stock in the subsequent closing and approved the Company moving forward with the subsequent closing.

On May 29, 2013, the Company issued an additional 34,510,176 shares of its Second Series D Stock in a subsequent closing under the Second Series D Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement for gross proceeds of $7,554,277.

On February 4, 2014, the Company entered into the Series E Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement (the “Series E Agreement”) authorizing the sale and issuance of up to 99,132,024 shares of its Series E Stock for

 

F-24


Table of Contents

$0.2189 per share and warrants (the “Series E Warrants”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 33,044,008 shares of Series E Stock at an exercise price of $0.001 per share. Pursuant to the Series E Agreement, up to 49,566,012 shares of Series E Stock together with Series E Warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 16,522,004 shares of Series E Stock would be offered at one or more closings of a first tranche and the remainder of which will be offered in a second tranche.

As a result of the Series E Preferred Agreement, the Company’s authorized shares were increased to 600,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 472,083,383 shares of Preferred Stock.

On February 4, 2014, the Company issued 34,099,476 shares of Series E Stock pursuant to the Series E Agreement at a price per share of $0.2189 per share. Along with the shares of Series E Stock, one Series E Warrant was issued for every three shares of Series E Stock purchased with a purchase price of $0.0001 per Series E Warrant and an exercise price of $0.001 per share of Series E Stock for a total of 11,366,486 Series E Warrants. Each Series E Stock purchaser was required to exercise the Series E Warrant in a simultaneous transaction with the purchase of shares of Series E Stock. Together with the Series E Warrants, the issuance of shares of Series E Stock and Series E Warrants resulted in gross proceeds to the Company of $7,476,879.

On March 31, 2014, pursuant to a rights offering, the Company issued 354,062 shares of Series E Stock pursuant to the Series E Agreement at a price per share of $0.2189 per share. Along with the shares of Series E Stock, one Series E Warrant was issued for each three shares of Series E Stock purchased with a purchase price of $0.0001 per Series E Warrant and an exercise price of $0.001 per share of Series E Stock for a total of 118,017 Series E Warrants. Each Series E Stock purchaser was required to exercise the Series E Warrant in a simultaneous transaction with the purchase of shares of Series E Stock. Together with Series E Warrants, the issuance of shares of Series E Stock and Series E Warrants resulted in gross proceeds to the Company of $77,634. The Series E Agreement provided for a second closing on or before November 30, 2014, contingent upon the achievement of certain milestones. Each share of Series E Stock is convertible into Common Stock at a one-for-one ratio.

It was determined that, given the nominal strike price of the Series E Warrants and the fact that the Series E Preferred Warrants were required to be exercised immediately upon issuance, the per share value of the Series E Warrants would be similar to the effective per share value of the Series E Stock, or $0.1645 per share.

The second closing under the Series E Agreement, originally scheduled to occur on or before November 31, 2014, was effectively replaced by an alternative financing in the form of subordinated convertible promissory notes as discussed further in Note 5.

The Series A/B/C/D Stock and Series E Stock have a par value of $0.001 per share. In the event of a liquidation of the Company (“Liquidation Event”), the holders of the Series D Stock and Series E Stock are entitled to preferential distributions of any of the assets of the Company.

The Series D Stock and Series E Stock liquidation preference is equal to two times the original issue price of the Series D Stock or Series E Stock, respectively, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends whether or not declared. In the event of a Liquidation Event, payment of dividends, or share redemption, the holders of Series E Stock have preference over the holders of the Series A/B/C/D Stock and the Common Stock. The holders of Series D Stock have preference over the holders of Series A/B/C Stock and Common Stock. After the payment in full of the Series E Stock and Series D Stock liquidation preferences, the holders of preferred stock and common stock then outstanding will share ratably in the distribution of net assets of the Company available for distribution, with each share of preferred stock being deemed, for such purpose, to be equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible the day before such distribution, provided that the Series D Stock maximum participation amount would not exceed four times the Series D Stock original issue price, or $0.8756. A Liquidation Event is considered to occur upon any reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale, or capital stock transfer, whereby the preferred stockholders of record prior to the transition will immediately, after the transaction, hold less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity. At least 60% of the holders of

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Series E Stock and a majority of the Series E Directors may deem any of the aforementioned Liquidation Events as void by giving notice to the Company five days before the potential Liquidation Event. The Company is accreting up to the redemption amount and not the liquidation value, because additional amounts due under the liquidation rights are not considered probable at initial recording or at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

The shares of Series A/B/C/D Stock and Series E Stock are convertible into Common Stock based on their original issue price, excluding any accrued but unpaid dividends. The shares of Series A/B/C/D Stock and Series E Stock are convertible into Common Stock at any time at the option of the holder at the then-applicable conversion rate. The Series A/B/C/D Stock and Series E Stock will automatically be converted into Common Stock at the then-applicable conversion rate as of the earlier of the close of a firm commitment underwritten public offering resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $30,000,000 and three times the Series E Stock original issue price, or at the election of the Board of Directors and at least 60% of the holders of Series E Stock. Series D Stock and Series E Stock share conversion prices are subject to adjustment if the Company issues any additional shares of Common Stock or preferred stock at a price less than the applicable Series D Stock and Series E Stock share conversion price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of Common Stock or Preferred Stock. None of these contingent conversion price adjustments resulted in a beneficial conversion feature at December 31, 2014 or 2013.

The shares of Series A/B/C/D Stock and Series E Stock each have the right to redemption or their respective class of shares on a date beginning not prior to February 2019 (the “Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date”). In order to effect each respective redemption, the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Stock or Series E Stock need to vote in favor of a Series D or Series E Stock redemption and provide written notice to the Company at least sixty days prior to the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date of such election. The holders of at least a majority in the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A/B/C Stock may then vote in favor of a Series A/B/C Stock redemption, respectively. The holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Stock”) may then vote in favor of a Series A Stock redemption. The Series D Stock and Series E Stock redemption value is equal to the Series D Stock and Series E Stock original issue price per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like) plus all dividends declared but unpaid thereon together with any accruing dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, with respect to such shares. The Series A/B/C Stock redemption value is equal to the respective series original issue price per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. If the Company does not have sufficient funds or other assets legally available to redeem all shares to be redeemed at any redemption date, it shall redeem as applicable (i) pro rata to Series E Stock, until all shares are redeemed, (ii) pro rata to Series D Stock until all shares are redeemed, (iii) pro rata to Series C Stock, until all shares are redeemed, (iv) pro rata to Series A Stock and Series B Stock, until all shares are redeemed. If any shares to be redeemed remain outstanding, the Company shall redeem the remaining shares in accordance with the previous sentence as soon as sufficient funds are legally available. Due to the redemption feature, the preferred shares are recorded as mezzanine equity.

As of December 31, 2014, current Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C-1 Stock, Series C-2 Stock, Series D Stock and Series E Stock conversion ratios were 0.030, 0.011, 0.014, 0.009, 0.009 and 0.009, respectively. If converted at December 31, 2014, all of the outstanding preferred shares would convert into 2,126,982 shares of Common Stock.

The Company has accounted for the Series E Warrants as liabilities as such warrants are indexed to shares that could be redeemed for cash outside the control of the Company. The Company allocated the total proceeds first to the Series E Warrants based on their fair value of approximately $1,890,000 and the remainder amounting to approximately $5,665,000 of the proceeds allocated to the Preferred Shares. The fair value of the Series E Warrants was estimated to approximate the fair value of the Series E Stock because of their nominal price. The amount allocated to the Series E Warrants represents a discount to the Preferred Shares and will be accreted

 

F-26


Table of Contents

using the effective interest method up to the redemption amount from the respective issuance date to redemption date of five years. Accretion for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 was approximately $313,000. Upon immediate exercise of the Series E Warrants, the amount recorded as warrant liability was reclassified to Preferred Shares, and issuance costs of $48,384 which had been allocated to the warrants were expensed. The Company is not accreting to the amount resulting from additional liquidation preference rights under the agreement because they are not considered probable at initial recording or at December 31, 2014. The Company additionally analyzed the issuance of Series E Warrants with the Series E Stock, noting there was no resulting beneficial conversion feature.

The Company’s Series D Stock and Series E Stock accrue cumulative dividends at 8% per annum on the original issue price of $0.2189, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors. In connection with the Company’s Growth Term Loan, the holders of both the Series D Stock and Series E Stock agreed to waive their rights to cash dividends. As a result, only a share dividend, based on the cumulative dividends divided by the original issue price, is to be paid upon declaration by the Board of Directors or upon the automatic conversion of the Company’s Preferred Stock. Dividends are accreted based on the number of days outstanding. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the cumulative Series D Stock and Series E Stock dividends were $7,643,378 and $4,685,599, respectively. The Series D Stock and Series E Stock accruing dividends may only be paid in additional shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock or in underlying common stock (on as converted method) when preferred shares are converted, as approved by the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred, which approval was obtained on August 22, 2014.

After payment of the accruing dividends above, any additional dividend payment (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock approved by at least a majority of the Series E Directors) shall be distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock at the then effective conversion prices). The Company cannot declare or pay any dividends on the Company’s Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock or Common Stock (collectively, the “Junior Stock”) unless at the same time an equivalent or greater dividend is declared or paid on all outstanding shares of the Series D Stock and Series E Stock (the “Senior Preferred”), and all accruing dividends then accrued on outstanding shares of Senior Preferred have been paid in full. There were no dividends declared by the Board of Directors through December 31, 2014. The holders of Series A/B/C/D Stock and Series E Stock are also entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A/B/C Stock shares are convertible.

The following shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock have been issued by the Company as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Years
Issued
     Shares
Issued
     Net
Proceeds
 

Series A Stock

     2002 – 2004         1,292,084       $ 1,307,794   

Series B Stock

     2005 – 2006         11,919,624         3,542,237   

Series C-1 Stock

     2007         16,240,450         5,505,641   

Series C-2 Stock

     2008 – 2009         19,104,610         4,172,672   

Series D Stock

     2011 – 2013         143,737,467         30,947,548   

Series E Stock

     2014         45,938,041         7,383,967   

The value of the shares of Series A/B/C/D Stock and Series E Stock is recorded at the amount initially received on the date of issuance or upon conversion from debt, less any applicable discounts for warrants and issuance costs, adjusted for the accretion of discounts utilizing the effective interest method up to the redemption amount from the respective issuance date to the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date, and the accretion of cumulative dividends. The redemption value for Series A/B/C Stock agrees to the liquidation value presented on face of the balance sheet. The redemption value of Series D Stock and Series E Stock is $37,458,987 and $10,783,164, respectively.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

In accordance with a provision of the Note Agreements (Note 5), the failure of a principal or major participating investor to commit to or invest their otherwise committed amount at each stage of future convertible note closings results in a conversion of a portion of the non-participating holder’s preferred shares at the applicable conversion rates in effect pursuant to the Company’s restated certificate of incorporation. In December 2014,certain investors chose not to participate in closings under the second Note Agreement. As a result, 80% of all shares of Preferred Stock held by these non-participating holders were converted into Common Stock on a seniority basis, with each holder’s most senior series of Preferred Stock converting first, followed by the conversion of the holder’s next most senior series, and so forth, until the requisite number of preferred shares had been converted into Common Stock. The total share impact of this optional conversion is shown below. The following shares of Preferred Stock were optionally converted to Common Stock as of December 30, 2014:

 

     Preferred
Shares
Converted
     Common
Stock
Equivalents
 

Series B Stock

     5,129,912         57,307   

Series C-1 Stock

     2,997,838         43,330   

Series C-2 Stock

     9,156,279         86,292   

Series D Stock

     4,233,419         39,420   

8. Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

Pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 600,000,000 and 324,763,566 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 332,607 and 96,349 shares of Common Stock were issued, respectively.

Each share of Common Stock is entitled to one vote. All shares of Common Stock rank equally as to voting and all other matters. The shares of Common Stock have no preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund provisions, no liability for further call or assessment, and are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.

Treasury Stock

Shares of common stock repurchased by the Company are recorded as treasury stock and result in an increase of stockholders’ deficit on the Balance Sheets. Reacquired common shares may be retired by resolution of the Board of Directors and resume the status of authorized and unissued common shares. There was no new treasury stock activity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Stock Option Plan

The Company has established the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”), which includes incentive and nonqualified stock options and restricted stock to be granted to directors, officers, employees, consultants, and others. The 2001 Plan terminated and no further awards were granted under the 2001 Plan upon the effective date of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). The Board of Directors establishes the terms and conditions of all stock awards, subject to the 2001 Plan and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The exercise price of options and restricted stock granted under the 2001 Plan is generally equal to the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock at grant date, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The vesting period of options and restricted stock grants is also established by the Board of Directors but typically ranges between three and four years. Options under the 2001 Plan generally expire in 10 years.

On March 30, 2011, the Board of Directors approved the 2011 Plan as the continuation of and successor to the 2001 Plan. Upon adoption of the 2011 Plan by the Board of Directors and as approved by the Company’s

 

F-28


Table of Contents

stockholders, all the outstanding stock awards granted pursuant to the 2001 Plan continue to be subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in the agreements evidencing such stock awards. However, any shares subject to the outstanding stock awards granted under the 2001 Plan that expire or terminate prior to exercise or settlement or are forfeited at any time on or after March 30, 2011, become available for issuance as awards granted pursuant to the 2011 Plan.

In February 2014, pursuant to the Series E Agreement, the amount of shares reserved under the 2011 Plan was increased to 20% of the total outstanding shares of the Company calculated on a fully diluted basis. The shares reserved under the 2011 Plan were required to be kept at that percentage with each subsequent equity financing. At December 31, 2014, the number of shares reserved for future issuance under the 2011 plan is 12,752.

As of December 31, 2014, options to purchase 595,577 shares of Common Stock were outstanding, including 294,851 options that are fully vested. The remaining options vest over 2.4 years.

A summary of the Plans’ stock option activity is as follows:

 

     Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price Per Share
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Balance at January 1, 2013

     233,753      $ 3.72         6.4      

Granted

     139,176        2.15         

Exercised

     (872     4.46         

Forfeited

     (23,011     3.00         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balance at December 31, 2013

  349,046      3.14      7.5   

Granted

  314,685      4.01   

Exercised

  (9,909   2.17   

Forfeited

  (54,739   2.15   

Expired

  (3,506   2.98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balance at December 31, 2014

  595,577      3.71      7.8    $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

  575,561      3.71      7.7    $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

  187,104      3.98      6.3    $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

  294,851      3.42      6.5    $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $2.51 and $1.34, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $0.

Below is a summary of stock option grant activity and related fair value information for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014:

 

2014 Grants

   Options
Granted
     Exercise
Price
     Fair Value of
Common Stock on
Date of Grant
 

January

     2,094         2.15         2.15   

March

     249,361         2.15         2.15   

May

     8,685         2.15         2.15   

December

     54,545         12.89         12.89   
  

 

 

       

Total

  314,685   
  

 

 

       

 

F-29


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2014, there was total unrecognized compensation expense of $693,354 related to unvested stock options, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 3 years.

Below is a summary of stock option grant activity and related fair value information for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

2013 Grants

   Options
Granted
     Exercise
Price
     Fair Value of
Common Stock on
Date of Grant
 

February

     49,293         2.15         2.15   

May

     2,744         2.15         2.15   

September

     86,768         2.15         2.15   

October

     371         2.15         2.15   
  

 

 

       

Total

  139,176   
  

 

 

       

9. Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes based upon management’s estimate of taxable income or loss for each respective period. The Company recognizes an asset or liability for the deferred tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. These temporary differences would result in deductible or taxable amounts in future years, when the reported amounts of the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, respectively.

In each period since inception, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount of its net deferred tax assets, as the realization of the net deferred tax assets is uncertain. As a result, the Company has not recorded any federal or state income tax benefit in the statements of operations.

The Company periodically reviews its filing positions for all open tax years in all U.S. federal, state and international jurisdictions where the Company is or might be required to file tax returns or other required reports.

The Company applies a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The Company evaluates the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The term “more likely than not” means a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Otherwise, the Company may not recognize any of the potential tax benefit associated with the position. The Company recognizes a benefit for a tax position that meets the “more likely than not” criterion at the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon its effective resolution. Unrecognized tax benefits involve management’s judgment regarding the likelihood of the benefit being sustained. The final resolution of uncertain tax positions could result in adjustments to recorded amounts and may affect the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows. The Company has not identified any uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2014 or 2013.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States and various state jurisdictions, with varying statutes of limitations. As of December 31, 2014, the earliest tax year still subject to examination is 2010 for federal purposes and 2009 for state purposes. In June 2012, the IRS commenced an examination of the Company’s 2009 income tax year; however that audit was completed in 2012 with no changes to the return as filed.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had no accrual for interest or penalties at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and has not recognized interest or penalties during the periods ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, since there are no material unrecognized tax benefits. Management believes no material change to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will occur within in the next 12 months.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The Company also recognized a deferred tax asset relating to the future tax benefits from net loss carryforwards.

The Company’s actual income tax expense for the years 2014 and 2013 differs from the expected amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to loss before income taxes as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Computed tax (benefit) at 34%

   $ (4,745,859    $ (4,001,602

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     (233,632      (99,947

Stock-based compensation

     59,119         11,303   

Expiring state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards

     131,342         137,316   

Return to provision

     (4,269      2,308   

Other

     37,969         11,801   

Research and development tax credit – state

     (20,720      (95,208

Research and development tax credit – federal

     (11,224      (29,035

Change in valuation reserve

     4,787,274         4,063,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ —     $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities comprise the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 20,977,060       $ 15,735,837   

Research and development credits

     796,328         741,948   

Deferred revenue

     15,166         15,594   

Inventory reserve

     19,953         196,707   

Fixed Assets

     53,822         102,157   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     3,541         —     

Accrued NuvoGen liability

     3,190,603         3,557,959   

Capitalized research and development

     55,354         82,859   

Other

     85,290         95,288   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  25,197,117      20,528,348   

Deferred tax liabilities:

Change in fair value of warrant liability

  (—     (118,505
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  25,197,117      20,409,843   

Valuation allowance

  (25,197,117   (20,409,843
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset, net

$ —     $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has estimated federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $58,268,879 and $29,559,802 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The Company’s federal NOLs begin to expire in 2021. The Company’s state NOLs began expiring in 2006 and will continue to expire through 2034.

For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance of $25,197,117 and $20,409,843 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, has been established to offset deferred tax assets relating mainly to NOLs and research and development credits. The increase in the valuation allowance of $4,787,274 for the year ended December 31, 2014 was due primarily to increased operating losses. The Company has established a valuation allowance against the entire tax asset. As a result, the Company does not recognize any tax benefit until it is in a taxpaying position and, therefore, more likely to realize the tax benefit. Past and subsequent equity offerings by the Company, and other transactions that have an impact on the Company’s ownership structure, may trigger

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Sections 382 and 383 provisions of the Internal Revenue Code on special limitations on net operating losses and credits following ownership change. Such limitations may limit or eliminate the potential future tax benefit to be realized by the Company from its accumulated NOLs and research and development credits.

10. Net Loss per Share

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss allocable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock or common stock equivalents outstanding. Outstanding stock options, warrants and preferred stock have not been included in the calculation of diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive. Accordingly, the numerator and the denominator used in computing both basic and diluted net loss per share for each period are the same. The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2013  

Numerator:

    

Net Loss

   $ (13,958,408   $ (11,769,419

Accretion of stock issuance costs

     (102,677     (151,496

Accretion of discount on Series E warrants

     (313,152     —     

Series E and D, preferred stock dividends

     (3,244,572     (2,270,426
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (17,618,809 $ (14,191,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

Weighted-average common shares outstanding- basic and diluted

  100,659      96,224   

The following outstanding options, warrants and preferred stock were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2014      2013  

Options to purchase common stock

     595,577         349,046   

Convertible preferred stock (as converted)

     2,126,982         1,925,343   

Convertible preferred stock warrants (as converted)

     50,681         27,518   

Common stock warrant

     931         931   

11. Leases

The Company leases office and laboratory space under two non-cancelable operating leases in Tucson, Arizona, which expire in November and December 2015, respectively. The Company previously leased office space in 2013 under a non-cancelable lease in Madison, Wisconsin, which it terminated on July 31, 2013. Under the terms of the two Tucson leases, the Company has one option to extend the leases for five years at the end of the initial seven-year lease term. The Company expects to enter multiple-year extension of the two leases in 2015. The annual combined Tucson lease payment for 2014 and 2013 was $321,574 and $303,984, respectively, and is subject to a 3% annual escalation provision.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Differences between accrued, straight-line rental expense and actual cash payments required under these leases are treated as deferred rent payable, which is included in accrued liabilities on the balance sheets, resulting in a liability of $44,573 and $69,303 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2014, future minimum lease payments required under all non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year or more consist of the following:

 

     Operating
Leases
 

2015

   $ 353,830   

2016

     29,198   

2017

     17,406   

2018

     1,289   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

$ 401,723   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense and common area maintenance costs for all operating leases were $368,937 and $387,789 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively .

On December 31, 2012, the Company entered into a non-cancelable capital lease for lab equipment and recorded an asset and obligation for $146,213. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, accumulated amortization was $58,483 and $29,243 respectively. The lease term is for five years after which title will transfer to the Company. Under the Lease, the Company is required to make monthly payments of $2,437 until December 2017 with annual commitments of $29,243 each year. Total obligations recorded as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $87,136 and $116,970 of which $29,243 and $29,243 were classified as short term and $57,893 and $87,727 were classified as long term, respectively.

12. Related-Party Transactions

The Company recorded revenues from a customer who is the Company’s largest holder of Series C Stock and Series D Stock, of approximately $0 and $33,400 in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Accounts receivable from this customer approximated $0 and $11,200 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company issued a Preferred Warrant to this stockholder in 2007 that was contingently exercisable based on reaching certain sales targets with the stockholder through December 2011, which expired in December 2013 (see Note 13).

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company paid $1,206,250 and $425,000, respectively, to NuvoGen, who is also a holder of Common Stock. The underlying agreement with NuvoGen was amended in November 2012 and February 2014 (see Note 15).

In March 2014 and July 2013, the Company entered into two separate consulting agreements to assess potential markets for its products with a holder of Series D Stock and Series E Stock. The stockholder was paid $99,800 and $27,793 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively under those agreements. An employee of the stockholder is a member of the Board of Directors.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Matters

The Company’s industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding intellectual property and product liability. As a result, the Company may be subject to various legal proceedings from time to time. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Any current litigation is considered immaterial and counter claims have been assessed as remote.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Severance Agreements and Retention Plans

In October 2012, the Board of Directors and 60% of requisite preferred holders approved a plan to set aside no less than 15% of the proceeds of any sale of the Company to be distributed to the Company’s employees, directors, or consultants as designated by the Board of Directors (the “HTG Employee Retention Plan”). The amount to be set aside is dependent on the net proceeds, defined as the value of consideration of a liquidating transaction in excess of the preferences due to holders of the Series D Stock (see Note 7) plus the amounts due under the NuvoGen asset purchase agreement (see Note 15), and any amounts received by the stock option holders for their stock options in the sales transaction. The HTG Employee Retention Plan is in preference to any required distributions to the Company’s Series A/B/C Stock holders. The HTG Employee Retention Plan can be revoked at any time by the Company’s Board of Directors. The HTG Employee Retention Plan will terminate pursuant to its terms upon the closing of this offering.

The Company has entered into employment agreements or other arrangements with certain named executive officers and has adopted an Employee Retention Plan for select participants, which provide salary continuation payments, bonuses and, in certain instances, the acceleration of the vesting of certain equity awards to individuals in the event that the individual is terminated other than for cause, as defined in the applicable agreements or arrangements.

Indemnification Agreements

The Company has entered into, and continues to enter into, separate indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in the Company’s amended and restated bylaws. These agreements may require the Company to indemnify its directors and executive officers for certain expenses incurred by a director executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of the Company’s directors or executive officers.

Merck Non-Exclusive License Agreement

In June 2012, the Company entered into a non-exclusive license agreement with Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. (“Merck”) whereby the Company agreed to sublicense certain intellectual property related to breast cancer biomarkers with the intent to develop, manufacture and commercialize a diagnostic test utilizing this technology. The Company agreed to pay Merck certain contingent milestone payments between $50,000 and $1,000,000 and future royalties of 3%-6% of sales derived from such products developed that utilize the licensed technology. No amounts have been paid under this agreement as the Company has not achieved any of the milestone targets or developed any products that utilize the licensed technology.

14. Defined Contribution Plan

Effective January 1, 2003, the Company established a defined contribution plan (the 401(k) Plan) under Internal Revenue Code section 401(k). All employees upon hire and who are over the age of 21 are eligible for participation in the 401(k) Plan. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan, but has not done so during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

15. Other Agreements

NuvoGen Obligation

The Company entered into an asset purchase agreement (the “Agreement”) in 2001, as amended, with NuvoGen Research, LLC (“NuvoGen”) to acquire certain intellectual property from NuvoGen. The Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition, however, as the intellectual property was determined to not have an alternative future use, the consideration was expensed. The Company exchanged upfront consideration of 5,587 shares of the Company’s common stock. The remaining cash consideration of $15,000,000 is to be paid by

 

F-34


Table of Contents

the Company through a percentage of applicable annual sales equal to the greater of a minimum annual payment or 6% of the Company’s applicable annual revenues. The obligation is non-interest bearing and was secured by certain patents and trademarks.

The Company recorded the obligation at the estimated present value of the future payments using a discount rate of 2.5%, the Company’s estimate of its effective borrowing rate for similar obligations. Unamortized debt discount was $564,634 and $751,650 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Pursuant to an amendment in November 2012, the Company and NuvoGen reached an agreement to cap the payment due under the Agreement to an annually escalating amount ranging between $425,000 and $500,000 through December 31, 2016 and to provide for accrual of compound interest at a rate of 2.5% per year on the unpaid obligation beginning January 1, 2017. Beginning January 2017, the Agreement reverts back to the greater of minimum annual payments of $400,000 or 6% of the Company’s applicable annual revenues until the full $15,000,000 is paid. The amendment also provides that to the extent the amount of the otherwise 6% payment on applicable revenue exceeds the minimum payment due from 2013 thru 2016 (the “Deferral”), such Deferral would accrue annual interest at a rate of 5% and be added to the outstanding NuvoGen liability. The Deferral and accrued interest is determined payable at the earlier of June 30, 2019, or upon the Company achieving a trailing operating profit of $1,000,000 or more, measured at six month intervals, beginning June 30, 2017. Upon the achievement of this first payment date, 50% of the Deferral and 50% of the accrued interest are payable within 15 days of the measurement date, with the remaining Deferral and accrued interest due within 180 days. The amendment further provides that the accrued interest can be converted, at one warrant per dollar of accrued interest, into 5-year warrants for the purchase of the Company’s common stock at $1 per share.

On February 28, 2014, the Company and NuvoGen further amended the Agreement to increase the amount of minimum payments due, extended the minimum payment period and Deferral through December 31, 2017 and also extended the Deferral payment period one year to June 30, 2020 or upon the Company achieving a trailing operating profit of $1,000,000 or more, measured at six month intervals, beginning June 30, 2018. Upon the achievement of this first payment date, 50% of the Deferral and 50% of the accrued interest are payable within 15 days of the measurement date, with the remaining Deferral and accrued interest due within 180 days. The amendment did not significantly change the minimum cash flows and therefore had no significant accounting effect.

Pursuant to the closing of the Growth Term Loan in August 2014 (See Note 5), the Company agreed to accelerate certain minimum payments pursuant to the Agreement and NuvoGen agreed to terminate its security interest in the originally pledged patents and trademarks. Remaining, minimum payments that were otherwise due for 2014, 2015 and the first quarter of 2016, amounting to $868,750 were paid in advance. No further payment is due under the Agreement until the second quarter of 2016. The acceleration of payments did not significantly change the minimum cash flows and therefore had no significant accounting effect.

Payments to NuvoGen during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $1,206,250 and $425,000, respectively. Interest accreted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $187,017 and $210,156 respectively.

The remaining payments due to NuvoGen at December 31, 2014, are as follows:

 

2015

  —     

2016

  543,750   

2017

  800,000   

2018

  400,000   

2019

  400,000   

2020 and beyond

  7,098,743   
  

 

 

 
$ 9,242,493   
  

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Illumina, Inc. Agreement

In October 2014, the Company entered into a development and component supply agreement with Illumina for the development and worldwide commercialization by the Company of up to two complete diagnostic gene expression profiling tests for with Illumina’s diagnostic instruments, using components supplied by Illumina. The Company refers to these diagnostic gene expression profiling tests as IVD test kits. The IVD test kits may be used in two discrete testing fields chosen by the Company, one or both of which may relate to oncology for breast, lung, lymphoma or melanoma tumors, and up to one of which may relate to transplant, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or immunology/autoimmunity. If the Company elects to select two testing fields, the Company must provide notice to Illumina of the Company’s first selection within 180 days following the date of the agreement, and the Company must provide notice to Illumina of the Company’s second selected field, or the Company’s only selected field if the Company elects to select only one field, within 24 months following the date of the agreement.

Following the Company’s selection of the testing field for each IVD test kit, the Company and Illumina have agreed to negotiate a development plan for the development and regulatory approval of the applicable IVD test kit, under which development and regulatory support will be provided by Illumina. Upon mutual agreement of the first development plan, the Company will pay Illumina a fixed fee in the six-figure dollar range. The Company is also required to pay Illumina up to $1.0 million in the aggregate upon achievement of specified regulatory milestones relating to the IVD test kits. In addition, the Company has agreed to pay Illumina a single digit percentage royalty on net sales of any IVD test kits that the Company commercializes pursuant to the agreement. As of December 31, 2014 the first development plan has not been completed. Ongoing research and development costs for these programs have been expensed as incurred and $0 has been paid to Illumina relating to this agreement.

The agreement will expire in October 2019 or on the date which the last to expire development plan under the agreement is completed, whichever is earlier. The Company may terminate the agreement at any time upon 90 days’ written notice and may terminate any development plan under the agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice. Illumina may terminate the agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice if the Company undergoes certain changes of control or immediately if the Company fails to select a testing field for an IVD test kit within 24 months following the date of the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement upon the other party’s material breach of the agreement that remains uncured for 30 days, or upon the other party’s bankruptcy.

16. Stock Split Subsequent to Balance Sheet Date

On April 27, 2015, a one-for-107.39 reverse stock split was effected. The common share and per share amounts included in the financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split. The number of preferred shares remained unchanged but the conversion ratios of the preferred shares into common shares were revised to reflect the reverse stock split.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

LOGO

3,570,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

 

Leerink Partners

 

Canaccord Genuity JMP Securities

 

 

Through and including                     , 2015 (25 days after commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution .

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Registrant”) in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market filing fee.

 

     Amount paid or to be paid  

SEC registration fee

   $ 7,156   

FINRA filing fee

     9,500   

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

     125,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     275,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,100,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     500,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     25,000   

Miscellaneous expenses

     58,344   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 2,100,000   
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Registrant incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

 

    transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

    act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

    breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes such a provision. Expenses incurred by any officer or director in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by the Registrant upon delivery to it of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Registrant.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its directors and executive officers, that require the Registrant to indemnify such persons against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’, witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (including derivative actions), whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer or is or was acting or serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Registrant or any of its affiliated enterprises. Under these agreements, the Registrant is not required to provide indemnification for certain matters, including:

 

    indemnification beyond that permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

    indemnification for any proceeding with respect to the unlawful payment of remuneration to the director or officer;

 

    indemnification for certain proceedings involving a final judgment that the director or officer is required to disgorge profits from the purchase or sale of the Registrant’s stock;

 

    indemnification for proceedings involving a final judgment that the director’s or officer’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct or a breach of his or her duty of loyalty, but only to the extent of such specific determination;

 

    indemnification for proceedings or claims brought by an officer or director against us or any of the Registrant’s directors, officers, employees or agents, except for claims to establish a right of indemnification or proceedings or claims approved by the Registrant’s board of directors or required by law;

 

    indemnification for settlements the director or officer enters into without the Registrant’s consent; or

 

    indemnification in violation of any undertaking required by the Securities Act or in any registration statement filed by the Registrant.

The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise disclosed under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in the “Business” section of this registration statement, there is at present no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of the Registrant’s directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and the Registrant is not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

The Registrant has an insurance policy in place that covers its officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

The Registrant plans to enter into an underwriting agreement which provides that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify the Registrant’s directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by the Registrant since January 1, 2012:

 

(1) Since January 1, 2012, the Registrant granted stock options under the Registrant’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2011 plan, to purchase an aggregate of 55,055,102 shares of common stock to its employees, directors and consultants, having exercise prices ranging from $0.02 to $0.12 per share.

 

(2) Since January 1, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold to its current and former employees an aggregate of 1,473,162 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Registrant’s 2001 Stock Option Plan and the 2011 plan for aggregate consideration of $34,185.

 

(3) From November 2, 2012 through May 29, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 69,658,679 shares of its Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.2189 per share, for aggregate consideration of $15.2 million. Upon the closing of this offering, these shares will convert into 69,658,679 shares of common stock.

 

(4) From February 4, 2014 through March 31, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 34,453,538 shares of its Series E preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.2189 per share, for aggregate consideration of $7.5 million. The Registrant also issued to investors in the financing warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 11,484,503 shares of its Series E preferred stock at an issue price of $0.0001 per share underlying the warrants, for aggregate consideration of $1,148. The Series E warrants were exercisable for $0.001 per share and were exercised immediately upon issuance for an aggregate cash purchase price of $11,485.

 

(5) On August 22, 2014, the Registrant issued a warrant to each of Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, each exercisable for 1,256,281 shares of its Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share. The warrants were issued in connection with the Registrant’s entry into a loan and security agreement with the warrant holders. Upon the conversion of the Registrant’s preferred stock in connection with the closing of this offering, the warrants will each become exercisable for 1,256,281 shares of the Registrant’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share.

 

(6) In September and October 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 25,125 shares of its Series D preferred stock to investors upon the exercise of warrants and received proceeds of $251 representing the aggregate exercise price.

 

(7)

In January 2015, the Registrant issued to investors warrants that are initially exercisable for an aggregate of 9,311,586 shares of its Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2189 per share, for aggregate consideration of $1,354. The Registrant issued the warrants in connection with the Registrant’s entry into two separate note and warrant purchase agreements with certain of the Registrant’s existing investors. In March 2015, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 51,681 shares of its Series E preferred stock to an investor upon the exercise of certain of such warrants and received proceeds of $11,352 representing the aggregate exercise price. Upon closing of this offering, the remaining warrants are expected to become exercisable for an aggregate of 144,772 shares of the Registrant’s common stock at an exercise price of

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  $14.00 per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus forming a part of this registration statement).

 

(8) In February and March 2015, the Registrant issued and sold to investors convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000. In connection with the completion of the Registrant’s initial public offering, the principal amount of the convertible notes and accrued interest thereon will automatically convert into 217,003 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and a conversion date of May 8, 2015.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were the Registrant’s employees, directors or bona fide consultants and received the securities under the 2011 plan or the Registrant’s 2001 Stock Option Plan. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the Registrant.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (3) through (8) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 promulgated under Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the Registrant.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits.

The exhibits filed with this registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index hereto, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

(b) Financial statement schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tucson, State of Arizona, on the 28th day of April, 2015.

 

HTG MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Timothy Johnson

  Timothy Johnson
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Timothy Johnson

   President, Chief Executive Officer and   April 28, 2015
Timothy Johnson   

Member of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ Shaun D. McMeans

   Chief Financial Officer   April 28, 2015
Shaun D. McMeans    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  

/s/ Peter T. Bisgaard*

   Chairman of the Board of Directors  

April 28, 2015

Peter T. Bisgaard     

/s/ Harry A. George*

   Member of the Board of Directors   April 28, 2015
Harry A. George     

/s/ Simeon J. George, M.D.*

   Member of the Board of Directors   April 28, 2015
Simeon J. George, M.D.     

/s/ Molly Hoult*

   Member of the Board of Directors   April 28, 2015
Molly Hoult     

/s/ Larry Senour*

   Member of the Board of Directors   April 28, 2015
Larry Senour     

/s/ Lewis Shuster*

   Member of the Board of Directors   April 28, 2015
Lewis Shuster     

 

* Pursuant to power of attorney
By:  

/s/ Timothy Johnson

  Timothy Johnson
  Attorney in fact


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1 (1)    Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 9, 2001, as amended, by and between the Registrant, Neogen, L.L.C., Stephen Felder and Richard Kris.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended on April 27, 2015, as currently in effect.
  3.2 (1)    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
  3.3 (1)    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4 (1)    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
  4.1 (1)    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2 (1)    Common Stock Warrant issued by the Registrant to the University of Arizona, dated March 13, 2009.
  4.3 (1)    Series C-2 Preferred Stock Warrant issued by the Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 24, 2008.
  4.4 (1)    Series E Preferred Stock Warrant issued by the Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 22, 2014.
  4.5 (1)    Series E Preferred Stock Warrant issued by the Registrant to Oxford Finance LLC, dated August 22, 2014.
  4.6 (1)    Form of Warrant issued by Registrant to bridge financing investors.
  4.7 (1)    Form of Warrant issued by Registrant to bridge financing investors.
  4.8    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, to become effective upon closing of this offering.
  5.1    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1+ (1)    Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2+ (1)    HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.
10.3+ (1)    HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreement, Notice of Exercise and Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.
10.4+    HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreement, Notice of Exercise and Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder.
10.5+    HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.6+    HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.7+ (1)    Employment Letter Agreement dated December 24, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Timothy Johnson.
10.8+ (1)    Employment Letter Agreement dated December 18, 2014 by and between the Registrant and John Lubniewski.
10.9+ (1)    Employment Letter Agreement dated December 15, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Debra Gordon.


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Description of Document

10.10+ (1)   Employment Letter Agreement dated December 15, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Shaun McMeans.
10.11+ (1)   Employment Letter Agreement dated December 15, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Patrick Roche.
10.12 (1)   Standard Commercial-Industrial Multi Tenant Triple Net Lease dated July 11, 2008 by and between the Registrant and Pegasus Properties LP.
10.13 (1)   Standard Commercial-Industrial Multi Tenant Triple Net Lease dated May 11, 2011 by and between the Registrant and Pegasus Properties LP.
10.14 (1)   Sponsored Research Agreement, dated April 25, 2014, by and between the Registrant and The University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center.
10.15 (1)   Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 22, 2014, by and among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.16 (1)   Termination of Security Agreement, Release of Security Interest and Understanding Regarding Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 22, 2014, by and between the Registrant and NuvoGen Research LLC.
10.17* (1)   IVD Test Development and Component Supply Agreement, dated October 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Illumina, Inc.
10.18 (1)   Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated December 30, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the entities and persons listed therein.
16.1 (1)   Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
23.1   Consent of BDO USA, LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2   Consent of Cooley LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
24.1 (1)   Power of Attorney.
99.1   Consent of person to become a director of the Registrant.

 

(1) Previously filed.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
* We have requested confidential treatment for certain portions of this agreement. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

Exhibit 1.1

HTG MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[ ] Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ], 2015

Leerink Partners LLC

as Representative of the several Underwriters

299 Park Avenue, 21st floor

New York, NY 10176

Ladies and Gentlemen:

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), confirms its agreement with Leerink Partners LLC (“ Leerink ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Leerink is acting as representative (in such capacity, the “ Representative ”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [ ] additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid [ ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Initial Securities ”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [ ] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “ Option Securities ”) are herein called, collectively, the “ Securities .”

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representative deems advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-201313), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“ Rule 430A ”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “ 1933 Act Regulations ”) and Rule 424(b) (“ Rule 424(b) ”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “ Rule 430A Information .” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “ Registration Statement .” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.


Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement is herein called a “ preliminary prospectus .” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “ Prospectus .” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“ EDGAR ”).

As used in this Agreement:

1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Applicable Time ” means [__:00 P./A.M.], New York City time, on [ ], 2015 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representative.

General Disclosure Package ” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B-1 hereto, all considered together.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 433 ”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 405 ”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show for an offering that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (a “ Bona Fide Electronic Road Show ”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405.

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows (provided,

 

2


however, that any representations and warranties that expressly speak as of a specific date shall only be considered to be made of such date):

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses . The Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(ii) Accurate Disclosure . Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, nor (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto, including any prospectus wrapper) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting—Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the first, second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting—Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and the information under the heading “Underwriting—Electronic Distribution” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “ Underwriter Information ”).

(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and

 

3


any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) under the 1933 Act such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities.

(iv) Testing-the-Waters Materials . The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representative to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B-3 hereto.

(v) Company Not Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(vi) Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

(vii) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

(viii) Financial Statements . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

4


(ix) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(x) Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept is recognized) in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company does not own or control any corporation, association or other entity.

(xi) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, (A) pursuant to this Agreement, (B) pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (C) pursuant to the exercise or conversion of convertible securities or options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(xii) Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xiii) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company, except as have been waived as of the date of this Agreement. The Common Stock conforms in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

(xiv) Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this

 

5


Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.

(xv) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . The Company is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject (collectively, “ Agreements and Instruments ”), except for any such defaults that have been waived in writing by the applicable counterparty as of the date of this Agreement or any such default that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “ Governmental Entity ”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or, except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “ Repayment Event ” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.

(xvi) Listing . The Securities have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, subject to notice of issuance.

(xvii) Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xviii) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, any action, suit proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “ FDA ”)) now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened,

 

6


against or affecting the Company, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect its properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of its properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xix) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xx) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

(xxi) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “ Governmental Licenses ”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by it, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or any non-compliance with, any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, no governmental or regulatory authority has taken or is taking action to limit, suspend or revoke any Governmental Licenses of the Company in any material respect, nor does the Company have any knowledge that any such governmental or regulatory authority is intending or considering such action.

(xxii) Title to Property . The Company has good and marketable title to all real property owned by it and good title to all other properties owned by it (other than Intellectual Property (as defined below), which his addressed by Section 1(a)(xxiii)), in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and under which the Company holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company does not have any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by

 

7


anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

(xxiii) Title to Intellectual Property . The Company owns or has valid, binding and enforceable licenses or other rights under the patents, patent applications, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property reasonably necessary for, or used in the conduct, or the proposed conduct, of the business of the Company in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”); the patents, trademarks, and copyrights, if any, included within the Intellectual Property are valid, enforceable, and subsisting. Other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) the Company is not obligated to pay a material royalty, grant a license to, or provide other material consideration to any third party in connection with the Intellectual Property, (B) the Company has not received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any asserted rights of others with respect to any of the Company’s products, services, processes or Intellectual Property, (C) to the knowledge of the Company, without investigation, neither the sale nor use of any of the discoveries, inventions, products, services or processes of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus do or will infringe, misappropriate or violate any right or valid patent claim of any third party, (D) none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in material violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, upon any of its officers, directors or employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons, (E) to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company, other than any co-owner of any patent constituting Intellectual Property who is listed on the records of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “ USPTO ”) and any co-owner of any patent application constituting Intellectual Property who is named in such patent application, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property in any field of use that is exclusively licensed to the Company, other than any licensor to the Company of such Intellectual Property, (F) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no material infringement by third parties of any Intellectual Property, (G) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s rights in or to any Intellectual Property, and (H) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any Intellectual Property. The Company is in compliance with the terms of each agreement pursuant to which Intellectual Property has been licensed to the Company, and all such agreements are in full force and effect.

(xxiv) Patents and Patent Applications . All patents and patent applications owned by or licensed to the Company or under which the Company has rights have, to the knowledge of the Company, been duly and properly filed and maintained; to the knowledge of the Company, the parties prosecuting any such U.S. patent applications have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO in connection with such applications; and the Company is not aware of any facts required to be disclosed to the USPTO that were not disclosed to the USPTO in the course of prosecuting U.S. patent applications and which would preclude the grant of a patent in connection with any such application or would reasonably be expected to form the basis of a finding of invalidity with respect to any patents that have issued with respect to such applications. To the Company’s knowledge, all patents and patent applications owned by the Company and

 

8


filed with the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority (the “ Company Patent Rights ”) and all patents and patent applications in-licensed by the Company and filed with the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority (the “ In-licensed Patent Rights ”) have been duly and properly filed; the Company believes it has complied with its duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO for the Company Patent Rights and, to the Company’s knowledge, the licensors of the In-licensed Patent Rights have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO for the In-licensed Patent Rights.

(xxv) FDA Compliance . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company: (A) is and at all times has been in compliance with all statutes, rules or regulations of the FDA and other comparable Governmental Entities applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, use, distribution, marketing, labeling, promotion, sale, offer for sale, storage, import, export or disposal of any product under development, manufactured or distributed by the Company (“ Applicable Laws ”), except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; (B) has not received any FDA Form 483, notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from the FDA or any Governmental Authority alleging or asserting material noncompliance with any Applicable Laws or any Governmental Licenses amendments thereto required by any such Applicable Laws (“ Authorizations ”), and to the knowledge of the Company, neither the FDA nor any other Governmental Entity is considering such action; (C) possesses all material Authorizations and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company is not in material violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (D) has not received notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from the FDA or any Governmental Authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in material violation of any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that the FDA or any Governmental Authority or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, hearing, enforcement, audit, investigation or proceeding; (E) has not received notice that the FDA or any Governmental Authority has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any material Authorizations and has no knowledge that the FDA or any Governmental Authority is considering such action; and (F) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were materially complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission)

(xxvi) Compliance with Health Care Laws . The Company has operated and currently is in compliance with all applicable health care laws, rules and regulations (except where such failure to operate or non-compliance would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), including, without limitation, (i) the Federal, Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.); (ii) all applicable federal, state, local and all applicable foreign healthcare related fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), all criminal laws relating to healthcare fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286 and 287, the healthcare fraud criminal provisions under the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“ HIPAA ”) (42 U.S.C. Section 1320d et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), and the civil monetary penalties law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a); (iii) HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. Section 17921 et seq.); (iv) the regulations promulgated pursuant

 

9


to such laws; and (v) any other similar local, state, federal, or foreign laws (collectively, the “ Health Care Laws ”). Neither the Company, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors, employees or agents have engaged in activities which are, as applicable, cause for false claims liability, civil penalties, or mandatory or permissive exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, or any other state or federal healthcare program. The Company has not received written notice or other correspondence of any claim, action, suit, audit, survey, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action (“ Action ”) from any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in violation of any Health Care Laws, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action is threatened. The Company is not a party to and does not have any ongoing reporting obligations pursuant to any corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, plan of correction or similar agreement imposed by any governmental or regulatory authority. Additionally, neither the Company, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any of its employees, officers or directors, has been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any U.S. state or federal health care program or human clinical research or, to the knowledge of the Company, is subject to a governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion.

(xxvii) Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company is not in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), (B) the Company has all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and is in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company threatened, administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company and (D) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

(xxviii) Accounting Controls . The Company maintains internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “ 1934 Act Regulations ”)) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with

 

10


respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(xxix) Tests and Preclinical and Clinical Trials . The analytical and clinical validation studies sponsored or conducted by or, to the Company’s knowledge, on behalf of the Company, that are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are intended to be submitted to Governmental Authorities as a basis for product approval or clearance are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with applicable study protocols, procedures and controls approved for such studies, and in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, “ FFDCA ”); the descriptions of the results of such analytical and validation studies contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are, to the Company’s knowledge, accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the data derived from such studies; except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any studies, tests or trials, the results of which the Company believes reasonably call into question the study results described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus when viewed in the context in which such results are described and the clinical state of development; and, except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company has not received any notices or correspondence from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“ FDA ”) or any Governmental Entity requiring the termination or suspension of any analytical or clinical validation studies that are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(xxx) Payment of Taxes . All United States federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns and other material tax returns of the Company required by law to be filed have been filed and such tax returns are true, complete and correct in all material respects. All taxes and any related or similar assessments or fines shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in conformity with GAAP. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are, in conformity with GAAP, adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined.

(xxxi) Insurance . The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business of a similar size, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

11


(xxxii) Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(xxxiii) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

(xxxiv) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company has and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted its and their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance therewith.

(xxxv) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(xxxvi) OFAC . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative acting on behalf of the Company is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such net proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

12


(xxxvii) Lending Relationship . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any banking or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

(xxxviii) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(xxxix) Rating of Debt Securities . The Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act).

(xl) No Broker Fees . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby.

(xli) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (taking into account all exemptions and phase-in periods provided under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and otherwise under applicable law).

(b) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company delivered to the Representative or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A , that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representative in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [ ] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A , less an amount per share equal to any dividends or

 

13


distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time upon notice by the Representative to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “ Date of Delivery ”) shall be determined by the Representative, but any Date of Delivery after the Closing Time shall not be later than seven full business days nor earlier than two full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representative in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 12670 High Bluff Drive, San Diego CA 92130, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs other than on a business day or after 4:00 P.M. (New York City time) on a business day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Time ”). Delivery of the Initial Securities at the Closing Time shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representative shall otherwise instruct.

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representative to the Company. Delivery of the Option Securities on each such Date of Delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representative shall otherwise instruct.

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representative for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of the Securities to be purchased by them (which delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representative shall otherwise instruct). It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representative, for their accounts, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Leerink, individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representative promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall

 

14


have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 172 ”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representative notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representative with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representative notice of any filings made by it pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representative notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representative with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representative and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed

 

15


copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representative, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representative may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(f) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(g) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in all material respects in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

(h) Listing . The Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Market.

(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly announce an intention to effect any such swap, agreement or other transaction described in clause (i) and (ii). The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any

 

16


shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any existing non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (E) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto; (F) the issuance by the Company of any shares of Common Stock in connection with a licensing agreement, joint venture, acquisition or business combination or other collaboration or strategic transaction (including the filing of a registration statement on Form S-4 or other appropriate form with respect thereto); provided that (x) the aggregate number of shares issued pursuant to this clause (F) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately following the issuance and sale of the Securities at the Closing Time pursuant hereto and (y) the recipient of any such shares of Common Stock and securities issued pursuant to this clause (F) during the 180-day restricted period described above shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for the remainder of such restricted period.

(j) If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(k) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

(l) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representative will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any “road show for an offering that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representative. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representative as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

17


(m) Testing-the-Waters Materials . If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(n) Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of a “Blue Sky Survey” and any supplement thereto, in an amount not to exceed $10,000, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged by the Company in connection with the road show presentations, and travel and lodging expenses of the officers of the Company and any such consultants (it being understood and agreed that the Underwriters will pay all of the travel, lodging and other expenses of the Underwriters or any of their employees incurred by them in connection with the “road show” and the Underwriters will pay 50% of the costs of any aircraft or other transportation chartered in connection with the “road show,” the other 50% of which will be paid by the Company), (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, in an amount not to exceed $30,000, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Market, and (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(ii).

(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representative in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or (iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their reasonably documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters; provided, however, that if this Agreement is terminated by the Representative pursuant to Section 10, the Company shall have no

 

18


obligation to reimburse any out-of-pocket expenses of the Underwriters that have failed to purchase the Securities that they have agreed to purchase hereunder.

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, shall have become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto shall have been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes shall have been instituted or be pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened; and the Company shall have complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representative shall have received the opinion, and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, together with the opinion of Klarquist Sparkman, LLP, special counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representative shall have received the opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters with respect to such matters as the Representative may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as such counsel may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such counsel to pass upon such matters.

(d) Officers’ Certificate . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representative shall have received a certificate of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to its knowledge, contemplated.

 

19


(e) Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received from BDO USA, LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(f) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representative shall have received from BDO USA, LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(g) Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(h) No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(i) Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto signed by the directors, officers and securityholders of the Company listed on Schedule C hereto.

(j) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representative shall have received:

(i) Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . If requested by the Representative, the opinion of Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, together with the opinion of Klarquist Sparkman, LLP, special counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . If requested by the Representative, the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter . If requested by the Representative, a letter from BDO USA, LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representative pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the “specified date” in the

 

20


letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

(k) Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and counsel for the Underwriters.

(l) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representative by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “ Affiliate ”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representative), arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“ Marketing Materials ”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representative), to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged

 

21


untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representative), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense whatsoever to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representative, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

22


(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

 

23


No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination . The Representative may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the reasonable judgment of the Representative, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representative, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE Amex or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representative shall have the

 

24


right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representative shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representative or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to Leerink at One Federal Street, Floor 37, Boston, MA 02110, attention of John I. Fitzgerald, Esq. (facsimile: 617-918-4664); notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 3430 E Global Loop, Tucson AZ 85706, attention of Shaun McMeans (facsimile: 520-547-2827).

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company

 

25


has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 13. Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 14. Waiver of Trial by Jury . The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 15. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 16. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

SECTION 17. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 18. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

SECTION 19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which

 

26


shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 20. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 21. Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understanding (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(Signature page follows)

 

27


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,

 

HTG MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

By  
Name:  
Title:    

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

        as of the date first above written:

 

LEERINK PARTNERS LLC

By  
Name:  
Title:    

For itself and as Representative of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement


SCHEDULE A

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[ ].

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[ ], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[ ] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter    Number of
Initial Securities

Leerink Partners LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  
  
  
  

 

Total

  

 

 

Sch A-1


SCHEDULE B-1

Pricing Terms

 

1. The Company is selling [ ] shares of Common Stock.

 

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [ ] shares of Common Stock.

 

3. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[ ].

SCHEDULE B-2

Free Writing Prospectuses

[None]

SCHEDULE B-3

List of Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[None]

 

Sch B - 1


SCHEDULE C

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up

Directors and Executive Officers

Timothy B. Johnson

John L. Lubniewski

Patrick C. Roche, Ph.D.

Shaun D. McMeans

Debra A. Gordon, Ph.D., J.D.

Peter T. Bisgaard

Harry A. George

Simeon J. George, M.D.

Donald W. Grimm

Mary Hoult

Lawrence D. Senour

Lewis J. Shuster

James R. Weersing

Other Securityholders

415 Golf View, LLC

Aldrich, Lawrence J.

Arcturus Capital Venture Fund, L.P.

Arumugam, Vijayalaksmi

Ball, Donald

Ballmer, Allison

Barden, Michael

Bivouac Enterprises, Inc.

Blinco, Christine

Bollinger, Jason

Botros, Ihab

Breedlove, Tyler

Bringman, Daniel

Bruce Seligmann and Karen Junghans, Trustees of the Seligmann-Junghans Family Trust U/A/D July 9, 1999

BSE Trust

Burritt, Andrew

Cacciamatta, Danilo

Campbell, Ryan

Capadona, Julie

Chan, Joseph

Chesser, Rachael

Clemens, Peter L.

Coker, Pamela J.

Collamer, Kirk

Cook, Alan

Crawford, Michael

Cusack, Michael

 

Sch C - 1


Dalton, Colin

DBD Fund, Inc.

DeLoach, Jason

Desert Sidecar IV, LLC

Dinius, Jessica

Donald W. and Kathryn A. Grimm, Trustees, The Grimm Family Trust dtd 1/31/86

Douglas E. Marsh 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

Downey, Timothy

Edward B. Berger and Christina McComb-Berger Family Trust Dated December 6, 2002

Eling, David

Elliott, Elsie L.

Fairfax Management Company

Femia, Patricia

Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P.

Flores-Bachtel, Jennifer

FSV II, L.P

FSV II-B, L.P.

GC&H Investments, LLC

Gilker, Michael

Glinn, James

Gloyne, Edward

Gunn, Curtis

Hagan, Stephen

Harrison, Heather

Hecker, Karl

Herrera, Olav

Holladay, Mark

Holualoa Arizona, Inc.

Hrubiak, Michael

Huw R. Jones and Cynthia D. Heydon-Jones

James (Marcus), Kym

Jammalamadaka, Vasu

Jones, Huw R.

Joukowsky, Artemis

Junghans, Bernice

Junghans, Constance A.

Kerns, BJ

Knapp, Kevin

Kobel, Michael J.

Kremer, Joely

Lakkis, Mona

Lapuz, Stephanie

Lawson, Byron

Lee, Jeffrey R.

Lioy, Michael A.

Lomicka, William H.

Lovelace, Kathleen

Luecke, John

Maddula, Krishna

McGinnis, Erin

 

Sch C - 1


McMeans, Todd

McNamara, Goldsmith & MacDonald, P.C. Pension and Profit Sharing Plan f/b/o Eugene N. Goldsmith

Menaugh, Debra

Merck Capital Ventures, LLC

Meyer, Rebecca

Miramar Ventures, LLC

Modur, Vijay

Mollberg, William C.

Morrissy, Tamara

Nguyen, Vu

Nichols, D. Mechelle

Novo A/S

Nuvogen Research, L.L.C.

Padia, Janak

Palice Investments, LLC

Pierson, Craig

Pollock, Fredrick

Radany, E. William

Rickett, Jason

Roberts, Christopher

Robertson, Katherine

Robinson, Carmen K.

Robinson, Dale E.

Rounseville, Matthew P.

Rua, Sam

S.R.One, Limited

Schwartz, Mark

Seligmann, Bruce E.

Shaeffer, Sandra

Sharyl Cummings & Steve Blomquist

Sice, Pierre

David and Shaila Silverio, JTWROS

Simmons, Bruce

Slade, Rachel M.

Sloss, Darwin G.

Sloss, Marianne K.

Solsten, Richard T.

Solstice Capital II, L.P.

Sportmann, Paul

Stepp, Eric

Steven P. Sim and Marilyn B. Einstein

Szabo, Lajos Z.

Taylor, Gregory

The Alan & Lenise Smith Trust

Thole, Kelli

Thompson, Debrah

Toolan, Kathleen

Tucson Pharma Ventures, LLC

University of Arizona

Valley Ventures III Annex, L.P.

 

Sch C - 1


Valley Ventures III, L.P.

Valley Ventures, L.P.

Vasicek, Thomas

Village Ventures Partners Fund A, L.P.

Village Ventures Partners Fund, L.P.

Von Hoff, Daniel D.

VVN, LLC

Walther, Jim

Wang, Eva

Watthey, Jeffrey W.H.

Weersing Family Trust

Weintraub Family Trust W/A DTD 03/13/80 Ronald H. Weintraub & Diane B. Weintraub, Trustees

Wineman, John

Witkop, John

Yu, David

Zhao, Zhan-Gong

 

Sch C - 1


Exhibit B

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

[Date]

Leerink Partners LLC

as Representative of the several Underwriters

c/o Leerink Partners LLC

299 Park Avenue, 21st floor

New York, NY 10176

 

  Re: Proposed Public Offering by HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, a stockholder, officer and/or director of HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), understands that Leerink Partners LLC (“ Leerink ”) proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares (the “ Securities ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder, an officer and/or a director of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”) that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date that is 180 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Leerink, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Securities ”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-Up Securities, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) Leerink, on behalf of the Underwriters, agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of the Common Stock, Leerink, on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the Company will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.


Any release or waiver granted by Leerink on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer the Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of Leerink, provided, in each case, that (1) Leerink receives a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period):

 

  (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

  (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

 

  (iii) as a distribution or other transfer by a partnership to its partners or former partners or by a limited liability company to its members or retired members or by a corporation to its stockholders or former stockholders or to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation;

 

  (iv) to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned;

 

  (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

  (vi) by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned; or

 

  (vii) to the Company in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation

Furthermore, no provision in this letter shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit (1) the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities to the Company in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s services to the Company, provided that no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period), (2) the exercise or exchange by the undersigned of any option or warrant to acquire any shares of Common Stock or options to purchase shares of Common Stock, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement; provided, however, that the underlying shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter, (3) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities upon the completion of a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a change of control of the Company; provided, however, that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such securities held by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter, and (4) the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock of the Company into shares of


Common Stock, provided that any such shares received upon such conversion shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 trading plan”) or from amending an existing 10b5-1 trading plan so long as there are no sales of Lock-Up Securities under such plans during the Lock-Up Period; and provided that, the establishment of a 10b5-1 trading plan or the amendment of a 10b5-1 trading plan shall only be permitted if (i) the establishment or amendment of such plan is not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities Exchange Commission, or otherwise and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. This lock-up agreement shall automatically terminate, and the undersigned shall be released from the undersigned’s obligations hereunder, upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company advises Leerink in writing that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) the Company files an application to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated prior to the closing of the Public Offering (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination), or (iv) June 30, 2015, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date.

[signature page follows]


Exhibit C

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

[Date]

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Leerink Partners LLC, the lead book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of [ ] shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to              shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on                     , 201      , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

C-1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

HTG MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL” ), does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. The corporation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware its original Certificate of Incorporation on December 14, 2000 under the name of HTG, Inc.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which amends and restates the corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation currently in effect, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, and was approved by written consent of the stockholders of the corporation given in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the DGCL. The resolution setting forth the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is as follows:

R ESOLVED : That the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, be, and hereby is, amended and restated in its entirety so that the same shall read as follows:

ARTICLE FIRST: The name of the corporation is HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Corporation” ).

ARTICLE SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, in the county of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 600,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock” ), and (ii) 472,083,383 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock” ).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation:


A. C OMMON S TOCK .

1. General. All shares of Common Stock will be identical and will entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors” ) upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). Except as provided by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters with the holders of Preferred Stock. There shall be no cumulative voting.

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

3. Dividends. Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor if, as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights and the other relative rights and preferences of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

4. Liquidation. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

B. P REFERRED S TOCK . Any shares of Preferred Stock which may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may not be reissued. Different series of Preferred Stock shall not be construed to constitute different classes of shares for the purposes of voting by classes unless expressly provided or required by law.

C. S ERIES A C ONVERTIBLE P REFERRED S TOCK , S ERIES B C ONVERTIBLE P REFERRED S TOCK , S ERIES C-1 C ONVERTIBLE P REFERRED S TOCK , S ERIES C-2 C ONVERTIBLE P REFERRED S TOCK , S ERIES D C ONVERTIBLE P REFERRED S TOCK AND S ERIES E C ONVERTIBLE P REFERRED S TOCK .

1,292,084 shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock” ), 11,919,624 shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock” ), 17,530,800 shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series C-1 Preferred Stock” ), 19,262,522 shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series C-2 Preferred Stock” and, together with the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the “Series C Preferred Stock” ), 237,031,908 shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Preferred

 

-2-


Stock” ) and 185,046,445 shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series E Preferred Stock” ). The term “Series Preferred” as used herein shall mean collectively the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock without distinction as to series, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. The term “ Senior Preferred ” as used herein shall mean collectively the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock without distinction as to series, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. The Series Preferred shall have the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations:

1. Dividends.

(a) From and after the date of the first issuance of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Original Issuance Date ”), dividends at the rate per annum of eight percent (8%) of the Series E Preferred Stock Original Issue Price (as defined below) per share shall accrue on such shares of Series E Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock) (the “Series E Accruing Dividends” ). Series E Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided, however , that except as set forth in Section C.2(a), C.5(c)(iv), C.6(b), C.9(a), C.9(b) or C.9(g) of this Article Fourth, such Series E Accruing Dividends shall be payable, only, in the case of cash dividends, out of funds or other assets legally available therefor, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. Subject to such approval by the Board of Directors, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Series E Accruing Dividends out of any funds or other assets legally available therefor, in preference to the holders of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series E Preferred Stock, including without limitation, the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock approved by at least a majority of the Series E Directors (as defined below)). The term “Series E Preferred Stock Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.2189 per share of Series E Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event). The Series E Accruing Dividends may be paid in additional shares of Series E Preferred Stock ( “Additional E Shares” ) instead of cash if approved by the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred, except that any Additional E Shares paid upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be deemed converted pursuant to Section C.5 and paid on an as converted basis. With respect to Series E Accruing Dividends paid in Additional E Shares and the value of any fractional share, such Additional E Shares shall be valued at the Series E Preferred Stock Original Issue Price (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event). No fractional shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be issued as a result of payment of the Series E Accruing Dividends with Additional E Shares. If any fractional share of Series E Preferred Stock would be delivered upon such payment to any stockholder, the Corporation shall pay to the stockholder entitled to such fractional share an amount in cash equal to the value of such fractional share. The number of Additional E Shares payable to any holder of Series E Preferred Stock and whether or not fractional shares are issuable shall be determined as of the date the applicable Series E Accruing Dividends are paid. The Corporation shall at all times when any shares of

 

-3-


Series E Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of issuing the Series E Accruing Dividends, such number of its duly authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient for the purpose of issuing the Series E Accruing Dividends. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall not be sufficient for the purpose of issuing the Series E Accruing Dividends, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series E Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Series E Preferred Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, if at any time the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock request in writing that the Board of Directors pay all or any portion of the then-accrued Series E Accruing Dividends (the “Requested Series E Dividends” ), and the Corporation does not pay the Requested Series E Dividends within 60 days following such request, then the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of shares of Series E Preferred Stock outstanding on the date payment of the Requested Series E Dividends was requested in writing (the “Series E Dividends Request Date” ) may, by written notice to the Corporation, require the Corporation to redeem, to the extent it may lawfully do so, up to the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock for which the aggregate Series E Preferred Stock Original Issue Price plus then-accrued Series E Accruing Dividends on such shares equals the value of any unpaid Requested Series E Dividends on a pro rata basis among the holders of Series E Preferred Stock on the Series E Dividends Request Date on the date specified by the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the Series E Preferred Stock outstanding on the Series E Dividends Requested Date that is at least sixty (60) days following the written notice (the “Series E Dividends Redemption Date” ). The Corporation shall effect such redemption by paying cash in exchange for the shares of Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Series E Dividends Redemption Date. If the Corporation does not have funds or other assets legally available to effectuate such redemption in full, the Company shall redeem the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock that is legally permitted to redeem based on the amount of the funds or other assets it has legally available on a pro rata basis among the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock outstanding on the Series E Dividends Request Date and will redeem the remaining shares, on a pro rata basis, as funds or other assets become legally available for such payment. At least forty (40) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the Series E Dividends Redemption Date, the Corporation shall send a notice to all holders of Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed setting forth the number of shares to be redeemed from each holder and the aggregate payment price therefor and the place at which such holders may obtain payment for such redemption upon surrender of their share certificates (the “Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Notice” ). On or after the Series E Dividends Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificates representing such shares to the Corporation in the manner and at the place designated in the Series E Dividends Redemption Notice, and thereupon the redemption price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares represented by such certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. From and after such Series E Dividends Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the redemption price, or the Corporation is

 

-4-


unable to pay the redemption price due to not having sufficient legally available funds, all rights of the holder of such shares as holder of Series E Preferred Stock (except the right to receive payment for the redemption of such unredeemed shares without interest upon surrender of their certificates), shall cease and terminate with respect to such shares; provided that in the event that shares of Series E Preferred Stock are not redeemed due to a default in payment by the Corporation or because the Corporation does not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein until redeemed.

(b) From and after the date of the first issuance of any shares of Series D Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate per annum of eight percent (8%) of the Series D Preferred Stock Original Issue Price (as defined below) per share shall accrue on shares of Series D Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock) (the “Series D Accruing Dividends” and collectively with the Series E Accruing Dividends, the “Accruing Dividends” ). Series D Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided, however , that except as set forth in Sections C.2(a), C.5(c)(iv), C.6(b), C.9(a), C.9(b) or C.9(g) of this Article Fourth, such Series D Accruing Dividends shall be payable, only, in the case of cash dividends, out of funds or other assets legally available therefor, only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Series D Accruing Dividends out of any funds or other assets legally available therefor, in preference to the holders of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series D Preferred Stock, including without limitation, the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock approved by at least a majority of the Series E Directors). The term “Series D Preferred Stock Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.2189 per share of Series D Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event). The Series D Accruing Dividends may be paid in additional shares of Series D Preferred Stock ( “Additional D Shares” ) instead of cash if approved by the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred, except that any Additional D Shares paid upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be deemed converted pursuant to Section C.5 and paid on an as converted basis. With respect to Series D Accruing Dividends paid in Additional D Shares and the value of any fractional share, such Additional D Shares shall be valued at the Series D Preferred Stock Original Issue Price (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event). No fractional shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be issued as a result of payment of the Series D Accruing Dividends with Additional D Shares. If any fractional share of Series D Preferred Stock would be delivered upon such payment to any stockholder, the Corporation shall pay to the stockholder entitled to such fractional share an amount in cash equal to the value of such fractional share. The number of Additional D Shares payable to any holder of Series D Preferred Stock and whether or not fractional shares are issuable shall be determined as of the date the applicable Series D Accruing Dividends are paid. The Corporation shall at all times when any shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of issuing the Series D Accruing Dividends, such number of its duly authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient for the purpose of issuing the Series D Accruing Dividends.

 

-5-


If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall not be sufficient for the purpose of issuing the Series D Accruing Dividends, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series D Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Series D Preferred Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

(c) After payment of the Accruing Dividends described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) above, any additional dividend payment (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock approved by at least a majority of the Series E Directors) shall be distributed among the holders of the Series Preferred and Common Stock then outstanding pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Prices (as defined below)).

(d) The Corporation shall not declare or pay any dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock (the “Junior Stock” ) unless at the same time an equivalent or greater dividend is declared or paid on all outstanding shares of Senior Preferred, and all Accruing Dividends then accrued on outstanding shares of Senior Preferred have been paid in full.

(e) Nothing in this Section C.1 shall limit the Corporation’s ability to repurchase shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock from any employee or director of or consultant to the Corporation in connection with a stock purchase agreement or stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors that permits the Corporation to repurchase such shares at a price equal to or less than cost upon the termination of such employee’s, director’s or consultant’s services to the Corporation.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

(a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (a “Liquidation Event” ), the holders of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Common Stock or other Junior Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount for each share of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding equal to two times the Series E Preferred Stock Original Issue Price, plus any Series E Accruing Dividends then accrued on such shares of Series E Preferred Stock but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared (the “Series E Liquidation Preference” ). If upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of Series E Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled hereunder, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets and funds of the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

-6-


(b) In the event of any Liquidation Event, after payment of the Series E Liquidation Preference, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or property of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Common Stock or other Junior Stock, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding, by reason of such holder’s ownership thereof, shall be entitled to receive an amount for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding equal to two times the Series D Preferred Stock Original Issue Price, plus any Series D Accruing Dividends then accrued on such shares of Series D Preferred Stock but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared (the “Series D Liquidation Preference” and together with the Series E Liquidation Preference, the “Senior Preferred Liquidation Preferences” ). If upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of Series D Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled hereunder, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets and funds of the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(c) In the event of a Liquidation Event, after payment of the Senior Preferred Liquidation Preferences, the holders of shares of Series Preferred and Common Stock then outstanding shall share ratably in the distribution of the net assets of the Corporation available for distribution, with each share of Series Preferred being deemed, for such purpose, to be equal to the number of shares of Common Stock (including fractional shares) into which such shares of Series Preferred is convertible immediately prior to the close of business on the day fixed for such distribution; provided, however, that if the aggregate amount which the holders of Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to receive per share under Section C.2(b) and the first clause of this C.2(c) would exceed four times the Series D Preferred Stock Original Issue Price (the “Maximum Participation Amount” ), each holder of Series D Preferred Stock shall instead be entitled to receive upon such Liquidation Event an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Maximum Participation Amount or (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of Series D Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event.

(d) Notwithstanding anything set forth in Sections C.2(a), C.2(b) and C.2(c) of this Section 2, all assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution in a Liquidation Event (or the consideration received in such transaction) shall be subject to the Corporation’s obligations pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Employee Retention Bonus Plan adopted on or about the Filing Date (as defined below), as may be amended from time to time (the “ Retention Bonus Plan ”), in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Retention Bonus Plan.

(e) Any Company Sale (as defined below) shall be deemed to be a Liquidation Event for purposes of this Section C.2, unless (x) the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock and (y) a majority of the Series E Directors elect not to deem such Company Sale a Liquidation Event for purposes of this Section C.2 by giving written notice to the Corporation at least five (5) days before the effective date of such Company Sale. A “ Company Sale ” means (i) any merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is a constituent party or a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party (except any such

 

-7-


merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary thereof in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold immediately following such merger or consolidation a majority by voting power of the capital stock of (A) the surviving or resulting corporation or (B) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly-owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation in the same relative proportions as prior to such merger or consolidation), or (ii) any sale, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, by exclusive license) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

(f) In the event the Corporation proposes to distribute assets other than cash in connection with any Liquidation Event (including, without limitation, a Company Sale), the value of such assets to be distributed to the holders of shares of Series Preferred and Common Stock shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors including a majority of the Series E Directors, subject to the valuation principles set forth below. Any securities not subject to investment letter or similar restrictions on free marketability shall be valued as follows:

(i) If traded on a securities exchange or a quotation system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the security’s closing sales prices reported or quoted on such exchange or quotation system over the twenty (20)-day period ending one (1) day prior to the distribution;

(ii) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the twenty (20)-day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and

(iii) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

The holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have the right to challenge any determination by the Board of Directors of fair market value pursuant to this Section C.2(f), in which case the determination of fair market value shall be made by an independent appraiser selected jointly by the Board of Directors and the challenging parties, the cost of such appraisal to be borne by the challenging parties (as a group); provided, however , that if the independent appraiser determines that the fair market value of the assets being valued is either (or both) (A) at least ten percent (10%) greater than the fair market value of such assets as determined by the Board of Directors or (B) at least $100,000 greater than the fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors, then the cost of such appraisal shall be borne solely by the Corporation.

(g) In the event of a Liquidation Event (including, without limitation, a Company Sale), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, including but not limited to contingent payments, earn-outs or escrows, the agreement governing the Liquidation Event shall provide that (i) the portion of such consideration that is actually paid to stockholders and not placed in escrow and not subject to any

 

-8-


contingencies (the “Initial Consideration” ) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section C.2 hereof as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidation Event and (ii) any additional consideration that becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of any such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section C.2 hereof after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction, with such calculation being performed each time additional consideration is paid in connection with such Liquidation Event. The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Company Sale unless the definitive agreement for such transaction provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in connection therewith shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with this Section C.2, disregarding payments that may be made in respect of outstanding options to purchase Common Stock held by employees or directors of or consultants to the Company so long as such payments are consistent with payments to be made on shares of Common Stock (accounting for appropriate adjustments pertaining to the unpaid exercise price of such outstanding options).

3. Voting.

(a) Generally. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written action of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by applicable law, by the provisions of this Section C of Article Fourth or by the provisions establishing any other series of Preferred Stock, holders of the Series Preferred and of any other outstanding series of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

(b) Number and Election of Directors . The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be set from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section C.4(l) of this Article Fourth and this Section 3(b) and shall be neither less than eight (8) nor more than eleven (11). A quorum of the Board of Directors shall require the presence of a majority of the authorized members of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding Section C.3(a) above, (i) the holders of a majority in voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Junior Preferred Director” ), (ii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Common Director” ), who shall be the Corporation’s then current duly elected Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the holders of a majority in voting power of the Series E Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued on conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock), voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect four (4) directors of the Corporation (the “Series E Directors” ), provided that upon the election of the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, the authorized number of directors shall be increased to nine (9), ten (10) or eleven (11) as requested

 

-9-


by such holders of Series E Preferred Stock and that the holders of a majority in voting power of the Series E Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued on conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock) shall also be entitled to elect each of the ninth (9 th ), tenth (10 th ) and eleventh (11 th ) authorized directors of the Corporation, if applicable and authorized in accordance with the foregoing, who upon election shall also be “Series E Directors” for all purposes hereunder, and (iv) the holders of a majority in voting power of the Series Preferred and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “Joint Directors” ), who shall both be Independent Directors (as defined below). The two Independent Directors shall be nominated by any duly elected director then in office or by any holder of outstanding Series Preferred. Following any such nomination, the Board of Directors (excluding the two Independent Directors) shall meet or act by written consent to confirm such nomination or to nominate another individual to serve as an Independent Director, which confirmation must be approved by the Board of Directors, including at least a majority of the Series E Directors, to be effective. For purposes hereof, the term “Independent Director” shall mean an individual who (I) is not at the time of initial appointment as a director, or at any time while serving as a director, and has not been at any time during the preceding five (5) years: (a) a director (with the exception of serving as Independent Director), officer, employee, partner, member, attorney or counsel of the Corporation or any of its affiliates; (b) a customer, supplier or other person or entity (or an affiliate of any of the foregoing) who derives any of his or her income or revenues from its activities with the Corporation, or any of its affiliates; or (c) an affiliate of any such director, officer, partner, member, customer, supplier or other person or entity described in clause (a) or (b) above; or a member of their immediate family; (II) is not prior to the date of initial appointment as director, a stockholder or other security holder of the Corporation; (III) is not on or after the earlier of (a) the date or initial appointment as a director of the Corporation or (b) the Filing Date, a director serving on the board of another entity with two or more non-Independent Directors of the Corporation and (IV) possesses substantial knowledge and expertise in the industry or industries in which the Corporation operates and conducts its business. As used in the definition of Independent Director, the term “affiliate” means, with respect to any particular person or entity, a person or entity controlling or under common control with such person or entity, and the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management, policies or activities of a person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(c) Quorum; Vacancies; Removal of Directors. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a Junior Preferred Director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the aggregate number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall constitute a quorum. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing the Common Director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock then outstanding shall constitute a quorum. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a Series E Director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall constitute a quorum. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a Joint Director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the aggregate number of shares of the Series Preferred and Common Stock (calculated as a single class on an as-converted basis) then outstanding shall constitute a quorum. A vacancy of a Junior Preferred Director shall be filled

 

-10-


only by the vote of the holders of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, sufficient to elect such directors in accordance with Section C.3(b) above. A vacancy of the Common Director shall be filled only by vote of the holders of outstanding Common Stock, sufficient to elect such director in accordance with Section C.3(b) above. A vacancy of a Series E Director shall be filled only by the vote of the holders of outstanding Series E Preferred Stock, sufficient to elect such director in accordance with Section C.3(b) above. A vacancy among the Joint Directors shall be filled only by vote of the holders of outstanding shares of Series Preferred and Common Stock, sufficient to elect such directors in accordance with Section C.3(b) above. Any director who shall have been elected by the holders of a class or series of stock may be removed from office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors in accordance with Section C.3(b) above, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.

4. Protective Provisions. The Corporation shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries (including, in each case, directly or indirectly and whether effected by or in connection with a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification of shares, reorganization, amendment or by any other means) to, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of (i) a majority of the Series E Directors and (ii) the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock:

(a) increase the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or any series of Series Preferred, except to increase the number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock in accordance with Section C.1(a) of Article Fourth;

(b) authorize, create or issue, or reclassify any outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation into, or obligate itself to authorize, create or issue or reclassify shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation having rights, preferences or privileges (including, without limitation, as to the right to receive either dividends or amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or voting rights other than those granted to the Series Preferred) senior to, or on a parity with, those of any or all series of the Series Preferred, or authorize, create or issue any options, warrants or other rights to acquire any such capital stock, or permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to take any of the foregoing actions;

(c) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Corporation in any manner;

(d) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any of the equity securities of the Corporation (including Options and Convertible Securities, each as defined in Section C.5(d) below); provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to (a) the redemption of shares of Series E Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section C.9 hereof or (b) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock from any employee or director of or consultant to the Corporation in connection with a stock purchase or stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors that permits the Corporation to repurchase such shares at a price equal to or less than

 

-11-


cost upon the termination of such employee’s, director’s or consultant’s services to the Corporation;

(e) declare, set aside for payment or pay any dividend or other distribution on any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) any Accruing Dividends, (ii) a dividend or distribution payable solely to effect a stock split of the Corporation’s outstanding shares of capital stock or (iii) the Corporation’s repurchase of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock from any employee or director of or consultant to the Corporation in connection with a stock purchase agreement or stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors that permits the Corporation to repurchase such shares at a price equal to or less than cost upon the termination of such employee’s, director’s or consultant’s services to the Corporation

(f) authorize or effect, or permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to authorize or effect, a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar transaction involving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, the sale of substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, an exclusive license of substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property rights, or the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any Liquidation Event);

(g) encumber or grant a security interest in all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Corporation in connection with the incurrence of any indebtedness by the Corporation;

(h) authorize or effect the acquisition of any material amount of assets or capital stock or other equity interests of any other person or entity;

(i) increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Corporation’s 2001 Stock Option Plan or the Corporation’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (collectively, the “Option Plans” ), except for the share increases authorized pursuant to Section 5.1(l) of the Series E Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement entered into by the Corporation on or about the Filing Date (as may be amended from time to time, the “Series E Purchase Agreement” ), or adopt any new stock option plan or stock purchase plans;

(j) authorize or effect any transaction that results in the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to any person or entity other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

(k) authorize or effect any material change to the business currently conducted by the Corporation;

(l) increase or decrease the authorized number of members of the Board of Directors except in accordance with Section C.3(b) of Article Fourth, or hire or terminate any officer of the Corporation;

(m) unless approved by the consent of the Board of Directors, including the consent of at least a majority of the Series E Directors, authorize any (a) joint venture of the Corporation or (b) investment of 50% or more of the Corporation’s assets;

 

-12-


(n) unless approved by the consent of the Board of Directors, including the consent of at least a majority of the Series E Directors, enter into any transaction with an affiliate (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the Corporation;

(o) unless approved by the consent of the Board of Directors, including the consent of at least a majority of the Series E Directors, make any capital expenditure in excess of amounts expressly contemplated by an annual budget approved by the Board of Directors;

(p) enter into any agreement or take any action that restricts or adversely affects the Corporation’s ability to perform any of its agreements with the holders of the outstanding shares of any series of Series Preferred;

(q) materially modify any clinical development program of the Corporation previously approved by the Board of Directors;

(r) amend the Retention Bonus Plan so as to increase the aggregate amount payable thereunder; or

(s) enter into an agreement to do any of the foregoing.

5. Optional Conversion. The holders of the Series Preferred shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights” ):

(a) Right to Convert.

(i) Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series E Preferred Stock Original Issue Price by the Series E Preferred Stock Conversion Price (as adjusted below) in effect at the time of conversion.

(ii) Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series D Preferred Stock Original Issue Price by the Series D Preferred Stock Conversion Price (as adjusted below) in effect at the time of conversion.

(iii) Each share of Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the product of (A) 0.9820547 and (B) the Series C-2 Preferred Stock Original Issue Price by (C) the Series C-2 Preferred Stock Conversion Price (as adjusted below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series C-2 Preferred Stock Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.2256 per share of Series C-2

 

-13-


Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event).

(iv) Each share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the product of (A) 0.9820547 and (B) the Series C-1 Preferred Stock Original Issue Price by (C) the Series C-1 Preferred Stock Conversion Price (as adjusted below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series C-1 Preferred Stock Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.3460 per share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event).

(v) Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the product of (A) 0.8471362 and (B) the Series B Preferred Stock Original Issue Price by (C) the Series B Preferred Stock Conversion Price (as adjusted below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series B Preferred Stock Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.31 per share of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event).

(vi) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the product of (A) 0.6514881 and (B) the Series A Preferred Stock Original Issue Price by (C) the Series A Preferred Stock Conversion Price (as adjusted below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A Preferred Stock Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.08845 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar event).

For purposes hereof, the “Series E Preferred Stock Conversion Price,” “Series D Preferred Stock Conversion Price,” “Series C-2 Preferred Stock Conversion Price,” “Series C-1 Preferred Stock Conversion Price,” “Series B Preferred Stock Conversion Price” and the “Series A Preferred Stock Conversion Price” shall mean $0.2189. Together, the Series E Preferred Stock Conversion Price, Series D Preferred Stock Conversion Price, Series C-2 Preferred Stock Conversion Price, Series C-1 Preferred Stock Conversion Price, Series B Preferred Stock Conversion Price and the Series A Preferred Stock Conversion Price are referred to herein as the “Conversion Prices.” The Conversion Prices, and the rate at which the shares of Series Preferred may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(b) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction

 

-14-


multiplied by the then fair market value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion.

(i) In order for a holder of Series Preferred to convert shares of Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Series Preferred, at the office of the transfer agent for the Series Preferred (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Series Preferred represented by such certificate or certificates. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The date of receipt of such certificates and notice by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the conversion date (the “Conversion Date” ), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, issue and deliver to such holder of Series Preferred, or to such holder’s nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.

(ii) The Corporation shall at all times when any shares of Series Preferred shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series Preferred, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series Preferred, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. In addition, before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the applicable series of Series Preferred, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted applicable Conversion Price.

(iii) Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series Preferred surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

-15-


(iv) All shares of Series Preferred which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate on the Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon together with any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, out of funds legally available therefor, to the extent required by Sections C.2(a), C.6(b), C.9(a), C.9(b) or C.9(g) of this Article Fourth. Any shares of Series Preferred so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of the corresponding series of Series Preferred accordingly.

(v) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes (other than income taxes) that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred pursuant to this Section C.5.

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if a conversion of shares of Series Preferred is to be made in connection with any transaction affecting the Corporation (including, without limitation, a Liquidation Event), the conversion of any shares of Series Preferred, may, at the election of the holder thereof, be conditioned upon the consummation of such transaction, in which case such conversion shall not be deemed to be effective until such transaction has been consummated, subject in all events to the terms hereof applicable to such transaction.

(d) Adjustments to Applicable Conversion Price for Diluting Issues:

(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section C.5, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” means all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section C.5(d)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation at any time after this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Filing Date” ), other than:

(I) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities or exercise of any Options outstanding on the Filing Date;

(II) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on the Series Preferred;

(III) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section C.5(e) or (f) below;

(IV) up to an aggregate of the Option Maximum (as defined below) number of shares (or such larger number of shares as may be approved by the

 

-16-


Board of Directors of the Corporation, including at least a majority of the Series E Directors) of Common Stock or Options with respect thereto (inclusive of shares and Options outstanding on the Filing Date and subject to equitable adjustment whenever there shall occur a stock dividend, distribution, combination of shares, reclassification or other similar event with respect to the Common Stock) issued or issuable to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation pursuant to the Option Plans or a plan, agreement or arrangement adopted pursuant to the approval of the Board of Directors (for these purposes, “ Option Maximum ” means the number of shares calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(l) of the Series E Purchase Agreement);

(V) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable to financial institutions, lessors or consultants in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financing transactions, commercial property lease transactions or similar bona fide transactions or to a person or an entity as a component of any business relationship with such person or entity involving a strategic collaboration or development or licensing arrangement, in any such case, if approved by the Board of Directors, which approval shall include the consent of at least a majority of the Series E Directors;

(VI) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction approved by the Board of Directors, which approval shall include the consent of at least a majority of the Series E Directors;

(VII) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to the Series E Purchase Agreement; or

(VIII) shares of Common Stock issued in the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock at a price to the public of at least three (3) times the Series E Preferred Stock Original Issue Price in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), resulting in gross offering proceeds in excess of $30,000,000 to the Corporation (a “Qualified Public Offering” ).

(B) “Convertible Securities” means any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(C) “Option” means a right, option or warrant to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(ii) No Adjustment of Applicable Conversion Price. No adjustment in the applicable Conversion Prices shall be made with respect to the applicable series of Senior Preferred as the result of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if: (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section C.5) for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance

 

-17-


of such Additional Shares of Common stock, or (b) prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment to such series shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(iii) Issue of Securities Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall issue any Options (excluding Options covered by Sections C.5(d)(i)(A)(IV) and (V) above) or Convertible Securities (excluding Convertible Securities covered by Section C.5(d)(i)(A)(V) and VII above) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that Additional Shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section C.5(d)(v) hereof) of such Additional Shares of Common Stock would be less than the applicable Conversion Prices in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, or such record date, as the case may be; provided further that, in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section C.5(d)(iii):

(A) No further adjustment in the applicable Conversion Prices shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(B) If such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, then upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the applicable Conversion Prices computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(C) Upon the expiration or termination of any such unexercised Option or unconverted Convertible Security, the applicable Conversion Prices shall be readjusted to such applicable Conversion Prices as would then be in effect had such issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities never occurred and the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed issued as the result of the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security shall not be deemed issued for the purposes of any subsequent adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price;

 

-18-


(D) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the anti-dilution provisions thereof, the applicable Conversion Prices then in effect shall forthwith be readjusted to such applicable Conversion Prices as would have been obtained had the adjustment which was made upon the original issuance of such Option or Convertible Security not yet exercised, converted or exchanged prior to such change been made upon the basis of such change; and

(E) No readjustment pursuant to clause (B), (C) or (D) above shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Conversion Prices to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Prices on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Prices that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

In the event the Corporation, after the Filing Date, amends the terms of any Options or Convertible Securities (whether such Options or Convertible Securities were outstanding on the Filing Date or were issued after the Filing Date), then such Options or Convertible Securities, as so amended, shall be deemed to have been issued after the Filing Date and the provisions of this Section C.5(d)(iii) shall apply.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(A) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Filing Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section C.5(d)(iii) but excluding shares issued as a dividend or distribution as provided in Section C.5(f) or upon a stock split or combination as provided in Section C.5(e)), without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Series E Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event: (i) the Series E Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price equal to the consideration per share received or deemed to be received by the Corporation for such Additional Shares of Common Stock (or if no consideration is received or deemed to be received by the Corporation for such Additional Shares of Common Stock, then one-hundredth of a cent ($0.0001)).

(B) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Filing Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section C.5(d)(iii) but excluding shares issued as a dividend or distribution as provided in Section C.5(f) or upon a stock split or combination as provided in Section C.5(e)), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series D Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event: (i) the Series D Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined by multiplying the Series D Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance by a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus (2) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received or to be received by the Corporation for the

 

-19-


total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or deemed to be issued would purchase at the Series D Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance; and (B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or deemed to be issued; provided that, for the purpose of this Section C.5(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities and exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue shall be deemed to be outstanding. There shall be no adjustment on the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock to the Series C-2 Preferred Stock Conversion Price, Series C-1 Preferred Stock Conversion Price, Series B Preferred Stock Conversion Price or Series A Preferred Stock Conversion Price.

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section C.5(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash, Property and Services: Such consideration shall:

(I) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amounts of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest and dividends;

(II) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, or services, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(III) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section C.5(d)(iii) relating to Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing: (a) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (b) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

-20-


(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Prices in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Prices then in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this section shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Prices in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Conversion Prices then in effect by a fraction: (1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

provided, however, that if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, then the applicable Conversion Prices shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Conversion Prices shall be adjusted pursuant to this section as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and provided further, however, that no adjustment with respect to the applicable Conversion Prices shall be made if the holders of Series Preferred simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Series Preferred had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution with respect to each share of Series Preferred which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the number of additional shares of Common Stock being issued with respect to each share of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event that the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than shares of Common Stock) or in cash or other property (other than cash out of earnings or earned surplus, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series Preferred shall receive upon conversion thereof in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the kind and amount of securities of the Corporation, cash or other property which they would have been entitled to receive had such Series Preferred been converted into Common Stock on

 

-21-


the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this Section with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series Preferred; provided, however, that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of the Series Preferred simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of such securities, cash or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series Preferred had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(h) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. If there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not a series of Series Preferred) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections C.5(e), (f) or (g) hereof or a transaction which is deemed a Liquidation Event under Section C.2(a) hereof), then, as a part of and a condition to such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger, provision shall be made so that thereafter each share of such series of Series Preferred shall be convertible into the same kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the Corporation, or of the successor corporation resulting from such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger, which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Series Preferred immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section C.5 set forth with respect to the rights and interest thereafter of the holders of each such series of Series Preferred to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section C.5 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Prices) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such series of Series Preferred.

(i) No Impairment. Without first obtaining the approval of the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities to any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section C.5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Series Preferred against impairment.

(j) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Conversion Prices pursuant to this Section C.5, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C-2 Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or

 

-22-


readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series Preferred, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Prices and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of the Series Preferred held by such holder.

(k) Miscellaneous.

(i) The holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have the right to challenge any determination by the Board of Directors of fair value pursuant to this Section C.5, in which case such determination of fair value shall be made by an independent appraiser selected jointly by the Board of Directors and the challenging parties, the cost of such appraisal to be borne by the challenging parties (as a group); provided, however, that if the independent appraiser determines that the fair market value of the assets being valued is either (or both) (i) at least ten percent (10%) greater than the fair market value of such assets as determined by the Board of Directors or (ii) at least $100,000 greater than the fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors, then the cost of such appraisal shall be borne solely by the Corporation.

6. Mandatory Conversion.

(a) Preferred Stock. As of immediately prior to the earliest to occur of (A) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering or (B) approval by the Board of Directors and the written election of the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock (the earliest of the dates in clauses (A) and (B), the “Mandatory Preferred Stock Conversion Date” ), all outstanding shares of Series Preferred then outstanding shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective applicable conversion rate, and the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock shall be automatically reduced to zero.

(b) All holders of record of Series Preferred shall be given prior written notice of the Mandatory Preferred Stock Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares pursuant to this Section C.6. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each record holder of Series Preferred at such holder’s address last shown on the records of the transfer agent for the Series Preferred (or the records of the Corporation, if it serves as its own transfer agent). Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of Series Preferred shall surrender such holder’s certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section C.6. On the Mandatory Preferred Stock Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series Preferred so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock) will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which Series Preferred has been converted, and, in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, at the election of the holders of at least 60% of the

 

-23-


outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, either (x) payment in cash or other property of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon together with any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, out of funds legally available therefor or (y) subject to any limitations under applicable law, such number of additional shares of Common Stock as the applicable Accruing Dividends could purchase at the then effective Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Preferred Stock Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for the Series Preferred, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, on such holder’s written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Section C.5(b) of this Article Fourth in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

(c) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes (other than income taxes) that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Series Preferred pursuant to this Section C.6.

(d) All certificates evidencing shares of Series Preferred which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Mandatory Preferred Stock Conversion Date be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Series Preferred represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date.

7. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series Preferred converted, redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall, automatically and without further action, be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof, and shall not be reissued and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) from time to time shall take such action as may be necessary to reduce the number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock accordingly.

8. Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right;

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Corporation, any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is the surviving entity and its Common Stock is not converted into or exchanged for

 

-24-


any other securities or property), or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will mail or cause to be mailed to the holders of the Series Preferred a notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (B) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. Such notice shall be mailed at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

9. Redemption.

(a) Series E Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall be obligated to redeem the Series E Preferred Stock as follows:

(i) The holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock may require the Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock on a date (the “Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date” ) beginning not prior to five years following the Series E Original Issuance Date, subject to the provisions of Section C.9(g) below; provided that the Corporation shall receive at least sixty (60) days prior to the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date written notice of such election of the Series E Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall effect such redemption by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date a sum equal to the Series E Preferred Stock Original Issue Price per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) plus all dividends declared but unpaid thereon together with any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, with respect to such shares. The total amount to be paid for the Series E Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Price .

(ii) At least forty (40) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the Corporation shall: (A) send a notice to all holders of Series E Preferred Stock setting forth the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed and the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Price upon surrender of their share certificates (the “Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Notice” ) and (B) notify all holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock that the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock have elected to redeem their shares. If, at least twenty (20) days prior to the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the holders of at least 60% of

 

-25-


the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis, the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, or the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) in voting power of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, elect to redeem their shares pursuant to Section C.9(b), (c), (d) or (e) below, then the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date, Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date, Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date or Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date (each as defined below), as applicable, shall be the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date (each such date, a “Redemption Date” ), notwithstanding any notice provisions set forth in Section C.9(b), (c), (d) or (e) below, and the Corporation shall promptly send the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Notice or Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Notice (each as defined below), as applicable.

(b) Series D Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall be obligated to redeem the Series D Preferred Stock as follows:

(i) The holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock may require the Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all of the then outstanding Series D Preferred Stock on a date (the “Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date” ) beginning on a date not prior to the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date; provided that the Corporation shall receive at least sixty (60) days prior to the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date written notice of such election of the Series D Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall effect such redemption by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date a sum equal to the Series D Preferred Stock Original Issue Price per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) plus all dividends declared but unpaid thereon together with any Series D Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, with respect to such shares. The total amount to be paid for the Series D Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Price .

(ii) At least forty (40) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the Corporation shall: (A) send a notice to all holders of Series D Preferred Stock setting forth the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed and the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Price upon surrender of their share certificates (the “Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Notice” ) and (B) notify all holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock that the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock have elected to redeem their shares. If, at least twenty (20) days prior to the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis, Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, or the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) in voting power of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, elect to redeem their shares pursuant to Section C.9(c), (d) or (e) below, then the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption

 

-26-


Date, Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date or Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date, as applicable, shall be the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date, notwithstanding any notice provisions set forth in Section C.9(c), (d) or (e) below, and the Corporation shall promptly send the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Notice or Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, as applicable.

(c) Series C Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall be obligated to redeem the Series C Preferred Stock as follows:

(i) The holders of at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis, may require the Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock on a date (the “Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date” ) beginning not prior to the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date; provided that the Corporation shall receive at least sixty (60) days prior to the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date written notice of such election of the Series C Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall effect such redemption by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date a sum equal to the Series C-1 Preferred Stock Original Issue Price per share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the Series C-2 Preferred Stock Original Issue Price per share of Series C-2 Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The total amount to be paid for the Series C Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Price .

(ii) At least forty (40) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the Corporation shall: (A) send a notice to all holders of Series C Preferred Stock setting forth the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed and the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Price upon surrender of their share certificates (the “Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Notice” ) and (B) notify all holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock that the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock have elected to redeem their shares. If, at least twenty (20) days prior to the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the holders of at least 60% in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, or the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) in voting power of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, elect to redeem their shares pursuant to Section C.9(b) above or Section C.9(d) or (e) below, then the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date, Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date or Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date, as applicable, shall be the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date, notwithstanding any notice provisions set forth in Section C.9(b) above or Section C.9(d) or (e) below, and the Corporation shall promptly send the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Notice or Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, as applicable.

 

-27-


(d) Series B Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall be obligated to redeem the Series B Preferred Stock as follows:

(i) The holders of at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, may require the Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock on a date (the “Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date” ) beginning not prior to the Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Date; provided that the Corporation shall receive at least sixty (60) days prior to the Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date written notice of such election of the Series B Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall effect such redemption by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date a sum equal to the Series B Preferred Stock Original Issue Price per share of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The total amount to be paid for the Series B Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Price .

(ii) At least forty (40) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the Corporation shall: (A) send a notice to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock setting forth the Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed and the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Price upon surrender of their share certificates (the “Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Notice” ) and (B) notify all holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock that the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have elected to redeem their shares. If, at least twenty (20) days prior to the Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the holders of at least 60% in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, or sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, elect to redeem their shares pursuant to Section C.9(b) or (c) above or C.9(e) below, then the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date, Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date or Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date, as applicable, shall be the Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date, notwithstanding any notice provisions set forth in Section C.9(b) or (c) above or C.9(e) below, and the Corporation shall promptly send the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Notice or Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, as applicable.

(e) Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall be obligated to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock as follows:

(i) The holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, may require the Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock beginning on a date (the “Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date” ) beginning not prior to the Series E Preferred Stock

 

-28-


Redemption Date; provided that the Corporation shall receive at least sixty (60) days prior to the Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date written notice of such election of the Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall effect such redemption by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date a sum equal to the Series A Preferred Stock Original Issue Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) plus all declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The total amount to be paid for the Series A Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Price .

(ii) At least forty (40) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the Corporation shall: (A) send a notice to all holders of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed setting forth the Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed and the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Price upon surrender of their share certificates (the “Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Notice” ) and (B) notify all holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have elected to redeem their shares. If, at least twenty (20) days prior to the Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date, the holders of at least 60% in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, the holders of a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, or a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, elect to redeem their shares pursuant to Section C.9(b), (c) or (d) above, then the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Date, Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date or Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Date, as applicable, shall be the Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Date, notwithstanding any notice provisions set forth in Section C.9(b), (c) or (d) above, and the Corporation shall promptly send the Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Notice or Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, as applicable.

(f) Redemption Priorities and Procedures .

(i) If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds or other assets legally available to redeem all shares to be redeemed at any Redemption Date, then it shall so notify the holders of shares to be redeemed at such Redemption Date and shall redeem, as applicable, (I)  first , the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, pro rata to each holder of Series E Preferred Stock based on such holder’s ownership thereof, until all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed, (II) second , the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, pro rata to each holder of Series D Preferred Stock based on such holder’s ownership thereof, until all shares of Series D Preferred Stock are redeemed, (III) third , the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, pro rata to each holder of Series C Preferred Stock based on such holder’s ownership thereof, until all shares of Series C Preferred Stock are redeemed, and (IV) fourth , the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, on a pro rata basis (based on the portion of the aggregate Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Price or Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Price, as applicable, payable to them), to the extent possible. If any shares to be redeemed remain

 

-29-


outstanding, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed in accordance with the previous sentence as soon as sufficient funds are legally available.

(ii) On or after each applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series Preferred to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificates representing such shares to the Corporation in the manner and at the place designated in the Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Notice or Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Notice, as the case may be, and thereupon the Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Price, Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Price, Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Price, Series D Preferred Stock Redemption Price or Series E Preferred Stock Redemption Price (collectively defined for this Section 9(f) as, the “Series Preferred Redemption Prices” ), as applicable, of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares represented by such certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. From and after such Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of an applicable Series Preferred Redemption Price, or the Corporation is unable to pay an applicable Series Preferred Redemption Price, due to not having sufficient legally available funds, all rights of the holder of such shares as holder of Series Preferred, as applicable (except the right to receive the Series Preferred Redemption Price, as applicable, without interest upon surrender of their certificates), shall cease and terminate with respect to such shares; provided that in the event that shares of Series Preferred, as applicable, are not redeemed due to a default in payment by the Corporation or because the Corporation does not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of Series Preferred shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein until redeemed.

(g) Special Redemption Right.

(i) Upon the request of the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors will meet with twenty (20) days for the purpose of approving a Company Sale on substantially the terms set forth in definitive transaction agreements presented to the Board of Directors at least ten (10) days in advance of such meeting. If the Board of Directors does not approve the Company Sale on substantially the terms set forth in such definitive transaction agreements at such meeting, the primary reason for which (as evidenced in the minutes of such meeting) is not based on the decision by the Board of Directors to pursue an alternative, bona fide offer to effectuate a Company Sale on superior terms (as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith at such meeting), and provided that (1) such definitive transaction agreements provide that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with the Company Sale shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section C.2 of Article Fourth above, disregarding payments that may be made in respect of outstanding options to purchase Common Stock held by employees or directors of or consultants to the Company so long as such payments are consistent with payments to be made on shares of Common Stock (accounting for appropriate adjustments pertaining to the unpaid exercise price of such outstanding options) and (2) the Company Sale is approved on substantially the terms set forth in such definitive transaction agreements presented at such meeting of the Board of

 

-30-


Directors by either (x) at least a majority of the Series E Directors and, within five days following such meeting, the holders of at least 60% of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, or (y) the holders of at least 70% of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, within five days following such meeting, then, in such event, for a period of five days thereafter, the holders of at least 60% of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding may, by written election delivered to the Corporation (the “Special Redemption Notice” ), require the Corporation to redeem all of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred (the “Special Redemption Right” ) for a price per share of Senior Preferred (as applicable, the “Special Redemption Price” ) equal to the amount each such share would receive if the Company Sale were consummated on the terms set forth in such definitive transaction agreements, assuming the receipt of all consideration payable pursuant to the terms of such definitive transaction agreements, including any contingent consideration contemplated thereby ( “Contingent Consideration” ) and without reduction for potential indemnity claims (the “ Aggregate Company Sale Amount ”), subject to the provisions of Section C.9(g)(ii) below.

(ii) For purposes of calculating the Aggregate Company Sale Amount: (A) the value of the consideration payable pursuant to the definitive transaction agreements shall be valued in accordance with the provisions of Section C.2(f) of Article Fourth above to the extent applicable, except as otherwise specified in this Section C.9(g); (B) any consideration payable pursuant to the definitive transaction agreements that is subject to a financing contingency of the acquiror or any affiliate thereof shall be excluded from the calculation; (C) any Contingent Consideration or other consideration payable following the closing of the Company Sale shall be appropriately discounted to take into account the time value of money; and (D) in the event any of the Contingent Consideration cannot be readily determined (for example, if such Contingent Consideration is in the form of earn-out or royalty payments), then the amount of any such Contingent Consideration shall be the fair market value of the right to receive or potentially receive such Contingent Consideration as determined by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Series E Directors, in good faith. The Corporation’s determination of the Aggregate Company Sale Amount shall be communicated by the Corporation to the holders of Senior Preferred in writing within 60 days following the Corporation’s receipt of the Special Redemption Notice. The holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have the right to challenge any determination by the Board of Directors of fair market value pursuant to this Section C.9(g)(ii) by delivering written notice to the Corporation thereof within 15 days following the date on which the determination by the Board of Directors of the Aggregate Company Sale Amount is communicated to the holders of Senior Preferred in writing, in which case the determination of fair market value thereof shall be made by an independent appraiser selected jointly by the Board of Directors and the challenging parties (the cost of such appraisal to be borne by the challenging parties (as a group)).

(iii) The redemption pursuant to the exercise of the Special Redemption Right shall be effected by payment in cash in exchange for the shares of Senior Preferred to be redeemed, and shall occur on the date selected by the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, provided such date shall not be less than sixty (60) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days following the final determination of the Aggregate Company Sale Amount (as determined pursuant to Section C.9(g)(ii) above) (the “Special Redemption Date” ). If the Corporation does not have

 

-31-


sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Senior Preferred to be redeemed pursuant to the exercise of the Special Redemption Right on the Special Redemption Date, then it shall so notify the holders of shares of Senior Preferred to be redeemed and shall redeem, as applicable, (I)  first , the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, pro rata to each holder of Series E Preferred Stock based on such holder’s ownership thereof, until all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed, and (II) second , the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, pro rata to each holder of Series D Preferred Stock based on such holder’s ownership thereof, until all shares of Series D Preferred Stock are redeemed.

(iv) On or after the Special Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Senior Preferred to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificates representing such shares to the Corporation in the manner and at the place designated in the Special Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Special Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares represented by such certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. From and after the Special Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of an applicable Special Redemption Price, or the Corporation is unable to pay an applicable Special Redemption Price, due to not having sufficient legally available funds, all rights of the holder of such shares as holder of Senior Preferred (except the right to receive the applicable Special Redemption Price, without interest upon surrender of their certificates), shall cease and terminate with respect to such shares; provided that in the event that shares of Senior Preferred are not redeemed due to a default in payment by the Corporation or because the Corporation does not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of Senior Preferred shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein until redeemed. If any shares to be redeemed remain outstanding, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed in accordance with the previous sentence as soon as sufficient funds are legally available.

ARTICLE FIFTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE SIXTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE SEVENTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except to the extent that exemption from liability thereof is not permitted under the DGCL at the time such liability or limitation thereof is determined. No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article shall adversely affect the rights and protection afforded to a director of the Corporation under this Article Seventh for acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.

ARTICLE EIGHTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the

 

-32-


manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE NINTH: The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as amended from time to time, indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or contemplated action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (an “Indemnitee” ), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

ARTICLE TENTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of the DGCL or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the DGCL, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths (3/4) in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

ARTICLE ELEVENTH: The Corporation hereby renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the DGCL, as amended from time to time, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunities that are presented to any of its directors who are not otherwise employed by the Corporation. No amendment or repeal of this Article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any such director for or with respect to any opportunities of which such director become aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

-33-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 3 rd day of February, 2014.

 

HTG M OLECULAR D IAGNOSTICS , I NC .
By:

/s/ Timothy B. Johnson

Timothy B. Johnson
President and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

HTG MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify that:

F IRST : The name of the Corporation is HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

S ECOND : The date on which the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was December 14, 2000.

T HIRD : The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions amending its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) as follows:

1.        The first paragraph of Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to add the following at the end of such paragraph:

“Effective at the time of filing of this Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, every 107.39 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one share of Common Stock without increasing or decreasing the par value of each share of Common Stock (the “ Reverse Split ”); provided, however , that the Corporation shall issue no fractional shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reverse Split, but shall instead pay to any stockholder who would be entitled to receive a fractional share as a result of the actions set forth herein a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of the shares constituting such fractional share as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Reverse Split shall occur whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. The Reverse Split shall be effected on a record holder-by-record holder basis, such that any fractional shares of Common Stock resulting from the Reverse Split and held by a single record holder shall be aggregated.”

2.        Section C.5(d)(i)(A)(VIII) of Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(VIII) shares of Common Stock issued in the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock (i) at a price to the public of at least three (3) times the Series E Preferred Stock Original Issue Price in a firm commitment underwritten public


offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), resulting in gross offering proceeds in excess of $30,000,000 to the Corporation (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”) or (ii) in a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, the “price to public” for which is authorized and approved by the Board of Directors or a duly appointed pricing committee of the Board of Directors.”

F OURTH : Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, this Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of April 27, 2015.

 

/s/ Timothy B. Johnson

Timothy B. Johnson

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 4.8

HTG MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 22, 2014, by and among HTG M OLECULAR D IAGNOSTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), certain holders of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) listed on Exhibit A-1 hereto (the “ Common Stockholders ”) and the holders of Preferred Stock (as defined below) listed on Exhibit A-2 hereto (the “ Investors ”). The Common Stockholders and the Investors may be referred to herein individually as a “Stockholder” and collectively as “Stockholders.”

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , in connection with the Company’s prior sale of its Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, the Company and the Stockholders entered into that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of February 4, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”); and

W HEREAS , in anticipation of the consummation of the Initial Offering (as defined below), the Company and the undersigned Stockholders (on behalf of themselves and all other Investors and all Common Stockholders) desire to enter into this Agreement in order to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as set forth herein.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth herein, contingent and effective upon the closing of the Initial Offering (the “ Effective Time ”), and all rights and covenants made under the Prior Agreement (including registration rights and related notice provisions), contingent and effective upon the Effective Time, are hereby terminated in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect whatsoever; provided, however , that, if the Initial Offering is not completed for any reason by March 31, 2015 (or such later date as consented to by the Requisite Investors (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement)), or upon the earlier abandonment of the Initial Offering (whether as a result of the determination of the Board of Directors not to file with the Commission a registration statement for the Initial Offering or the withdrawal by the Company of the registration statement with respect thereto), this Agreement shall be null and void and the Prior Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations, if any, of Novo, Fletcher and MCV (each as defined in the Prior Agreement) in the intention letters dated on or about June 9, 2011 shall remain discharged in full, effective as of November 2, 2012.

1.2 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate ” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule.

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 3, 2014, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor agency of the federal government administering the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any similar or successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Initial Offering ” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act, in connection with which the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted into shares of Common Stock.

 

1


Person ” or “ person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Stockholders.

The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement, or, as the context may require, under the Exchange Act or applicable state securities laws.

Registrable Securities ” means (i) shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) for purposes of Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.14 and 2.15 only, shares of Common Stock held by the Common Stockholders as of the date hereof, and (iii) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to any of the foregoing upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or similar event, excluding, in any event, securities that (a) have been registered under the Securities Act pursuant to an effective registration statement filed thereunder and disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (b) have been sold pursuant to Rule 144, (c) are eligible for sale without volume restrictions pursuant to Rule 144 or (d) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.

Requisite Investors ” means the holders of at least 60% of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities that were issued upon conversion of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

SECTION 2. TRANSFER OF REGISTRABLE SECURITIES; REGISTRATION RIGHTS .

2.1 Restrictive Legend . Each certificate or uncertificated share representing Registrable Securities shall, except as otherwise provided in this Section 2, be stamped or otherwise imprinted or notated, as applicable, with a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, DELIVERED AFTER SALE, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS THEREOF.”

Upon request of a holder of such Registrable Securities, the Company shall remove the foregoing legend from the certificate or uncertificated shares or issue to such holder a new certificate or uncertificated shares therefor free of such legend if there is an effective registration statement covering the securities represented by such certificate or uncertificated shares or, with such request, the Company shall have received either the opinion of counsel or no-action letter referred to in Section 2.2 (unless such opinion of counsel or no-action letter is not required by Section 2.2), subject in each case to the continued effectiveness of such registration statement, opinion of counsel or no-action letter.

2.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any Registrable Securities (other than under the circumstances described in Section 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5), the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of its intention to effect such sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner of the proposed sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer and, if requested by the Company, shall be accompanied by either (i) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no-action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the distribution

 

2


of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto (it being understood that if such transfer, in the reasonable opinion of the Company upon advice of its counsel, will be in accordance with Rule 144, the Company shall not require an opinion of counsel or no-action letter), whereupon the holder of such securities shall be entitled to transfer such securities in accordance with the terms of its notice; provided , however , that no such opinion of counsel or no-action letter shall be required for a distribution to one or more partners of the transferor (in the case of a transferor that is a partnership) or to a stockholder (in the case of a transferor that is a corporation) in each case in respect of the beneficial interest of such partner or stockholder. All certificates or uncertificated shares, as applicable, for Registrable Securities transferred as provided above shall bear the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.1, except that such certificate or uncertificated shares shall not bear such legend if (a) such transfer is in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 (or any other rule permitting public sale without registration under the Securities Act) or (b) the opinion of counsel or “no-action” letter referred to above is to the further effect that the transferee and any subsequent transferee (other than an affiliate of the Company) would be entitled to transfer such securities in a public sale without registration under the Securities Act or that such legend is not required to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the restrictions provided for in this Section 2.2 shall not apply to securities which are not required to bear the legend prescribed by Section 2.1 in accordance with the provisions of that Section.

2.3 Required Registration.

(a) At any time after the date that is 180 days following the date of the underwriting agreement for the Initial Offering, holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the total shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding may request that the Company register under the Securities Act all or any portion of the shares of Registrable Securities held by such requesting holder or holders for sale in the manner specified in such notice, provided that the reasonably anticipated price to the public of such shares would be at least $7,500,000 (before deducting any Selling Expenses (as defined in Section 2.7)).

(b) Following receipt of any notice under Section 2.3(a), the Company shall immediately notify all holders of Registrable Securities from whom notice has not been received and such holders shall then be entitled within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from the Company to request the Company to include in the requested registration all or any portion of their shares of Registrable Securities, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2.3(c). The Company shall use its best efforts to register under the Securities Act, for public sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in the notice from requesting holders described in paragraph (a) above, the number of shares of Registrable Securities specified in such notice (and in all notices received by the Company from other holders within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice by such holders, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.3(c)). The Company shall be obligated to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.3 on two (2) occasions only; provided , however , that such obligation shall be deemed satisfied only when a registration statement covering all of the shares of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders of Registrable Securities in accordance with the method of disposition specified by the requesting holders shall have become effective and, if such method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten public offering, all such shares shall have been sold pursuant thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no request may be made under this Section 2.3 after the effective date of a registration statement filed by the Company covering a firm commitment underwritten public offering and prior to ninety (90) days after the effective date of such registration statement.

(c) If the holders requesting such registration intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.3 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in paragraph (b) above. The right of any holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such holder’s agreeing to participate in such underwriting and to permit inclusion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting. If such method of disposition is an underwritten public offering, the Company shall designate the managing underwriter of such offering, which underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to the holders of at least a majority in interest of the shares of Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering. A holder may elect to include in such underwriting all or a part of the Registrable Securities it holds, subject to the limitations required by the managing underwriter as provided for in Section 2.3(d) below.

(d) A registration statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.3 may, subject to the following provisions, include (i) shares of Common Stock for sale by the Company for its own account and (ii) shares of Common Stock held by persons who by virtue of agreements with the Company in compliance with the provisions of Section 2.13 hereof are entitled to include such shares in such registration (the “ Other Stockholders ”), in each case for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified by the requesting holders. If such registration shall be underwritten, the Company and Other Stockholders proposing to distribute their shares through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or

 

3


underwriters selected for such underwriting on terms no less favorable to the Company and such Other Stockholders than the terms afforded the holders of Registrable Securities. If and to the extent that the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be included in such registration, then the shares of Common Stock held by Other Stockholders (other than Registrable Securities) and shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company for its own account shall be excluded from such registration to the extent so required by such managing underwriter, and unless the holders of such shares and the Company have otherwise agreed in writing, such exclusion shall be applied first to the shares held by the Other Stockholders to the extent required by the managing underwriter, then to the shares of Common Stock of the Company to be included for its own account to the extent required by the managing underwriter. If the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a further limitation of the number of Registrable Securities to be registered under this Section 2.3, then Registrable Securities shall be excluded in such manner that the securities to be sold shall be allocated among the selling holders pro rata based on their ownership of Registrable Securities; provided however that all Registrable Securities that were originally issued as Common Stock shall be excluded before excluding any Registrable Securities that were originally issued as Preferred Stock. In any event all securities to be sold other than Registrable Securities will be excluded prior to any exclusion of Registrable Securities. No Registrable Securities or any other security excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. If any holder of Registrable Securities or Other Stockholder who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such holder of securities may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter. The securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration. Except for registration statements on Form S-4, S-8 or any comparable forms or successors thereto or another form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public, the Company will not file with the Commission any other registration statement with respect to its Common Stock, whether for its own account or that of other stockholders, from the date of receipt of a notice from requesting holders pursuant to this Section 2.3 until one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of such registration, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(e) If at the time of any request to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.3, the Company is engaged in any activity which, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, would be adversely affected by the requested registration to the material detriment of the Company, then the Company may, at its option, direct that such request be delayed for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of a request for registration, such right to delay a request to be exercised by the Company not more than once in any one (1)-year period.

2.4 Incidental Registration. If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for sale to the public, whether for its own account or for the account of other security holders or both (except with respect to registration statements on Forms S-4, S-8 or any comparable forms or successors thereto or another form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public), each such time it will promptly give written notice to all holders of the Registrable Securities of its intention so to do. Upon the written request of any such holder received by the Company within twenty (20) days after the giving of any such notice by the Company to register any or all of its Registrable Securities, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities as to which registration shall have been so requested to be included in the securities to be covered by the registration statement proposed to be filed by the Company, all to the extent required to permit the sale or other disposition by the holder (in accordance with its written request) of such Registrable Securities so registered. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the holders of Registrable Securities as a part of the written notice given pursuant to this Section 2.4. In such event the right of any holder of Registrable Securities to registration pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be conditioned upon such holder’s participation in such underwriting to the extent provided herein. All holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the Other Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.4, if the underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, such limitation will be imposed pro rata with respect to all securities whose holders have a contractual, incidental (“piggyback”) right to include such securities in the registration statement and as to which inclusion has been requested pursuant to such right; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities shall not be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such underwriting; and provided further that the number of Registrable Securities underlying Preferred Stock shall not be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the number of securities included in such underwriting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Company may withdraw any registration statement referred to in this Section 2.4 for any reason without thereby incurring any liability to the holders of Registrable Securities. If any holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, it may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

 

4


2.5 Registration on Form S-3.

(a) In addition to the rights provided in Sections 2.3 and 2.4, if at any time (i) one or more holders of Registrable Securities constituting at least fifty percent (50%) of the total shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding requests that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form thereto for a public offering of all or any portion of the shares of Registrable Securities held by such requesting holder or holders, the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of which would be at least $5,000,000 (before deducting any Selling Expenses), and (ii) the Company is a registrant entitled to use Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form thereto to register such shares, then the Company shall use its best efforts to register under the Securities Act on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form thereto, for public sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such notice, the number of shares of Registrable Securities specified in such notice. Whenever the Company is required by this Section 2.5 to use its best efforts to effect the registration of Registrable Securities, each of the procedures and requirements of Section 2.3, including, but not limited to, the cut-back provisions and the requirement that the Company notify all holders of Registrable Securities from whom notice has not been received and provide them with the opportunity to participate in the offering, shall apply to such registration; provided , however , that the number of registrations on Form S-3 which may be requested and obtained under this Section 2.5 during any twelve (12)-month period shall not exceed two (2).

(b) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms; and to that end the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to register (whether or not required by law to do so) the Common Stock under the Exchange Act in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Act following the effective date of the first registration of any securities of the Company on Form S-1 or any comparable or successor form.

(c) If at the time of any request to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.5, the Company is engaged in any activity which, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, would be adversely affected by the requested registration to the material detriment of the Company, then the Company may at its option direct that such request be delayed for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of a request for registration, such right to delay a request to be exercised by the Company not more than once in any one (1)-year period.

2.6 Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of Section 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5 to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement (which, in the case of an underwritten public offering pursuant to Section 2.3, shall be on Form S-1 or other form of general applicability satisfactory to the managing underwriter selected as therein provided) with respect to such securities including executing an undertaking to file post-effective amendments and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective for the period of the distribution contemplated thereby;

(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for the period specified herein and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the sellers’ intended method of disposition set forth in such registration statement for such period;

(c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities and to each underwriter such number of copies of the registration statement and each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits) and the prospectus included therein (including each preliminary prospectus) as such persons reasonably may request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement;

(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the sellers of Registrable Securities or, in the case of an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter reasonably shall request;

(e) use its best efforts to list the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement with any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock of the Company is then listed;

 

5


(f) comply with all applicable rules and regulations under the Securities Act and Exchange Act;

(g) immediately notify each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter under such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event of which the Company has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus contained in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplement or amendment so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(h) if the offering is underwritten and at the request of any seller of Registrable Securities, furnish on the date that Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration: (i) an opinion of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, dated such date, addressed to the underwriters to such effects as reasonably may be requested by counsel for the underwriters, and executed counterparts of such opinion addressed to the sellers of Registrable Securities to the same effects as requested by counsel for the underwriters, and (ii) a letter, dated such date, from the independent public accountants retained by the Company, addressed to the underwriters stating that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and that, in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the Company included in the registration statement or the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act, and such letter shall additionally cover such other financial matters with respect to such registration as such underwriters reasonably may request;

(i) make available for inspection by each seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such seller or underwriter, reasonable access to all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as such parties may reasonably request, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(j) cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates or uncertificated shares representing Registrable Securities to be sold, such certificates or uncertificated shares to be in such denominations and registered in such names as such holders or the managing underwriter may request at least two (2) business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities; and

(k) permit any holder of Registrable Securities which holder, in the sole and exclusive judgment, exercised in good faith, of such holder, might be deemed to be a controlling person of the Company, to participate in good faith in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included.

For purposes of this Agreement, the period of distribution of Registrable Securities in a firm commitment underwritten public offering shall be deemed to extend until each underwriter has completed the distribution of all securities purchased by it, and the period of distribution of Registrable Securities in any other registration shall be deemed to extend until the earlier of the sale of all Registrable Securities covered thereby or one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date thereof, provided , however , in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or a comparable or successor form which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such one hundred eighty (180)-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment, permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment which (y) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (z) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in clauses (y) and (z) above contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act in the registration statement.

In connection with each registration hereunder, the sellers of Registrable Securities will furnish to the Company in writing such information requested by the Company and the managing underwriter, if any, with respect to themselves and the proposed distribution by them as shall be reasonably necessary in order to assure compliance with Federal and applicable state securities laws. Any holder of

 

6


Registrable Securities may withdraw all or part of its Registrable Securities from a registration pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5 at any time prior to the effective date of such registration.

2.7 Expenses.

(a) All expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company, fees and expenses (including counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state securities or “blue sky” laws, fees of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and registrars, costs of any insurance which might be obtained by the Company with respect to the offering by the Company, and reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel selected by at least a majority in interest of the sellers of Registrable Securities (which fees and disbursements of counsel shall not exceed $25,000 per required registration or S-3 registration and shall not exceed an aggregate of $50,000 for all registrations effected during any twelve (12)-month period), but excluding any Selling Expenses, are called “ Registration Expenses ”. All underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities are called “ Selling Expenses .”

(b) The Company will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5; provided , however , if any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.3 or 2.5 is withdrawn at the request of the holders initiating such registration, such holders may elect to (i) have the Company pay the Registration Expenses for such withdrawn registration but such withdrawn registration shall count as a completed registration toward the Company’s obligation pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or 2.5(a), as the case may be, or (ii) pay the Registration Expenses for such withdrawn registration but such withdrawn registration shall not count as a completed registration toward the Company’s obligation under Section 2.3(b) or 2.5(a), as the case may be; provided further , however , that if a registration is withdrawn after the holders of Registrable Securities initiating such registration have learned of a material adverse change in the financial condition or prospects of the Company or have learned of other material adverse information relating to the Company, in either case not known to such holders at the time of their request for such registration, then all Registration Expenses related to such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company and such withdrawn registration shall not be counted as a completed registration under Section 2.3(b) or 2.5(a), as the case may be. All Selling Expenses in connection with each registration statement under Section 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5 shall be borne by the participating sellers in proportion to the number of shares sold by each, or by such participating sellers other than the Company as they may agree.

2.8 Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) In connection with a registration of any of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each seller of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors and partners, each underwriter of such Registrable Securities thereunder and each other person, if any, who controls such holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder, officer, director, partner, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular or other document incident to such registration (including any related notification, registration statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof), (ii) any blue sky application or other document executed by the Company specifically for that purpose or based upon written information furnished by the Company filed in any state or other jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all of the Registrable Securities under the securities laws thereof (any such application, document or information herein called a “ Blue Sky Application ”), (iii) any omission or alleged omission to state in any such registration statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement or in any Blue Sky Application executed or filed by the Company, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (iv) any violation by the Company or its agents of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act applicable to the Company or its agents and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such registration, or (v) any failure to register or qualify the Registrable Securities in any state where the Company or its agents has affirmatively undertaken or agreed in writing that the Company (the undertaking of any underwriter chosen by the Company being attributed to the Company) will undertake such registration or qualification (provided that in such instance the Company shall not be so liable if it has used its best efforts to so register or qualify the Registrable Securities) and will reimburse each such seller, and such officer, director and partner, each such underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, promptly after being so incurred, provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case for any amounts paid in settlement of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be

 

7


unreasonably withheld, and, provided further , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with written information furnished by any such holder, any such underwriter or any such controlling person in writing specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus.

(b) In connection with a registration of any of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5, each seller of such Registrable Securities thereunder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, each officer of the Company, each director of the Company, each other seller of Registrable Securities, each underwriter and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or such officer, director, other seller, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular or other document incident to such registration (including any related notification, registration statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.4 or 2.5, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof), or any Blue Sky Application or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and each such officer, director, other seller, underwriter and controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, promptly after being so incurred, provided , however , that such seller will be liable hereunder in any such case if and only to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information pertaining to such seller, as such, furnished in writing to the Company by such seller specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus and, provided that, in no event shall such seller be liable for any amounts paid in settlement of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities if such settlement is effected without the consent of such seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and provided further , however , that the liability of each seller hereunder shall be limited to the proportion of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense which is equal to the proportion that the public offering price of the securities sold by such seller under such registration statement bears to the total public offering price of all securities sold thereunder, but not in any event to exceed the proceeds received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement. Not in limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the indemnification obligations of any seller hereunder pursuant to any underwriting agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be limited to the obligations contained in this subparagraph (b).

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party hereunder, notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to such indemnified party unless and to the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced by such omission. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, to assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume and undertake the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 2.8 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, provided , however , that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party or that the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed to conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, the indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to select one separate counsel and to assume such legal defenses and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action, with the expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other reasonable expenses related to such participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or action, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or action. Each indemnified party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an indemnifying party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any holder of Registrable Securities exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling person of any such holder,

 

8


makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling holder or any such controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8; then, and in each such case, the Company and such holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), as well as any other equitable considerations, it being understood that the relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission, provided , however , that, in any such case, (A) no such holder of Registrable Securities will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the proceeds received from the sale of all such Registrable Securities offered by it pursuant to such registration statement; and (B) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) The indemnities and obligations provided in this Section 2.8 shall survive the transfer of any Registrable Securities by such holder effected in accordance with this Agreement or the termination of any registration rights granted hereunder.

2.9 Changes in Common Stock . If, and as often as, there is any change in the Common Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the Common Stock as so changed.

2.10 Rule 144 and 144A Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, the Company agrees to:

(a) use its best efforts to comply with all of the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and shall use its best efforts to comply with all other public information reporting requirements of the Commission as a condition to the availability of an exemption from the Securities Act for the sale of any of the Registrable Securities by any holder of Registrable Securities (including any such exemption pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A thereof);

(b) cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities in supplying such information as may be necessary for such holder of Registrable Securities to complete and file any information reporting forms presently or hereafter required by the Commission as a condition to the availability of an exemption from the Securities Act (under Rule 144 or Rule 144A thereunder or otherwise) for the sale of any of the Registrable Securities by any holder of Registrable Securities; and

(c) furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 or Rule 144A (or any successor rule), and such information as such holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such holder to sell any Registrable Securities without registration.

2.11 [Reserved] .

2.12 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each of the Stockholders hereby agrees, severally and not jointly, if requested by the Company and an underwriter of securities of the Company, not to directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale or other similar hedging transaction), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to transferees who agree to be similarly bound) any Common Stock or securities of the Company convertible into capital stock of the Company held by such Stockholder (but excluding any shares acquired in or following the Initial Offering) during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Initial Offering and to enter into a written agreement with such underwriter to that effect, provided that :

 

9


(a) all executive officers and directors of the Company and all holders of five percent (5%) or greater of the outstanding capital stock of the Company enter into similar agreements; and

(b) the Company uses its reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter to agree to permit periodic early releases of the capital stock of the Company held by the Stockholders that is subject to the foregoing restrictions and, in the event that the managing underwriter permits such early releases, the capital stock of the Company held by all Stockholders is released on a pro rata basis (providing such managing underwriter will not be required to effect any pro rata release unless and until such managing underwriter has first released more than three percent (3%) of the Company’s total outstanding shares from such lock-up).

The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said period. Each of the Stockholders agrees to sign such agreements or documents reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriters relating to and consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.12.

2.13 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . The Company shall not grant to any Person any registration rights without the consent of the Requisite Investors, other than registration rights that are subordinate to or on parity with the registration rights contained herein.

2.14 Assignment of Registration Rights . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a holder of Registrable Securities to a transferee or assignee of such securities who, after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 200,000 shares of such class or series of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations effected following the closing of the Initial Offering), or such lesser number of shares if such number represents all shares of Registrable Securities held by the holder transferring such Registrable Securities; provided that the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided further , that the transferee or assignee shall acknowledge in writing that the transferred or assigned Registrable Securities shall remain subject to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of Registrable Securities may assign its rights under this Section 2 in accordance with the preceding sentence to any Affiliate, member, principal, director, partner or stockholder of such holder (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such members, principals, directors, partners or stockholders who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) without regard to the minimum share requirement set forth above.

2.15 Termination of Registration Rights . The Company’s obligations under Sections 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 to register the Registrable Securities shall terminate on the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the closing of the Initial Offering. In addition, a Stockholder’s registration rights under this Section 2 shall expire if all Registrable Securities held by and issuable to such Stockholder may be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90)-day period.

SECTION 3. CERTAIN COVENANTS

3.1 Qualified Small Business. The Company shall submit to its stockholders and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, within ten (10) days after an Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall furnish such Investor with a written statement informing such Investor whether such Investor’s Registrable Securities constitute “Qualified Small Business Stock” (as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended).

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS .

4.1 Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be addressed to the receiving party’s address set forth below or to such other address as a party may designate by notice hereunder, and shall be either (i) delivered by hand, (ii) made by electronic mail or facsimile transmission, (iii) sent by overnight courier or (iv) sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.

If to the Company:

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

3430 E. Global Loop

 

10


Tucson, AZ 85706

Attn: President

Phone:

(877) 289-2615

Fax:

(520) 547-2837

With a copy to:

 

Cooley LLP
4401 Eastgate Mall
San Diego, CA 92121
Attn: Steve M. Przesmicki, Esq.
Phone: (858) 550-6070
Fax: (858) 550-6420

If to the Common Stockholders: To the addresses set forth on Exhibit A-1 hereto.

If to the Investors: To the addresses set forth on Exhibit A-2 hereto.

All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been given either (i) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party set forth above, (ii) if made by electronic mail or facsimile transmission, at the time that receipt thereof has been acknowledged by electronic confirmation or otherwise, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not send during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the next business day, (iii) if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day (or if sent overseas, on the second (2nd) business day) following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service or (iv) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth (5th) business day (or if sent overseas, on the tenth (10th) business day) following the day such mailing is made.

4.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement. No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of any kind not expressly set forth in this Agreement shall affect, or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Agreement.

4.3 Waivers and Amendment . Except as otherwise expressly provided, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in any particular instance), only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) (i) any amendment or waiver of the definition of Registrable Securities or of Section 2.4 that would have the effect of eliminating the right of Common Stockholders to include Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.4 in a registration, (ii) any amendment or waiver of the last sentence of Section 1.1 or of Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.8 or 2.12, (iii) any amendment or waiver of any other provision of this Agreement that would impose additional obligations on the Common Stockholders without imposing similar obligations on the Investors or would adversely affect the rights or obligations of Common Stockholders without having a similar adverse effect on the rights of the Investors, and (iv) any amendment or waiver of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and this clause (iv), shall also require the written consent of Common Stockholders holding at least a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities held by all Common Stockholders, and (B) the right of any Stockholder may be waived to the extent that such waiver applies solely to such Stockholder’s rights by such Stockholder. Any waiver or amendment effected in accordance with the terms hereof shall be binding upon all Stockholders and the Company. Upon the effectuation of each such waiver or amendment, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Stockholders who have not previously consented thereto in writing.

4.4 Assignment . The rights and obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned by the Company or any Common Stockholder without the prior written consent of the Requisite Investors, unless pursuant to a transfer of Registrable Securities specifically permitted by the terms hereof.

4.5 Benefit . All statements, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in this Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each party hereto. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any rights or obligations except among the parties hereto, and no person or entity shall be regarded as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, except indemnitees pursuant to Article 2 hereof.

 

11


4.6 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

4.7 Severability . In the event that any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any provision, or any portion thereof, contained in this Agreement shall be unenforceable in any respect, then such provision shall be deemed limited to the extent that such court deems it enforceable, and as so limited shall remain in full force and effect. In the event that such court shall deem any such provision, or portion thereof, wholly unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

4.8 Interpretation . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that: (i) each party and its counsel reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Agreement and have contributed to its revision; (ii) the rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement; and (iii) the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be construed fairly as to all parties hereto and not in favor of or against any party, regardless of which party was generally responsible for the preparation of this Agreement.

4.9 Headings and Captions . The headings and captions of the various subdivisions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions hereof. All pronouns used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include masculine, feminine and neuter forms, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

4.10 Enforcement . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the rights acquired by each party hereunder are unique and that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement to be performed by the other parties were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly, in addition to any other remedy to which the parties hereto are entitled at law or in equity, each party hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement by any other party and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court to which the parties have agreed hereunder to submit to jurisdiction.

4.11 No Waiver of Rights, Powers and Remedies . No failure or delay by a party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Agreement, and no course of dealing among the parties hereto, shall operate as a waiver of any such right, power or remedy of the party. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy under this Agreement by a party hereto, nor any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce any such right, power or remedy, shall preclude such party from any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder. The election of any remedy by a party hereto shall not constitute a waiver of the right of such party to pursue other available remedies. No notice to or demand on a party not expressly required under this Agreement shall entitle the party receiving such notice or demand to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the party giving such notice or demand to any other or further action in any circumstances without such notice or demand.

4.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of signatures by facsimile or PDF will be as effective as the delivery of original signatures.

4.11 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held by any Stockholder and its Affiliates shall be aggregated for determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

4.12 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees to hold all confidential information received pursuant to this Agreement in confidence, and not to use or disclose any of such information to any third party, except to the extent that such information may be made publicly available by the Company and other than to monitor and maintain its investment in the Company; provided, however, that any Investor may, in the ordinary course of business, provide the financial results of the Company to its stockholders, partners or members in the same manner such information is provided by such Investor with respect to its portfolio companies.

4.13 Section References . References herein to “Articles” and “Sections” herein shall be to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

[R EMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]

 

12


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
HTG M OLECULAR D IAGNOSTICS , I NC .
Signature:

/s/ Timothy Johnson

Print Name: Timothy Johnson
Title: President and Chief Executive
Officer


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
S.R. ONE, LIMITED
By:

/s/ Simeon J. George

Name: Simeon J. George
Title: Vice President and Partner


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

NOVO A/S

By:

/s/ Jack B. Nielsen

Name: Jack B. Nielsen

Title: Partner


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P.

By: Fletcher Spaght Associates II, L.P., its General Partner

By: FSA II, LLC, its General Partner

By:

/s/ R. John Fletcher

Name:

R. John Fletcher

Title: Managing Member

FSV II, L.P.

By: Fletcher Spaght Associates II, L.P., its General Partner

By: FSA II, LLC, its General Partner

By:

/s/ R. John Fletcher

Name:

R. John Fletcher

Title: Managing Member

FSV II-B, L.P.

By: Fletcher Spaght Associates II-B, LLC, its General Partner

By: FSA II, LLC, its Manager

By:

/s/ R. John Fletcher

Name:

R. John Fletcher

Title: Managing Member


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

MERCK CAPITAL VENTURES, LLC

By:

/s/ Lawrence D. Senour

Name: Lawrence D. Senour

Title: Executive Director, Corporate Development


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

SOLSTICE CAPITAL II, L.P.

By: Solstice Capital LLC, its general partner

By:

/s/ Harry A. George

Name: Harry A. George

Title: Managing Member


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

/s/ Jim Weersing

J IM W EERSING , T RUSTEE OF THE W EERSING

F AMILY T RUST


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMMON STOCKHOLDERS:

/s/ Bruce Seligman

B RUCE S ELIGMANN , T RUSTEE OF THE S ELIGMANN -J UNGHANS

F AMILY T RUST U/A/D J ULY  9, 1999

/s/ Bruce Seligman

B RUCE S ELIGMANN


EXHIBIT A-1

COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

 

NAME AND ADDRESS OF

 

STOCKHOLDER

COMMON STOCK

 

OPTIONS

 

Seligmann-Junghans Family

Trust U/A/D July 9, 1999

Address on file with Company

 

5,105,714  

Ralph R. Martel

Address on file with Company

 

140,000  

Constance A. Junghans

Address on file with Company

 

498,130  

Timothy B. Johnson

Address on file with Company

 

  11,863,118

Bruce Seligmann

Address on file with Company

 

657,000 1,859,510

Pete Clemens

Address on file with Company

 

138,750  

Shaun McMeans

Address on file with Company

 

  2,499,162

John Lubniewski

Address on file with Company

 

  3,476,196

Stephen Hagan

Address on file with Company

 

  1,915,969

Debra Gordon

Address on file with Company

 

  893,840

Donald Ball

Address on file with Company

 

  746,710

Vijay Modur

Address on file with Company

 

  2,599,162


EXHIBIT A-2

INVESTORS

 

NAME AND ADDRESS OF

 

STOCKHOLDER

   SERIES   

 

A

   SERIES B   

   SERIES   

 

C-1

   SERIES   

 

C-2

   SERIES D       SERIES E   

S.R. One, Limited

Address on file with Company

 

        36,546,366 15,227,653

NOVO A/S

Address on file with Company

 

        50,251,254 15,227,653

Fletcher Spaght Ventures II, L.P. c/o Fletcher

Address on file with Company

 

        16,801,503 3,862,416

FSV II, L.P.

c/o Fletcher Spaght, Inc./ Fletcher Spaght

Ventures

Address on file with Company

 

        1,692,017 388,969

FSV II-B, L.P.

c/o Fletcher Spaght, Inc./ Fletcher Spaght

Ventures

Address on file with Company

 

        8,002,596 1,839,677

MERCK CAPITAL VENTURES, LLC

Address on file with Company

 

WITH A COPY TO:

 

Edwards Angell Palmer & Dodge

Address on file with Company

 

    8,670,520 9,601,924 20,658,958 7,613,826

 

Solstice Capital II, L.P.

Address on file with Company

 

574,212 4,183,874 1,547,390 4,157,017 1,888,295  

Valley Ventures III, L.P.

Address on file with Company

 

459,369 3,616,906 516,010 992,890 586,281  

Valley Ventures III Annex, L.P.

Address on file with Company

 

    1,083,815 2,978,666 1,758,843  


NAME AND ADDRESS OF

 

STOCKHOLDER

   SERIES   

 

A

   SERIES B   

   SERIES   

 

C-1

   SERIES   

 

C-2

   SERIES D       SERIES E   

Village Ventures Partners Fund, L.P.

Address on file with Company

 

With a copy to:

 

Village Ventures, Inc.

Address on file with Company

 

106,227 768,556 286,254      

Village Ventures Partners Fund A, L.P.

c/o Village Ventures, Inc.

Address on file with Company

 

With a copy to:

 

Village Ventures, Inc.

Address on file with Company

 

8,041 58,199 21,675      

VVN, LLC

c/o Village Ventures, Inc.

Address on file with Company

 

With a copy to:

 

Village Ventures, Inc.

Address on file with Company

 

574 4,154 1,547      

GC&H INVESTMENTS, LLC

Address on file with Company

 

    72,254   90,394  

ETP/FBR Venture Capital II, LLC

Address on file with Company

 

  691,227 308,527      

PALICE INVESTMENTS, LLC

Address on file with Company

 

    380,829   238,220  

415 Golf View LLC

c/o Granger L. Vinall

Address on file with Company

 

    37,085      

Miramar Ventures, LLC

c/o David C. Smallhouse

Address on file with Company

 

  164,577 314,915      

Steven P. Sim and Marilyn B. Einstein

Address on file with Company

 

  65,138 148,341      

Edward B. Berger and Christina McComb-

Berger Family Trust dated December 6, 2002

c/o Edward B. Berger and Christina McComb-Berger Family Trust

Address on file with Company

 

  82,165 74,170      


NAME AND ADDRESS OF

 

STOCKHOLDER

   SERIES   

 

A

   SERIES B   

   SERIES   

 

C-1

   SERIES   

 

C-2

   SERIES D       SERIES E   

Curtis Gunn

Address on file with Company

 

  32,611 451,923      

Weintraub Family Trust W/A dtd 03/13/80

Ronald H. Weintraub &
Diane B. Weintraub,

Trustees

Address on file with Company

 

  65,831 74,154      

Pierre Sice & Genevieve Sice, Community

Property

Address on file with Company

 

  101,205     95,164  

Pierre Sice

Address on file with Company

 

    73,917      

Ralph R. Martel

Address on file with Company

 

    44,212      

Lawrence J. Aldrich

Address on file with Company

 

    44,212   27,656  

E. William Radany

Address on file with Company

 

    44,212      

Bruce Seligmann

Address on file with Company

 

143,661          

ARCTURUS CAPITAL VENTURE FUND,

L.P.

Address on file with Company

 

    1,445,087 1,108,156    

The Second Sonenblick Family Limited

Partnership

Address on file with Company

 

  32,915 72,254      

Pete Clemens

Address on file with Company

 

      44,326    

Weersing Family Trust

Address on file with Company

 

        1,867,969 609,106

Bruce Seligmann, Trustee of the Seligmann-

Junghans Family Trust U/A/D July 9, 1999

Address on file with Company

 

  123,228 44,157   119,288  

Timothy B. Johnson

Address on file with Company

 

      221,631 233,495 60,910

Constance Junghans

Address on file with Company

 

    44,212   119,288  


NAME AND ADDRESS OF

 

STOCKHOLDER

   SERIES   

 

A

   SERIES B   

   SERIES   

 

C-1

   SERIES   

 

C-2

   SERIES D       SERIES E   

Kirk Collamer

Address on file with Company

 

    44,212   119,288  

BJ Kerns

Address on file with Company

 

        23,857  

John Luecke

Address on file with Company

 

        11,928  

Fredrick Pollock

Address on file with Company

 

        4,771  

Kathleen Toolan

Address on file with Company

 

        119,288  

Bernice Junghans

Address on file with Company

 

        119,288  

Sharyl Cummings & Steve Blomquist

Address on file with Company

 

        119,288  

Huw R. Jones and Cynthia D. Heydon-Jones

Address on file with Company

 

        238,577  

Douglas E. Marsh 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

Address on file with Company

 

        71,573  

James Glinn

Address on file with Company

 

        861,723  

Basil E. Horner

Address on file with Company

 

        23,857  

Jerry Sonenblick

Address on file with Company

 

        47,715  

Edward Michael Gloyne

Address on file with Company

 

  164,577 148,341   238,577  

Phillip Chu

Address on file with Company

 

        119,288  

John Wineman

Address on file with Company

 

        91,366  

Tom Vasicek

Address on file with Company

 

        22,841  


NAME AND ADDRESS OF

 

STOCKHOLDER

   SERIES   

 

A

   SERIES B   

   SERIES   

 

C-1

   SERIES   

 

C-2

   SERIES D       SERIES E   

Danilo Cacciamatta

Address on file with Company

 

  100,964        

DBD Fund, Inc.

Address on file with Company

 

  81,246        

Deimos Ventures, LLC

Address on file with Company

 

  645,161        

Holualoa Arizona, Inc.

Address on file with Company

 

  162,386        

Margaret King Joukowsky

Address on file with Company

 

  36,895        

William H. Lomicka

Address on file with Company

 

  81,069        

Tucson Pharma Ventures, LLC

Address on file with Company

 

  32,555        

Daniel D. Von Hoff, M.D.

Address on file with Company

 

  81,528        

BSE Trust

Address on file with Company

 

  82,289        

Fairfax Management Company, LLC

Address on file with Company

 

  65,831        

Artemis Joukowsky III

Address on file with Company

 

  45,093     21,800  

John Lubniewski

Address on file with Company

 

        228,414 76,138

Shaun McMeans

Address on file with Company

 

        114,207 152,276

Stephen Hagan

Address on file with Company

 

        114,207 60,910

Debra Gordon

Address on file with Company

 

        25,124  

Julie Capadona

Address on file with Company

 

        1,133  

Elsie L. Elliott

Address on file with Company

 

        20,954  


NAME AND ADDRESS OF

 

STOCKHOLDER

   SERIES   

 

A

   SERIES B   

   SERIES   

 

C-1

   SERIES   

 

C-2

   SERIES D       SERIES E   

Jeffrey R. Lee

Address on file with Company

 

        764  

Tamara Morrissy

Address on file with Company

 

        52  

Donald Ball

Address on file with Company

 

          30,456

David and Shaila Silverio, JTWROS

Address on file with Company

 

          60,910

Todd McMeans

Address on file with Company

 

          152,276

Desert Sidecar IV, LLC

c/o Curtis Gunn

Address on file with Company

 

          102,786


March 19, 2015

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

3430 E. Global Loop

Tucson, AZ 85706

Attn: Timothy B. Johnson, President and Chief Executive Officer

Dear Mr. Johnson:

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated December 22, 2014, by and among HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), certain holders of common stock of the Company listed on Exhibit A-1 thereto and the holders of preferred stock of the Company listed on Exhibit A-2 thereto (the “ Agreement ”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 1.1 of the Agreement, the Agreement shall be null and void and the Prior Agreement shall remain in full force and effect if the Initial Offering is not completed for any reason by March 31, 2015 (the “ Sunset Date ”) (or such later date as consented to by the Requisite Investors (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement)). Pursuant to Section 1.1 of the Agreement, this letter shall serve as written notice that the undersigned stockholders of the Company, constituting the Requisite Investors, hereby consent to extend the Sunset Date from March 31, 2015 to June 30, 2015.

Sincerely,

 

NOVO A/S S.R. ONE, LIMITED
By: /s/ Jack B. Nielsen                     By: /s/ Simeon J. George                    
Name: Jack B. Nielsen Name: Simeon J. George

Title: Partner

Title: Vice President and Partner

Agreed and Accepted as of March 19, 2015:

HTG MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

 

By: /s/ Timothy B. Johnson                    
Name: Timothy B. Johnson
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 5.1

Steven M. Przesmicki

(858) 550-6070

przes@cooley.com

April 28, 2015

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

3430 E. Global Loop

Tucson, AZ 85706

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have represented HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the filing by the Company of a Registration Statement (No. 333-201313) on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including a related prospectus filed with the Registration Statement (the “ Prospectus ”), covering an underwritten public offering of up to 4,105,500 shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001, which includes up to 3,570,000 shares to be sold by the Company (the “ Company Shares ”) and up to 535,500 shares of common stock of the Company that may be sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters (the “ Overallotment Shares ”).

In connection with this opinion, we have examined and relied upon (a) the Registration Statement and related Prospectus, (b) the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect, (c) the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement and the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement, each of which will be in effect upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement, and (d) the originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of such records, documents, certificates, memoranda and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below. We have assumed the genuineness and authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. As to certain factual matters, we have relied upon a certificate of an officer of the Company and have not sought independently to verify such matters. Our opinion is expressed only with respect to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We express no opinion as to whether the laws of any particular jurisdiction are applicable to the subject matter hereof. We are not rendering any opinion as to compliance with any federal or state antifraud law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof.

On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that the Company Shares and the Overallotment Shares, when sold and issued against payment therefor as described in the Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

 

4401 EASTGATE MALL, SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 T: (858) 550-6000 F: (858) 550-6420 WWW.COOLEY.COM


HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

April 28, 2015

Page Two

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Sincerely,

C OOLEY LLP

 

By:     /s/ Steven M. Przesmicki                

      Steven M. Przesmicki

 

 

 

 

 

 

4401 EASTGATE MALL, SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 T: (858) 550-6000 F: (858) 550-6420 WWW.COOLEY.COM

Exhibit 10.4

HTG M OLECULAR D IAGNOSTICS , I NC .

2014 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : D ECEMBER  2, 2014

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A PRIL 23, 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : A PRIL 24, 2015

IPO D ATE : [              ], 2015

 

1.

G ENERAL .

(a)         Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan.     The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the 2011 Plan ”). From and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the IPO Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the 2011 Plan. All Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the IPO Date will be granted under this Plan. All stock awards granted under the 2011 Plan or the HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (collectively, the “ Prior Plans ”), will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plans.

(i)          Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the 2011 Plan as of 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the IPO Date (the “ 2011 Plan’s Available Reserve ”) will cease to be available under the 2011 Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the 2011 Plan’s Available Reserve will be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and will be immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(ii)          In addition, from and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the IPO Date, any shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plans that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such shares the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such shares become Returning Shares, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(b)         Eligible Award Recipients.     Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(c)         Available Awards.     The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(d)         Purpose.     The Plan, through the grant of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such

 

1.


persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

2.

A DMINISTRATION .

(a)          Administration by Board.     The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b)          Powers of Board.     The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)         To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii)         To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii)         To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv)         To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v)         To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi)         To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits

 

2.


accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii)         To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii)         To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

(ix)         Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x)         To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi)         To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares

 

3.


of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c)        Delegation to Committee.

(i)        General.     The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii)        Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance.     The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d)        Delegation to an Officer.     The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(w)(iii) below.

(e)        Effect of Board’s Decision.     All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a)        Share Reserve.     Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed 1,534,435 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”), which number is the sum of (i) 925,616 new shares, plus (ii) the number of shares subject to the 2011 Plan’s Available Reserve, plus (iii) the number of shares that are Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time.

 

4.


In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1 st of each year, for a period of not more than ten years from the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company, commencing on January 1 st of the year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to 4% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 st of the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1 st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b)        Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve.     If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)        Incentive Stock Option Limit.     Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 1,800,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d)        Section 162(m) Limitations .     Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations shall apply.

(i)         A maximum of 200,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the

 

5.


Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(ii)         A maximum of 200,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

(iii)         A maximum of $2,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

(e)        Source of Shares.     The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.

E LIGIBILITY .

(a)        Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards.     Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b)        Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

5.

P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion

 

6.


thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a)        Term.     Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b)        Exercise Price.     Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c)        Purchase Price for Options.     The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i)           by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii)          pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii)         by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv)          if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

 

7.


(v)         in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d)        Exercise and Payment of a SAR.     To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e)        Transferability of Options and SARs.     The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i)         Restrictions on Transfer.     An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii)        Domestic Relations Orders.     Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii)        Beneficiary Designation.     Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

 

8.


(f)        Vesting Generally.     The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g)        Termination of Continuous Service.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h)        Extension of Termination Date.     If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i)        Disability of Participant.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the

 

9.


expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j)        Death of Participant.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k)        Termination for Cause.     Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l)        Non-Exempt Employees.     If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

 

10.


6.

P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a)        Restricted Stock Awards.     Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)        Consideration.     A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)        Vesting.     Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii)        Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.     If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv)        Transferability.     Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v)        Dividends.     A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b)        Restricted Stock Unit Awards.     Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)        Consideration.     At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of

 

11.


each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)        Vesting.     At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii)        Payment.     A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv)        Additional Restrictions.     At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v)        Dividend Equivalents.     Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi)        Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c)        Performance Awards.

(i)        Performance Stock Awards.     A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

 

12.


(ii)        Performance Cash Awards.     A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii)        Board Discretion.     The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(iv)        Section 162(m) Compliance.     Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such Performance Goals relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of, or completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d)        Other Stock Awards.     Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

13.


7.

C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a)        Availability of Shares.     The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

(b)        Securities Law Compliance.     The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c)        No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes.     The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

8.

M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a)        Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock.     Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)        Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards.     Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c)        Stockholder Rights.     No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

 

14.


(d)        No Employment or Other Service Rights.     Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e)        Change in Time Commitment.     In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f)        Incentive Stock Option Limitations.     To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g)        Investment Assurances.     The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or

 

15.


acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h)        Withholding Obligations.     Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i)        Electronic Delivery.     Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j)        Deferrals.     To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k)        Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.     Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and

 

16.


unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l)        Clawback/Recovery.     All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

 

9.

A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a)        Capitalization Adjustments.     In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b)        Dissolution or Liquidation.     Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

17.


(c)        Corporate Transaction.     The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board shall take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i)       arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii)      arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii)     accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv)     arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v)      cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi)     make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d)        Change in Control.     A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

18.


10.

P LAN T ERM ; E ARLIER T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

11.

E XISTENCE OF THE P LAN ; T IMING OF F IRST G RANT OR E XERCISE .

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however , that no Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date. In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, no Stock Award will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

12.

C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of Arizona will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13.        D EFINITIONS .     As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)         “ Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b)         “ Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c)         Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d)         “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)         Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f)         Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial

 

19.


Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g)         Cause ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(h)         Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)         any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or

 

20.


other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii)         there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iii)         there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

(iv)         the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company will otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(i)         Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

21.


(j)         Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(k)         Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

(l)         Company ” means HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(m)         Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(n)         Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(o)         Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)         a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii)        a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)       a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

22.


(iv)         a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(p)         “ Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(q)         “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(r)         Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(s)         “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(t)         “ Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(u)         Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v)         Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the IPO Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(w)         “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)         If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

 

23.


(ii)         Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii)       In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(x)         Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(y)         IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(z)         Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(aa)        Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb)        Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc)        Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(dd)        Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ee)        Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(ff)        Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

 

24.


(gg)        Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh)        Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ii)        Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(jj)        Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(kk)        Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(ll)        Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation, other non-cash expenses and changes in deferred revenue; (ix) total stockholder return; (x) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (xi) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xii) stock price; (xiii) margin (including gross margin); (xiv) income (before or after taxes); (xv) operating income; (xvi) operating income after taxes; (xvii) pre-tax profit; (xviii) operating cash flow; (xix) sales or revenue targets; (xx) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xxi) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxii) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxiii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiv) market share; (xxv) cash flow; (xxvi) cash flow per share; (xxvii) cash balance; (xxviii) cash burn; (xxix) cash collections; (xxx) share price performance; (xxxi) debt reduction; (xxxii)

 

25.


implementation or completion of projects or processes (including, without limitation, clinical trial initiation, clinical trial enrollment and dates, clinical trial results, regulatory filing submissions, regulatory filing acceptances, regulatory or advisory committee interactions, regulatory approvals, and product supply); (xxxiii) stockholders’ equity; (xxxiv) capital expenditures; (xxxv) debt levels; (xxxvi) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxvii) workforce diversity; (xxxviii) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxix) billings; (xl) bookings; (xli) employee retention; (xlii) initiation of studies by specific dates; (xliii) budget management; (xliv) submission to, or approval by, a regulatory body (including, but not limited to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration) of an applicable filing or a product; (xlv) regulatory milestones; (xlvi) progress of internal research or development programs; (xlvii) acquisition of new customers; (xlviii) customer retention and/or repeat order rate; (xlix) improvements in sample and test processing times; (l) progress of partnered programs; (li) partner satisfaction; (lii) timely completion of clinical trials; (liii) submission of 510(k)s or pre-market approvals and other regulatory achievements; (liv) milestones related to samples received and/or tests or panels run; (lv) expansion of sales in additional geographies or markets; (lvi) research progress, including the development of programs; (lvii) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); and (lviii) and to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(mm)   “ Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; and (13) to exclude the effects of the timing of acceptance for review and/or approval of submissions to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or any other regulatory body.

 

26.


In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(nn)       Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(oo)       Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(pp)       Plan ” means this HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(qq)       Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(rr)       Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ss)       Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(tt)       Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu)       Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(vv)       Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ww)       “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(xx)       Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

27.


(yy)       Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(zz)       Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(aaa)       Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(bbb)       Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

28.


HTG M OLECULAR D IAGNOSTICS , I NC .

2014 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1.        V ESTING .     Subject to the provisions contained herein [and the potential vesting acceleration provisions set forth in Section 11 herein], your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2.        N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE .     The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3.        E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES .     If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4.        E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”).     If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

a.         a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

 

29.


b.         any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

c.         you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

d.         if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5.        M ETHOD OF P AYMENT .     You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

a.         Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

b.         Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

c.         If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

 

30.


6.        W HOLE S HARES .     You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7.          S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE .     In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8.        T ERM .     You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

a.         immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

b.         three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however , that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

c.         twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

d.         eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

e.         the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

 

31.


f.         the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

 

  9.

E XERCISE .

a.          You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

b.         By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

c.         If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

d.         By accepting your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing

 

32.


or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10.       T RANSFERABILITY .     Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

a.        Certain Trusts.     Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

b.        Domestic Relations Orders.     Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

c.        Beneficiary Designation.     Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

[11. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

[(a)         If a Change in Control occurs and immediately prior to or within twelve (12) months after, the effective time of such Change in Control your Continuous Service terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Disability) without Cause or due to a voluntary termination with Good Reason, then, as of the date of termination of Continuous Service, the vesting and exercisability of your option will be accelerated in full.

 

33.


(b)         “ Good Reason ” means that one or more of the following are undertaken by the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) without your express written consent: (i) a material reduction in your annual base salary; provided, however, that Good Reason will not be deemed to have occurred in the event of a reduction in your annual base salary that is pursuant to a salary reduction program affecting substantially all of the employees of the Company and that does not adversely affect you to a greater extent than other similarly situated employees; (ii) a material reduction in your authority, duties or responsibilities; (iii) any failure by the Company to continue in effect any material benefit plan or program, including incentive plans or plans with respect to the receipt of securities of the Company, in which you were participating immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control (hereinafter referred to as “ Benefit Plans ”), or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect your participation in or reduce your benefits under the Benefit Plans or deprive you of any fringe benefit that you enjoyed immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that Good Reason will not be deemed to have occurred if the Company provides for your participation in benefit plans and programs that, taken as a whole, are comparable to the Benefit Plans; (iv) a relocation of your principal place of employment with the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) to a place that increases your one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles as compared to your then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation, except for required travel by you on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with your business travel obligations prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; or (v) a material breach by the Company of any provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement or any other material agreement between you and the Company concerning the terms and conditions of your employment or service with the Company.]

(a)         The vesting and exercisability of your option will be accelerated in full upon a Change in Control.

(b)         If any payment or benefit you would receive from the Company or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control or other similar transaction (a “ 280G Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then any such 280G Payment (a “ Payment ”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding

 

34.


sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for you. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for you as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

Unless you and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the change of control transaction triggering the Payment shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the change of control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to you and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by you or the Company) or such other time as requested by you or the Company.

If you receive a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 11(b) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, you shall promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 11(b) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) in the first paragraph of this Section 11(b), you shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.]

 

35.


11.        O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT .     Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

12.        W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

a.         At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

b.         If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

c.         You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

13.        T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other

 

36.


compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

14.        N OTICES .     Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

15.        G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT .     Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

16.        O THER D OCUMENTS .     You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

17.        E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS .     The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

18.        V OTING R IGHTS .     You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

19.        S EVERABILITY .     If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity

 

37.


will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

20.        M ISCELLANEOUS .

a.         The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

b.         You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

c.         You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

d.         This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

e.         All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*        *        *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

38.


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

3430 E. Global Loop

Tucson, AZ 85706                                                                                                       Date of Exercise:                 

This constitutes notice to HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

Incentive ¨

Nonstatutory ¨

Stock option dated:

Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:
Certificates to be issued in name of:
Total exercise price:

$                             

$                             

Cash payment delivered herewith:

$                             

$                             

[Value of              Shares delivered herewith 1 :

$                             

$                              ]

[Value of              Shares pursuant to net exercise 2 :

$                             

$                              ]

[Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 3 ):

$                             

$                              ]

 

 

1         Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

2         The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.

3         Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.

 

39.


By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

40.


H TG M OLECULAR D IAGNOSTICS , I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2014 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

Type of Grant:

¨ Incentive Stock Option 2

¨  Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:

x Same as Vesting Schedule

¨ Early Exercise Permitted

Vesting Schedule:

[ 1/4 th of the shares vest on the one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of twelve (12) successive equal quarterly installments on the last day of each calendar quarter, commencing with the last day of the calendar quarter first occurring after the one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to the Optionholder’s Continuous Service through each such vesting date.] 3

[ The shares vest in a series of sixteen (16) successive equal quarterly installments on the last day of each calendar quarter, commencing with the last day of the calendar quarter first occurring after the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to the Optionholder’s Continuous Service through each such vesting date.] 4

[ Initial Grant: One-third (1/3 rd ) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of twenty-four (24) successive equal monthly installments on the last day of each calendar month, commencing with the last day of the calendar month first occurring after the one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to the Optionholder’s Continuous Service through each such vesting date.]

[ Annual Grant: The shares vest in a series of twelve (12) successive equal monthly installments on the last day of each calendar month, commencing with the last day of the calendar month first occurring after the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to the Optionholder’s Continuous Service through each such vesting date.]

 

 

2 If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

3 Insert this vesting schedule for initial option grants to employees.

4 Insert this vesting schedule for option grants other than the initial option grant to employees.

 

41.


Payment:

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

x        By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

x        Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

x        By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded

x        If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the

Company’sconsent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

42.


Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein. By accepting this option, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

HTG M OLECULAR D IAGNOSTICS , I NC .     O PTIONHOLDER :
By:            
  Signature       Signature
Title:         Date:    
Date:          

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

43.


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT

 

44.


A TTACHMENT II

2014 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

45.


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

46.

Exhibit 10.5

HTG M OLECULAR D IAGNOSTICS , I NC .

2014 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : D ECEMBER  2, 2014

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A PRIL 23 , 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : A PRIL 24 , 2015

 

1.

G ENERAL ; P URPOSE .

(a)         The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b)         The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

 

2.

A DMINISTRATION .

(a)         The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b)         The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)         To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii)         To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(iii)         To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv)         To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v)         To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi)         To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

 

1


(vii)         Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii)         To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(c)         The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d)         All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a)         Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 110,820 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1st of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first January 1 following the IPO Date and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, and (ii) 195,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b)         If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)         The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

2


4.

G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a)         The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b)         If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c)         The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

5.

E LIGIBILITY .

(a)         Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b)         The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs

 

3


thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i)         the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii)         the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii)         the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c)         No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d)         As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e)         Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

 

6.

P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a)         On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

 

4


(b)         The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c)         In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d)         The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i)         an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii)         an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

7.

P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a)         An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to a Purchase Date.

(b)         During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused

 

5


Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c)         Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d)         During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(e)         Unless otherwise specified in the Offering, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

8.

E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a)         On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b)         If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest. If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest.

(c)         No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration

 

6


statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 6 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest.

 

9.

C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company will seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

10.

D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a)         The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b)         If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11.

A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a)         In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b)         In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to

 

7


acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

12.

A MENDMENT , T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a)         The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements.

(b)         The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c)         Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

13.

E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

8


14.

M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a)         Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)         A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c)         The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d)         The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Arizona without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

 

15.

D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)         “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)         “ Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(c)         “ Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d)         “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(e)         “ Committee ” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(f)         “ Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having 1 vote per share.

 

9


(g)         “ Company ” means HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h)         Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(i)         Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)          a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii)         a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)         a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)         a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(j)         Director ” means a member of the Board.

(k)         Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(l)         Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(m)         Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(n)         Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(o)         Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

 

10


(i)         If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination , as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii)         In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

(iii)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(p)         “ IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(q)         Offering ” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(r)         Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(s)         “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(t)         Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(u)         Plan ” means this HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(v)         Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(w)         Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

 

11


(x)         Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y)         Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(z)         “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa)         Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

12

Exhibit 10.6

HTG MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Each member of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) who is not also serving as an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and who is designated by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board as eligible to receive compensation for his or her services as a member of the Board (each such member, an “ Eligible Director ”) will receive the compensation described in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy for his or her Board service. An Eligible Director may waive all or part of the compensation that may otherwise be due to him/her by written notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

This policy may be amended at any time in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board.

Annual Cash Compensation

The annual cash compensation amount set forth below is payable in equal quarterly installments, payable in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter in which the service occurred. If an Eligible Director joins the Board or a committee of the Board at a time other than effective as of the first day of a fiscal quarter, each annual retainer and fee set forth below will be pro-rated based on the number of days served in the applicable fiscal year, with the pro-rated amount paid for the first fiscal quarter in which the Eligible Director provides the service, and regular full quarterly payments thereafter. All annual cash retainers and committee service fees are vested upon payment.

 

1.

Annual Board Service Retainer :

 

  a.

All Eligible Directors: $ 35,000 per year.

 

  b.

Chairman of the Board: $ 5,000 per year in addition, as applicable, to his/her compensation as an Eligible Director.

 

2.

Annual Committee Service Fee :

 

  a.

Chairman of the Audit Committee: $ 10,000 per year in addition to his/her compensation as an Eligible Director.

 

  b.

Chairman of the Compensation Committee: $ 5,000 per year in addition to his/her compensation as an Eligible Director.

 

  c.

Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee: $ 2,500 per year in addition to his/her compensation as an Eligible Director.

 

Page 1 of 2


Equity Compensation

The equity compensation set forth below will be granted under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ 2014 Plan ”). All stock options granted pursuant to this policy will be nonstatutory stock options, with an exercise price per share equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined in the 2014 Plan) of the underlying Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) on the date of grant, and will have a term of ten years from the date of grant (subject to earlier termination in connection with a termination of service as provided in the 2014 Plan) and will vest in full upon a Change in Control (as defined in the 2014 Plan).

1.          Initial Grant : On the date of each Eligible Director’s initial election to the Board (or, if such date is not a market trading day, the first market trading day thereafter), each Eligible Director automatically will be granted, without further action by the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board, a stock option for 5,000 shares of Common Stock under the 2014 Plan. One-third of the shares will vest twelve months after the date of grant and the remaining shares will vest monthly in equal installments over a two-year period such that the stock option is fully vested on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the Eligible Director’s Continuous Service (as defined in the 2014 Plan) through each such vesting date. An Eligible Director who, in the one year prior to his or her initial election to serve on the Board as a non-employee director, served as an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries will not be eligible for an initial grant.

2.          Annual Grant : On the date of each annual Company stockholder meeting, each Eligible Director automatically will be granted, without further action by the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board, a stock option for 2,500 shares of Common Stock under the 2014 Plan. The shares will vest monthly in equal installments over a one-year period such that the stock option is fully vested on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the Eligible Director’s Continuous Service through each such vesting date.

 

Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.

Tucson, Arizona

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated February 25, 2015, except for Note 16 which is as of April 27, 2015, relating to the financial statements of HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., which is contained in that Prospectus. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

April 28, 2015

Exhibit 99.1

CONSENT OF PERSON TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-201313) (as amended from time to time, the “Registration Statement”) of HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement, the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, and any related free writing prospectus, and to the filing of this consent with the Registration Statement.

March 16, 2015

 

/s/ Donald W. Grimm

Donald W. Grimm